HK1235878B - Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces - Google Patents
Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1235878B HK1235878B HK17106363.7A HK17106363A HK1235878B HK 1235878 B HK1235878 B HK 1235878B HK 17106363 A HK17106363 A HK 17106363A HK 1235878 B HK1235878 B HK 1235878B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- touch
- sensitive surface
- contact
- edge
- user interface
- Prior art date
Links
Description
技术领域Technical Field
本公开总体上涉及具有触敏表面的电子设备,包括但不限于具有检测用于在用户界面之间导航的输入的触敏表面的电子设备。The present disclosure relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces that detect input for navigating between user interfaces.
背景技术Background Art
使用触敏表面作为用于计算机和其它电子计算设备的输入设备近来年已经显著地增加。示例性触敏表面包括触摸板和触摸屏显示器。这样的表面广泛地用来在有关和无关用户界面之间导航(例如在用于不同应用的用户界面之间和/或在单个应用内的用户界面的分级结构内)。The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch screen displays. Such surfaces are widely used to navigate between related and unrelated user interfaces (e.g., between user interfaces for different applications and/or within a hierarchy of user interfaces within a single application).
示例性用户界面分级结构包括用于以下的有关用户界面组:组织文件和应用;存储和/或显示数字图像、可编辑文档(例如文字处理、电子表格和演示文档)和/或不可编辑文档(例如保护的文件和/或.pdf 文档);记录和/或播放视频和/或音乐;基于文本的通信(例如电子邮件、文本、推特和社交联网);语音和/或视频通信(例如电话呼叫和视频会议);以及web浏览。在一些情况下,用户将需要在以下项内或者之间执行这样的用户界面导航:文件管理程序(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Finder);图像管理应用(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Photos);数字内容(例如,视频和音乐)管理应用(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的iTunes);画图应用;演示应用(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Keynote);文字处理应用(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Pages);或电子表格应用(例如,来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Numbers)。The exemplary user interface hierarchy includes related user interface groups for: organizing files and applications; storing and/or displaying digital images, editable documents (such as word processing, spreadsheets, and presentation documents) and/or non-editable documents (such as protected files and/or .pdf documents); recording and/or playing video and/or music; text-based communications (such as email, text, Twitter, and social networking); voice and/or video communications (such as phone calls and video conferencing); and web browsing. In some cases, a user will need to perform such user interface navigation within or between: a file management program (e.g., Finder from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California); an image management application (e.g., Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California); a digital content (e.g., video and music) management application (e.g., iTunes from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California); a drawing application; a presentation application (e.g., Keynote from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California); a word processing application (e.g., Pages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California); or a spreadsheet application (e.g., Numbers from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California).
但是用于在用户界面分级结构中的有关用户界面之间执行这些导航并且动画呈现在这些有关用户界面之间的转变的方法是繁琐和低效的。此外,这些方法需要的时间比必要的更长,由此浪费能量。这后一项考虑在电池操作的设备中尤为重要。However, the methods used to perform these navigations between related user interfaces in a user interface hierarchy and to animate the transitions between these related user interfaces are cumbersome and inefficient. Furthermore, these methods take longer than necessary, thereby wasting energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
附加地,在不同用户界面之间的骤然转变可能让用户分心和不快,从而减少用户在使用设备时的效率和享受。Additionally, abrupt transitions between different user interfaces can be distracting and irritating to the user, thereby reducing the user's efficiency and enjoyment in using the device.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
因而,需要具有用于在用户界面之间导航的更快、更高效方法和界面的电子设备。这样的方法和界面可选地补充或者取代用于在用户界面之间导航的常规方法。这样的方法和界面减小了来自用户的输入的数目、程度和/或性质并产生了更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的设备,这样的方法和界面节约功率并增加电池充电之间的时间。Thus, there is a need for electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for navigating between user interfaces. Such methods and interfaces optionally supplement or replace conventional methods for navigating between user interfaces. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and/or nature of inputs from the user and produce a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
通过所公开的设备减少或消除了与用于具有触敏表面的电子设备的用户界面相关联的上述缺陷和其它问题。在一些实施例中,设备是台式计算机。在一些实施例中,设备是便携式的(例如,笔记本计算机、平板计算机或手持设备)。在一些实施例中,设备是个人电子设备(例如,可穿戴电子设备,诸如手表)。在一些实施例中,设备具有触摸板。在一些实施例中,设备具有触敏显示器(又称为“触摸屏”或“触摸屏显示器”)。在一些实施例中,设备具有图形用户界面(GUI)、一个或多个处理器、存储器、和存储在存储器中的用于执行多个功能的一个或多个模块、程序或指令集。在一些实施例中,用户主要通过触敏表面上的触笔和/或手指接触和手势来与GUI进行交互。在一些实施例中,这些功能可选地包括图像编辑、画图、演示、文字处理、电子表格制作、玩游戏、接打电话、视频会议、收发电子邮件、即时消息收发、锻炼支持、数字摄影、数字视频记录、网络浏览、数字音乐播放、备忘录记录和/或数字视频播放。用于执行这些功能的可执行指令可选地被包括在被配置用于由一个或多个处理器执行的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质或其它计算机程序产品中。The disclosed device reduces or eliminates the above-mentioned defects and other problems associated with user interfaces for electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In some embodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a laptop, tablet, or handheld device). In some embodiments, the device is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such as a watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a "touch screen" or "touch screen display"). In some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory, and one or more modules, programs, or instruction sets stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, these functions optionally include image editing, drawing, presentations, word processing, spreadsheet creation, playing games, making and receiving calls, video conferencing, sending and receiving emails, instant messaging, exercise support, digital photography, digital video recording, web browsing, digital music playback, memo recording, and/or digital video playback. Executable instructions for performing these functions are optionally included in a non-transient computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器和触敏表面的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示和在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示在显示器上可见。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移。第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。该方法还包括检测通过在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处的第一接触的第一拖动手势,第一接触在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动。该方法还包括在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处并且在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动时:根据触敏表面上的第一接触的速度以第一速度在显示器上的第一方向上移动第一用户界面表示;以及以比第一速度更大的第二速度在第一方向上移动设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display. At least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display. The second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction. The second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation. The method also includes detecting a first drag gesture by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a location of the first user interface representation on the display, the first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display. The method also includes, while the first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the location of the first user interface representation on the display and moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display: moving the first user interface representation in the first direction on the display at a first speed according to a speed of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface; and moving the second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in the first direction at a second speed greater than the first speed.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上显示第一用户界面。该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面上的第一接触的输入。该方法还包括在检测到通过第一接触的输入时,在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示。该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示时,检测通过第一接触的输入的终止。响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入的终止:根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,显示与第二用户界面表示对应的第二用户界面;以及根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间未在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,重新显示第一用户界面。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a first user interface on the display. The method also includes, while the first user interface is displayed on the display, detecting input via a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The method also includes, upon detecting the input via the first contact, displaying a first user interface representation and at least a second user interface representation on the display. The method also includes, while the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation are displayed on the display, detecting termination of the input via the first contact. In response to detecting termination of the input via the first contact: displaying a second user interface corresponding to the second user interface representation based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input and that the first contact moved in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display during the input; and redisplaying the first user interface based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity below the predetermined intensity threshold during the input and that the first contact did not move in the direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the predefined direction on the display during the input.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上显示第一用户界面。该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面时,在触敏表面上检测通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入。该方法还包括响应于检测到通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入,在显示器上显示用于第一用户界面的第一用户界面表示和用于第二用户界面的第二用户界面表示,其中第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,检测在第一接触的增加强度的时段期间,第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准。该方法还包括响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准:停止在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示,以及在显示器上显示第二用户界面。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a first user interface on the display. The method also includes, while the first user interface is displayed on the display, detecting input from a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact. The method also includes, in response to detecting the input from the first contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact, displaying a first user interface representation for the first user interface and a second user interface representation for a second user interface on the display, wherein the first user interface representation is displayed over the second user interface representation and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The method also includes, while the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation are displayed on the display, detecting that during the period of increasing intensity of the first contact, the intensity of the first contact satisfies one or more predetermined intensity criteria. The method also includes, in response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact satisfies the one or more predetermined intensity criteria, ceasing to display the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display, and displaying the second user interface on the display.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器上可见。第一用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第三用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第三用户界面表示。该方法还包括检测通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的输入。该方法还包括根据检测到触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加,通过增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移,来增加从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display. At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display. The first user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The second user interface representation is laterally offset from the third user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the third user interface representation. The method also includes detecting input via a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display. The method also includes increasing an area of the second user interface representation exposed behind the first user interface representation by increasing the lateral offset between the first and second user interface representations based on an increase in intensity of the first contact detected at a location corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器和触敏表面的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器上可见。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。第三用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。该方法还包括检测通过跨触敏表面移动的第一接触的拖动手势,其中通过第一接触的拖动手势的移动对应于跨堆中的用户界面表示中的一个或者多个用户界面表示的移动。该方法还包括在拖动手势期间,在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上移动时,从显示器上的第二用户界面表示后方更多显现第一用户界面表示。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display. At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display. The second user interface representation is laterally offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the first user interface representation. The third user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The method also includes detecting a drag gesture by a first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface, wherein movement of the drag gesture by the first contact corresponds to movement across one or more of the user interface representations in the stack. The method also includes, during the drag gesture, revealing more of the first user interface representation from behind the second user interface representation on the display as the first contact moves over a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first user interface representation on the display.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上显示第一应用的第一用户界面,第一用户界面包括后退导航控件。该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势。该方法还包括响应于检测到通过在触敏表面上的在与后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势:根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的多个用户界面表示(包括第一用户界面的表示和第二用户界面的表示)的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示;以及根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的第二用户界面的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a first user interface of a first application on the display, the first user interface including a back navigation control. The method also includes, while displaying the first user interface of the first application on the display, detecting a gesture by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the back navigation control on the display. The method also includes, in response to detecting the gesture by the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at the location corresponding to the back navigation control: replacing display of the first user interface of the first application with display of multiple user interface representations of the first application (including representations of the first user interface and representations of a second user interface) based on determining that the gesture by the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria; and replacing display of the first user interface of the first application with display of the second user interface of the first application based on determining that the gesture by the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that does not meet one or more predetermined intensity criteria.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上显示用于应用的用户界面;检测边缘输入,包括检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度的改变;以及响应于检测到边缘输入:根据确定边缘输入满足系统手势标准,执行独立于应用的操作,其中:系统手势标准包括强度标准;系统手势标准包括在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域内时满足用于接触的强度标准时满足的位置标准;以及基于接触的一个或者多个特性确定相对于触敏表面的第一区域。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a user interface for an application on the display; detecting an edge input, including detecting a change in a characteristic intensity of a contact proximate an edge of the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to detecting the edge input: performing an application-independent operation based on determining that the edge input meets system gesture criteria, wherein: the system gesture criteria includes an intensity criteria; the system gesture criteria includes a location criteria that is met when the intensity criteria for the contact is met when the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface; and determining the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface based on one or more characteristics of the contact.
根据一些实施例,在具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备处执行一种方法。该方法包括:在显示器上显示第一应用的第一视图;在显示第一视图时,检测第一输入的第一部分,包括检测触敏表面上的第一接触;响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足应用切换标准,在显示器上同时显示包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的部分;在同时显示多个应用视图的部分时,检测包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分;以及响应于检测到包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分:根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足第一视图显示标准,在显示器上停止显示第二应用视图的部分并且显示第一应用视图,其中第一视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的第一区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准;以及根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足多视图显示标准,在检测到第一接触的抬起之后,维持在显示器上同时显示第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分,其中多视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的与触敏表面的第一区域不同的第二区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a first view of a first application on a display; while displaying the first view, detecting a first portion of a first input, including detecting a first contact on a touch-sensitive surface; in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, based on determining that the first portion of the first input satisfies an application switching criterion, simultaneously displaying portions of multiple application views including a first application view and a second application view on the display; while simultaneously displaying portions of multiple application views, detecting a second portion of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact; and in response to detecting the second portion of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact: based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies a first view display criterion, stopping displaying a portion of the second application view on the display and displaying the first application view, wherein the first view display criterion includes a criterion that is satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in a first area of the touch-sensitive surface; and based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies a multi-view display criterion, after detecting the lift-off of the first contact, maintaining at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view displayed simultaneously on the display, wherein the multi-view display criterion includes a criterion that is satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in a second area of the touch-sensitive surface that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;以及与显示器单元和触敏表面单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示和在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示在显示器单元上可见。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移。第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。处理单元还被配置为检测通过在触敏表面单元上的与显示器单元上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处的第一接触的第一拖动手势,第一接触在与显示器单元上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面单元移动。处理单元还被配置为在第一接触在触敏表面单元上的与显示器单元上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处并且在与显示器单元上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面单元移动时:根据触敏表面单元上的第一接触的速度以第一速度在显示器单元上的第一方向上移动第一用户界面表示;以及以比第一速度更大的第二速度在第一方向上移动设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving a contact; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit and the touch-sensitive surface unit. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display unit. At least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display unit. The second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction. The second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation. The processing unit is further configured to detect a first drag gesture involving a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to a location of the first user interface representation on the display unit, the first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface unit in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured, when the first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to a location of the first user interface representation on the display unit and moves across the touch-sensitive surface unit in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display unit: move the first user interface representation in the first direction on the display unit at a first speed according to a speed of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and move the second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in the first direction at a second speed greater than the first speed.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;用于检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及与显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面。处理单元还被配置为在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面单元上的第一接触的输入。处理单元还被配置为在检测到通过第一接触的输入时,实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示。处理单元还被配置为在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示时,检测通过第一接触的输入的终止。处理单元还被配置为响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入的终止:根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,实现显示与第二用户界面表示对应的第二用户界面;以及根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间未在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,实现重新显示第一用户界面。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving contacts; one or more sensor units for detecting the intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured to detect input through a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit while the first user interface is displayed on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured to enable display of a first user interface representation and at least a second user interface representation on the display unit upon detecting the input through the first contact. The processing unit is further configured to detect termination of the input through the first contact while the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation are displayed on the display unit. The processing unit is also configured to, in response to detecting termination of input through the first contact: display a second user interface corresponding to the second user interface representation based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input and that the first contact moved in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display during the input; and redisplay the first user interface based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input and that the first contact did not move in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the predefined direction on the display during the input.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;用于检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及与显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面。处理单元还被配置为在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面时,在触敏表面单元上检测通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入。处理单元还被配置为响应于检测到通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入:实现在显示器单元上显示用于第一用户界面的第一用户界面表示和用于第二用户界面的第二用户界面表示,其中第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。处理单元还被配置为在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,检测在第一接触的增加强度的时段期间,第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准。处理单元还被配置为响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准:停止实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示,以及实现在显示器上显示第二用户界面。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving contacts; one or more sensor units for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the first user interface on the display unit, detect input from a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting input from the first contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact, enable display of a first user interface representation for the first user interface and a second user interface representation for a second user interface on the display unit, wherein the first user interface representation is displayed over and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display unit, detect that the intensity of the first contact during the period of increasing intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria. The processing unit is further configured to, in response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact satisfies one or more predetermined intensity criteria: cease enabling display of the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display unit, and enable display of the second user interface on the display.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;用于检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及与显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器单元上可见。第一用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第三用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第三用户界面表示。处理单元还被配置为检测通过触敏表面单元上的与显示器单元上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的输入。处理单元还被配置为根据检测到触敏表面单元上的在与显示器单元上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加,通过增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移,来增加从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving contacts; one or more sensor units for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to enable display of a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display unit. At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display unit. The first user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The second user interface representation is laterally offset from the third user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the third user interface representation. The processing unit is further configured to detect input via a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display unit. The processing unit is further configured to increase the area of the second user interface representation exposed behind the first user interface representation by increasing the lateral offset between the first and second user interface representations based on an increase in intensity of the first contact detected at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display unit.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;用于检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及与显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器单元上可见。第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。第三用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。处理单元还被配置为检测通过跨触敏表面单元移动的第一接触的拖动手势,其中通过第一接触的拖动手势的移动对应于跨堆中的用户界面表示中的一个或者多个用户界面表示的移动。处理单元还被配置为在拖动手势期间,在第一接触在触敏表面单元上的与显示器单元上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上移动时,从显示器单元上的第二用户界面表示后方更多显现第一用户界面表示。In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving contacts; one or more sensor units for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to enable display of a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display unit. At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display unit. The second user interface representation is laterally offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the first user interface representation. The third user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The processing unit is further configured to detect a drag gesture by a first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface unit, wherein movement of the drag gesture by the first contact corresponds to movement across one or more user interface representations in the stack. The processing unit is further configured to, during the drag gesture, reveal more of the first user interface representation from behind the second user interface representation on the display unit when the first contact moves over a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to the first user interface representation on the display unit.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元;用于接收接触的触敏表面单元;用于检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及与显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元耦合的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器单元上显示第一应用的第一用户界面,第一用户界面包括后退导航控件。处理单元还被配置为在显示器单元上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面单元上的在与显示器单元上的后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势。处理单元还被配置为响应于检测到通过触敏表面单元上的在与后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势:根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的多个用户界面表示(包括第一用户界面的表示和第二用户界面的表示)的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示;以及根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的第二用户界面的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit for receiving contacts; one or more sensor units for detecting the intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first application on the display unit, the first user interface including a back navigation control. The processing unit is further configured to, while displaying the first user interface of the first application on the display unit, detect a gesture of a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location corresponding to the back navigation control on the display unit. The processing unit is also configured to, in response to detecting a gesture of a first contact through the touch-sensitive surface unit at a position corresponding to the back navigation control: replace the display of the first user interface of the first application with the display of multiple user interface representations of the first application (including representations of the first user interface and representations of the second user interface) based on determining that the gesture of the first contact through the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that meets one or more predetermined intensity standards; and replace the display of the first user interface of the first application with the display of the second user interface of the first application based on determining that the gesture of the first contact through the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that does not meet one or more predetermined intensity standards.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括显示器,触敏表面、可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或多个传感器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序;所述一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中并被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行,并且所述一个或多个程序包括用于执行或使得本文所述方法中的任一方法的操作执行的指令。根据一些实施例,计算机可读存储介质已将指令存储在其中,该指令在由具有显示器、触敏表面和可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或多个传感器的电子设备执行时,使得该设备执行或使得本文所述方法中的任一方法的操作执行。根据一些实施例,一种具有显示器、触敏表面、可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或多个传感器、存储器、和用于执行存储在存储器中的一个或多个程序的一个或多个处理器的电子设备上的图形用户界面包括在本文中所述的方法的任一种方法中显示的元素中的一个或多个,这些元素响应于输入而被更新,如本文中所述的方法中的任一种方法中所述。根据一些实施例,电子设备包括:显示器、触敏表面和可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或多个传感器;以及用于执行或使得上述方法中的任一种方法的操作执行的部件。根据一些实施例,一种在具有显示器和触敏表面以及可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或多个传感器的电子设备中使用的信息处理设备,包括用于执行或使得上述方法中的任一种方法的操作执行的部件。In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, a memory, and one or more programs; the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, and the one or more programs include instructions for performing or causing the execution of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium has stored therein instructions that, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to perform or cause the execution of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a graphical user interface on an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors for executing the one or more programs stored in the memory includes one or more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described herein, the elements being updated in response to input, as described in any of the methods described herein. According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing the operation of any of the above methods to be performed. According to some embodiments, an information processing device for use in an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causing the operation of any of the above methods to be performed.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示内容项的显示器单元;配置为接收用户输入的触敏表面单元;配置为检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及耦合到显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器上显示用于应用的用户界面;检测边缘输入,包括检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度的改变;以及响应于检测到边缘输入:根据确定边缘输入满足系统手势标准,执行独立于应用的操作,其中:系统手势标准包括强度标准;系统手势标准包括在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域内时满足用于接触的强度标准时满足的位置标准;以及基于接触的一个或者多个特性确定相对于触敏表面单元的第一区域。In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a content item; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user input; one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable displaying a user interface for an application on the display; detect edge input, including detecting a change in characteristic intensity of a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to detecting the edge input: perform an application-independent operation based on determining that the edge input satisfies system gesture criteria, wherein: the system gesture criteria include intensity criteria; the system gesture criteria include location criteria that are satisfied when the intensity criteria for the contact are satisfied when the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface; and determining the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface unit based on one or more characteristics of the contact.
根据一些实施例,一种电子设备包括:配置为显示内容项的显示器单元;配置为接收用户输入的触敏表面单元;配置为检测与触敏表面单元的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元;以及耦合到显示器单元、触敏表面单元和一个或者多个传感器单元的处理单元。处理单元被配置为:实现在显示器上显示第一应用的第一视图;在实现显示第一视图时,检测第一输入的第一部分,包括检测触敏表面上的第一接触;响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足应用切换标准,实现在显示器上同时显示包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的部分;在实现同时显示多个应用视图的部分时,检测包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分;以及响应于检测到包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分:根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足第一视图显示标准,在显示器上停止实现显示第二应用视图的部分并且实现显示第一应用视图,其中第一视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的第一区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准;以及根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足多视图显示标准,在检测到第一接触的抬起之后,维持在显示器上同时显示第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分,其中多视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的与触敏表面的第一区域不同的第二区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准。According to some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display unit configured to display a content item; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user input; one or more sensor units configured to detect the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: implement displaying a first view of a first application on a display; when implementing displaying the first view, detect a first part of a first input, including detecting a first contact on a touch-sensitive surface; in response to detecting the first part of the first input, based on determining that the first part of the first input satisfies an application switching criterion, implement displaying portions of multiple application views including a first application view and a second application view on the display at the same time; when implementing displaying portions of multiple application views at the same time, detect a second part of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact; and in response to detecting the second part of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact: based on determining that the second part of the first input satisfies a first view display criterion, stop implementing displaying portions of the second application view and implement displaying the first application view on the display, wherein the first view display criterion includes a criterion that is satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in a first area of the touch-sensitive surface; and based on determining that the second part of the first input satisfies a multi-view display criterion, after detecting the lift-off of the first contact, maintain displaying at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view on the display at the same time, wherein the multi-view display criterion includes a criterion that is satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in a second area of the touch-sensitive surface that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface.
因此,具有显示器、触敏表面和可选地具有用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备被提供有用于在用户界面之间导航的更快更高效的方法和界面,由此增加有效性、效率和用户对这样的设备的满意度。这样的方法和界面可以补充或者取代用于在用户界面之间导航的常规方法。Thus, an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface is provided with a faster and more efficient method and interface for navigating between user interfaces, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such a device. Such a method and interface can supplement or replace conventional methods for navigating between user interfaces.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
为了更好地理解本发明的各种所描述的实施例,应该结合以下附图参考下面的实施例的说明,在附图中,类似的附图标号在所有附图中指示对应的部分。For a better understanding of the various described embodiments of the present invention, reference should be made to the following description of the embodiments taken in conjunction with the following drawings, in which like reference numerals designate corresponding parts throughout the several views.
图1A是图示根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示器的便携式多功能设备的框图。Figure 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
图1B是图示根据一些实施例的用于事件处理的示例性部件的框图。FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event processing according to some embodiments.
图2图示了根据一些实施例的具有触摸屏的便携式多功能设备。FIG2 illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
图3是根据一些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
图4A图示了根据一些实施例的在便携式多功能设备上用于应用菜单的示例性用户界面。4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for an applications menu on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
图4B图示了根据一些实施例的用于具有与显示器分离的触敏表面的多功能设备的示例性用户界面。4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
图4C至图4E图示了根据一些实施例的示例性动态强度阈值。4C-4E illustrate example dynamic intensity thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
图5A-5HH图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的示例性用户界面。5A-5HH illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图6A-6V图示根据一些实施例的用于在显示的用户界面与先前显示的用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。6A-6V illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between a displayed user interface and a previously displayed user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
图7A-7O图示根据一些实施例的用于在显示的用户界面与紧接在显示的用户界面之前的用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。7A-7O illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between a displayed user interface and a user interface immediately preceding the displayed user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
图8A-8R图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的示例性用户界面。8A-8R illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图9A-9H图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的示例性用户界面。9A-9H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图10A-10H是图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的方法的流程图。10A-10H are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图11A-11E是图示根据一些实施例的在显示的用户界面与先前显示的用户界面之间导航的方法的流程图。11A-11E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of navigating between a displayed user interface and a previously displayed user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
图12A-12E是图示根据一些实施例的在显示的用户界面与紧接在显示的用户界面之前的用户界面之间导航的方法的流程图。12A-12E are flow diagrams illustrating methods of navigating between a displayed user interface and a user interface immediately preceding the displayed user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
图13A-13D是图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的方法的流程图。13A-13D are flow diagrams illustrating methods of navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图14A-14C是图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面选择模式中在用户界面表示之间导航的方法的流程图。14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating methods of navigating between user interface representations in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments.
图15是图示根据一些实施例的在用于应用的用户界面分级结构中的用户界面之间导航的方法的流程图。15 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of navigating between user interfaces in a user interface hierarchy for an application in accordance with some embodiments.
图16-21是根据一些实施例的电子设备的功能框图。16-21 are functional block diagrams of electronic devices according to some embodiments.
图22A-22BA图示根据一些实施例的用于调用用户界面选择模式和用于在应用中的用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。Figures 22A-22BA illustrate exemplary user interfaces for invoking a user interface selection mode and for navigating between user interfaces in an application in accordance with some embodiments.
图23A-23T图示根据一些实施例的用于调用用户界面选择模式和用于在应用中的用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。23A-23T illustrate exemplary user interfaces for invoking a user interface selection mode and for navigating between user interfaces in an application in accordance with some embodiments.
图24A-24F是图示根据一些实施例的调用用户界面选择模式和用于在应用中的用户界面之间导航的方法的流程图。24A-24F are flow diagrams illustrating methods of invoking a user interface selection mode and for navigating between user interfaces in an application in accordance with some embodiments.
图25A-25H是图示根据一些实施例的调用用户界面选择模式和用于在应用中的用户界面之间导航的方法的流程图。Figures 25A-25H are flow diagrams illustrating methods of invoking a user interface selection mode and for navigating between user interfaces in an application in accordance with some embodiments.
图26-27是根据一些实施例的电子设备的功能框图。26-27 are functional block diagrams of electronic devices according to some embodiments.
具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION
许多电子设备具有用于多个不同应用的图形用户界面。用户普遍地需要接连访问多个不同应用。在以这一方式工作时在活跃状态(例如打开)中维持应用是更高效的,因为一天多次打开和关闭相同应用是耗时和费力的。然而,在多个应用在电子设备上同时打开时,可能同样地难以导航遍历打开的应用以标识并且激活对期望应用的显示。同样地,导航遍历具有大量项(例如文件、电子邮件、先前显示的 web页面等)的分级结构是繁琐的。本公开内容通过提供用于导航遍历活跃应用和复杂分级结构的表示的高效和直观设备、方法和用户界面来改善这一处理。在一些实施例中,通过提供用更少和更小用户输入导航遍历大量项的方法来实现改善。在一些实施例中,通过并入基于感测接触的强度差异的试探来实现改善,这不要求用户做出多个用户输入或者甚至将接触抬离触敏表面以做出选择。Many electronic devices have graphical user interfaces for multiple different applications. Users generally need to access multiple different applications in succession. It is more efficient to maintain an application in an active state (e.g., open) when working in this way, because opening and closing the same application multiple times a day is time-consuming and laborious. However, when multiple applications are opened simultaneously on an electronic device, it may be equally difficult to navigate through the open applications to identify and activate the display of the desired application. Similarly, navigating through a hierarchical structure with a large number of items (e.g., files, emails, previously displayed web pages, etc.) is cumbersome. The present disclosure improves this process by providing efficient and intuitive devices, methods, and user interfaces for navigating through active applications and representations of complex hierarchical structures. In some embodiments, improvement is achieved by providing a method for navigating through a large number of items with fewer and smaller user inputs. In some embodiments, improvement is achieved by incorporating a heuristic based on the intensity difference of the sensed contact, which does not require the user to make multiple user inputs or even lift the contact off the touch-sensitive surface to make a selection.
以下,图1A-1B、2和3提供对示例性设备的描述。图4A-4B、 5A-5HH、6A-6V、7A-7O、8A-8R、9A-9H、22A-22BA和23A-23T 图示用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。图10A-10H、 11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F和25A-25H 是在用户界面表示之间导航的方法的流程图。图5A-5HH、6A-6V、 7A-7O、8A-8R、9A-9H、22A-22BA和23A-23T中的用户界面用来图示图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。Below, Figures 1A-1B, 2, and 3 provide a description of an exemplary device. Figures 4A-4B, 5A-5HH, 6A-6V, 7A-7O, 8A-8R, 9A-9H, 22A-22BA, and 23A-23T illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces. Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H are flow diagrams of methods for navigating between user interface representations. The user interfaces in Figures 5A-5HH, 6A-6V, 7A-70, 8A-8R, 9A-9H, 22A-22BA, and 23A-23T are used to illustrate the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H.
示例性设备Exemplary devices
现在将详细地参考实施例,这些实施例的实例在附图中被示出。在下面的详细描述中示出了许多具体细节,以便提供对各种所描述的实施例的充分理解。但是,对本领域的普通技术人员将显而易见的是,各种所描述的实施例可以在没有这些具体细节的情况下被实践。在其它情况下,没有详细地描述众所周知的方法、过程、部件、电路、和网络,从而不会不必要地使实施例的各方面晦涩难懂。Reference will now be made in detail to the embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are provided to provide a thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the various described embodiments may be practiced without these specific details. In other cases, well-known methods, processes, components, circuits, and networks are not described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
还将理解的是,虽然术语“第一”、“第二”等在本文中在一些实施例中用来描述各种元素,但是这些元素不应受到这些术语限制。这些术语只是用来将一元件素与另一元素区分开。例如,第一接触可以被命名为第二接触,并且类似地,第二接触可以被命名为第一接触,而不脱离各种所描述的实施例的范围。第一接触和第二接触均为接触,但它们不是同一个接触,除非上下文明确指示。It will also be understood that, although the terms "first," "second," etc., are used herein in some embodiments to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are simply used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact can be named a second contact, and similarly, a second contact can be named a first contact without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. Both a first contact and a second contact are contacts, but they are not the same contact unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
在本文中对各种所描述的实施例的描述中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非旨在进行限制。如在对各种所描述的实施例中的描述和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数形式“一个”、“一种”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式,除非上下文明确地另外指出。还将理解的是,本文中所使用的术语“和/或”是指并且涵盖相关联地列出的项目中的一个或多个项目的任何和全部可能的组合。还将理解的是,术语“包括”和/或“包含”当在本说明书中使用时是指定存在所陈述的特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素和/或部件,但是并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其它特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素、部件和/或其分组。The terms used in the description of the various described embodiments herein are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" are intended to also include the plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the terms "and/or" used herein refer to and encompass any and all possible combinations of one or more items in the items listed in association. It will also be understood that the terms "comprises" and/or "comprising" when used in this specification specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or parts, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, parts, and/or their groupings.
根据上下文,如本文所用,术语“如果”可选地被解释为意为“当……时”或“在……时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测到”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“如果确定……”或“如果检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”可选地被解释为意思是“在确定……时”或“响应于确定……”或“在检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]时”或“响应于检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”。As used herein, the term “if” is alternatively interpreted to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined that…” or “if [stated condition or event] is detected” is alternatively interpreted to mean “upon determining…” or “in response to determining…” or “upon detecting [stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
描述了电子设备、用于此类设备的用户界面和用于使用此类设备的相关联处理的实施例。在一些实施例中,该设备是还包含其他功能诸如PDA和/或音乐播放器功能的便携式通信设备,诸如移动电话。便携式多功能设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的iPod和设备。可选地使用其它便携式电子设备,诸如具有触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的膝上型计算机或平板计算机。还应当理解的是,在一些实施例中,该设备不是便携式通信设备,而是具有触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的台式计算机。Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communication device, such as a mobile phone, that also includes other functions, such as a PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, but are not limited to, the iPod and devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptop computers or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads), may alternatively be used. It should also be understood that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device, but rather a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads).
在下面的讨论中,描述了一种包括显示器和触敏表面的电子设备。然而应当理解,电子设备可选地包括一个或多个其它物理用户接口设备,诸如物理键盘、鼠标和/或操纵杆。In the following discussion, an electronic device including a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. However, it should be understood that the electronic device can optionally include one or more other physical user interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, mouse, and/or joystick.
该设备通常支持多种应用,诸如以下中的一种或多种:备忘录记录应用、画图应用、演示应用、文字处理应用、网站创建应用、盘编写应用、电子表格应用、游戏应用、电话应用、视频会议应用、电子邮件应用、即时消息收发应用、锻炼支持应用、照片管理应用、数字相机应用、数字视频摄像机应用、网络浏览应用、数字音乐播放器应用、和/或数字视频播放器应用。The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a memo-taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a game application, a phone application, a video conferencing application, an email application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
在设备上执行的各种应用可选地使用至少一个共用的物理用户接口设备,诸如触敏表面。触敏表面的一种或多种功能以及显示在设备上的对应信息可选地从一种应用调整和/或变化至下一种应用和/或在相应的应用内被调整和/或变化。这样,设备的共用物理架构(诸如触敏表面)可选地利用对于用户而言直观且清楚的用户界面来支持各种应用。Various applications executing on the device optionally use at least one common physical user interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and corresponding information displayed on the device optionally adjust and/or change from one application to the next and/or within the corresponding application. In this way, the common physical architecture of the device (such as the touch-sensitive surface) optionally supports various applications with a user interface that is intuitive and clear to the user.
现在关注具有触敏显示器的便携式设备的实施例。图1A是示出根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示器系统112的便携式多功能设备100 的框图。触敏显示器系统112有时为了方便被叫做“触摸屏”,并且有时被简单地叫做触敏显示器。设备100包括存储器102(可选地包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质)、存储器控制器122、一个或多个处理单元(CPU)120、外围设备接口118、RF电路108、音频电路 110、扬声器111、麦克风113、输入/输出(I/O)子系统106、其它输入或控制设备116、和外部端口124。设备100可选地包括一个或多个光学传感器164。设备100可选地包括用于检测设备100(例如,触敏表面,诸如设备100的触敏显示器系统112)上的接触的强度的一个或多个强度传感器165。设备100可选地包括用于在设备100上生成触觉输出(例如,在触敏表面诸如设备100的触敏显示器系统112 或设备300的触摸板355上生成触觉输出)的一个或多个触觉输出生成器167。这些部件可选地通过一根或多根通信总线或信号线103通信。Attention is now directed to embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 is sometimes referred to as a "touch screen" for convenience, and sometimes simply as a touch-sensitive display. Device 100 includes memory 102 (optionally including one or more computer-readable storage media), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, a peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, a speaker 111, a microphone 113, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and external ports 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface, such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile output on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile output on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate via one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
如本说明书和权利要求书中所使用,术语“触觉输出”是指将由用户通过用户的触摸感检测到的设备相对于设备的先前位置的物理位移、设备的部件(例如,触敏表面)相对于设备的另一个部件(例如,外壳)的物理位移、或部件相对于设备的重心的位移。例如,在设备或设备的部件与用户对触摸敏感的表面(例如,手指、手掌或用户的手部的其它部分)接触的情况下,通过物理位移生成的触觉输出将由用户解读为触感,该触感对应于所感知到的设备或设备部件的物理特性上的变化。例如,触敏表面(例如,触敏显示器或触控板)的移动可选地由用户解读为对物理致动按钮的“按下点击”或“抬起点击”。在一些情况下,用户将感觉到触感,诸如“按下点击”或“抬起点击”,即使在通过用户的移动而物理地被按压(例如,被移位) 的与触敏表面相关联的物理致动按钮没有移动时。又如,触敏表面的移动可选地由用户解读为或感测为触敏表面的“粗糙度”,即使在触敏表面的光滑度无变化时。虽然此类由用户对触摸的解读将受到用户的个体化感官知觉限制,但是有许多触摸的感官知觉是大多数用户共有的。因此,当触觉输出被描述为对应于用户的特定感官知觉(例如,“抬起点击”、“按下点击”、“粗糙度”)时,除非另外陈述,否则所生成的触觉输出对应于设备或其部件的物理位移,该物理位移将会生成典型(或普通)用户的所描述的感官知觉。As used in this specification and claims, the term "tactile output" refers to a physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, a physical displacement of a component of a device (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) relative to another component of the device (e.g., a housing), or a displacement of a component relative to the center of gravity of the device that will be detected by a user through the user's sense of touch. For example, when a device or a component of the device is in contact with a surface that is touch-sensitive to a user (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of the user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation that corresponds to a perceived change in a physical property of the device or component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) may optionally be interpreted by the user as a "press click" or "lift click" of a physical actuation button. In some cases, the user will feel a tactile sensation, such as a "press click" or "lift click," even when the physical actuation button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movement does not move. As another example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface may be interpreted or sensed by a user as "roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface, even when the smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface does not change. While such interpretation of touch by a user will be limited by the user's individual sensory perceptions, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to most users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., "lift-click," "press-click," "roughness"), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to a physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that would generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
应当理解,设备100只是一种便携式多功能设备的一个示例,并且设备100可选地具有比所示出的更多或更少的部件,可选地组合两个或更多个部件,或者可选地具有这些部件的不同配置或布置。图1A 中所示的各种部件以硬件、软件、固件或其组合来实现,包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路。It should be understood that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 may optionally have more or fewer components than shown, may optionally combine two or more components, or may alternatively have a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG1A are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
存储器102可选地包括高速随机存取存储器,并且还可选地包括非易失性存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存存储器设备、或其它非易失性固态存储器设备。设备100的其它部件诸如CPU 120 和外围设备接口118对存储器102的访问可选地由存储器控制器122 来控制。Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100, such as CPU 120 and peripheral device interface 118, is optionally controlled by memory controller 122.
外围设备接口118可被用来将设备的输入和输出外围设备耦合至 CPU 120和存储器102。该一个或多个处理器120运行或执行存储在存储器102中的各种软件程序和/或指令集以执行设备100的各种功能并处理数据。The peripherals interface 118 may be used to couple the device's input and output peripherals to the CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or instruction sets stored in the memory 102 to perform various functions of the device 100 and process data.
在一些实施例中,外围设备接口118、CPU 120、和存储器控制器122可选地被实现在单个芯片诸如芯片104上。在一些其它实施例中,它们可选地被实现在单独的芯片上。In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are optionally implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are optionally implemented on separate chips.
RF(射频)电路108接收和发送也被叫做电磁信号的RF信号。射频电路108将电信号转换为电磁信号/将电磁信号转换为电信号,并且经由电磁信号与通信网络及其它通信设备通信。RF电路108可选地包括用于执行这些功能的众所周知的电路,包括但不限于天线系统、RF收发器、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、数字信号处理器、编解码芯片组、用户身份模块(SIM)卡、存储器等等。RF电路108可选地通过无线通信与网络以及其它设备通信,网络诸如是互联网(也被称为万维网(WWW))、内联网和/或无线网络(诸如蜂窝电话网络、无线局域网(LAN)和/或城域网(MAN))。无线通信可选地使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任何一种,包括但不限于全球移动通信系统(GSM)、增强数据GSM环境(EDGE)、高速下行链路分组接入(HSDPA)、高速上行链路分组接入(HSUPA)、演进、纯数据(EV-DO)、HSPA、HSPA+、双单元HSPA(DC-HSPDA)、长期演进(LTE)、近场通信(NFC)、宽带码分多址(W-CDMA)、码分多址 (CDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、蓝牙、无线保真(Wi-Fi)(例如,IEEE 802.11a、IEEE802.11ac、IEEE 802.11ax、IEEE 802.11b、IEEE 802.11g 和/或IEEE 802.11n)、互联网协议语音技术(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、电子邮件协议(例如,互联网消息访问协议(IMAP)和/或邮局协议(POP))、即时消息收发(例如,可扩展消息收发和现场协议(XMPP)、用于即时消息收发和现场利用扩展的会话发起协议(SIMPLE)、即时消息收发和现场服务(IMPS))、和/或短消息服务(SMS)、或者其它任何适当的通信协议,包括在本文档提交日期还未开发出的通信协议。RF (Radio Frequency) circuitry 108 receives and transmits RF signals, also known as electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals into/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with a communication network and other communication devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a codec chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and the like. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with a network and other devices via wireless communications, such as the Internet (also known as the World Wide Web (WWW)), an intranet, and/or a wireless network (such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN), and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN)). Wireless communication may optionally use any of a variety of communication standards, protocols, and technologies, including, but not limited to, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA), High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), Near Field Communication (NFC), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, and/or IEEE 802.11d). 802.11n), Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, email protocols (e.g., Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and/or Post Office Protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Utilizing Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols that have not yet been developed as of the filing date of this document.
音频电路110、扬声器111和麦克风113提供用户与设备100之间的音频接口。音频电路110从外围设备接口118接收音频数据,将音频数据转换为电信号,并将电信号传输到扬声器111。扬声器111 将电信号转换为人耳可听见的声波。音频电路110还接收由麦克风113从声波转换来的电信号。音频电路110将电信号转换为音频数据,并将音频数据传输到外围设备接口118以进行处理。音频数据可选地由外围设备接口118检索自和/或传输至存储器102和/或RF电路108。在一些实施例中,音频电路110还包括耳麦插口(例如,图2中的212)。耳麦插口提供音频电路110与可移除的音频输入/输出外围设备之间的接口,该外围设备诸如仅输出的耳机或者具有输出(例如,单耳或双耳耳机)和输入(例如,麦克风)两者的耳麦。The audio circuit 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between the user and the device 100. The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripheral device interface 118, converts the audio data into electrical signals, and transmits the electrical signals to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signals into sound waves audible to the human ear. The audio circuit 110 also receives electrical signals converted from sound waves by the microphone 113. The audio circuit 110 converts the electrical signals into audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripheral device interface 118 for processing. The audio data is optionally retrieved from and/or transmitted to the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108 by the peripheral device interface 118. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 in FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between the audio circuit 110 and a removable audio input/output peripheral device, such as an output-only headset or a headset with both output (e.g., a single-ear or dual-ear headset) and input (e.g., a microphone).
I/O子系统106将设备100上的输入/输出外围设备(诸如触敏显示器系统112和其它输入或控制设备116)与外围设备接口118耦合。 I/O子系统106可选地包括显示器控制器156、光学传感器控制器158、强度传感器控制器159、触感反馈控制器161、和用于其它输入或控制设备的一个或多个输入控制器160。该一个或多个输入控制器160 从其它输入或控制设备116接收电信号/发送电信号到其它输入或控制设备116。其它输入或控制设备116可选地包括物理按钮(例如,下压按钮、摇杆按钮等)、拨号盘、滑动开关、操纵杆、点击式转盘等等。在一些替代实施例中,一个或多个输入控制器160可选地与以下中的任一个(或无)耦合:键盘、红外线端口、USB端口、触笔和 /或指针设备诸如鼠标。一个或多个按钮(例如,图2中的208)可选地包括用于扬声器111和/或麦克风113的音量控制的向上/向下按钮。一个或多个按钮可选地包括下压按钮(例如,图2中的206)。The I/O subsystem 106 couples the input/output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control devices 116, to a peripherals interface 118. The I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes a display controller 156, an optical sensor controller 158, an intensity sensor controller 159, a haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116. Other input or control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slide switches, joysticks, click wheels, and the like. In some alternative embodiments, the one or more input controllers 160 optionally couple to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, a stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208 in FIG2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206 in FIG2 ).
触敏显示器系统112提供设备与用户之间的输入接口和输出接口。显示器控制器156从触敏显示器系统112接收电信号和/或向触敏显示器系统112发送电信号。触摸显示器系统112向用户显示视觉输出。视觉输出可选地包括图形、文本、图标、视频和它们的任何组合 (统称为“图形”)。在一些实施例中,一些视觉输出或全部的视觉输出对应于用户界面对象。如在此所使用,术语“可供件”是指用户交互式图形用户界面对象(例如,被配置为响应指向图形用户界面对象的输入的图形用户界面对象)。用户交互式图形用户界面对象的示例包括但不限于按钮、滑块、图标、可选择菜单项、开关、超链接或其他用户界面控件。The touch-sensitive display system 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. The display controller 156 receives electrical signals from the touch-sensitive display system 112 and/or sends electrical signals to the touch-sensitive display system 112. The touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, videos, and any combination thereof (collectively referred to as "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user interface objects. As used herein, the term "affordance" refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object (e.g., a graphical user interface object configured to respond to input directed to a graphical user interface object). Examples of user-interactive graphical user interface objects include, but are not limited to, buttons, sliders, icons, selectable menu items, switches, hyperlinks, or other user interface controls.
触敏显示器系统112具有基于触感和/或触觉接触的从用户接受输入的触敏表面、传感器或传感器组。触敏显示器系统112和显示器控制器156(与存储器102中的任何相关联模块和/或指令集一起)检测触敏显示器系统112上的接触(和该接触的任何移动或中断),并且将所检测到的接触转换为与显示在触敏显示器系统112上的用户界面对象(例如,一个或多个软按键、图标、网页或图像)的交互。在示例性实施例中,触敏显示器系统112与用户之间的接触点对应于用户的手指或触笔。The touch-sensitive display system 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from a user based on tactile and/or haptic contact. The touch-sensitive display system 112 and the display controller 156 (together with any associated modules and/or instruction sets in the memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or interruption of that contact) on the touch-sensitive display system 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with a user interface object (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) displayed on the touch-sensitive display system 112. In an exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between the touch-sensitive display system 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger or stylus.
触敏显示器系统112可选地使用LCD(液晶显示器)技术、LPD (发光聚合物显示器)技术、或LED(发光二极管)技术,但是在其它实施例中使用其它显示技术。触敏显示器系统112和显示器控制器 156可选地使用现在已知的或以后将开发出的多种触摸感测技术中的任何技术以及其它接近传感器阵列或用于确定与触敏显示器系统112 的一个或多个接触点的其它元件来检测接触及其任何移动或中断,该多种触摸感测技术包括但不限于电容性的、电阻性的、红外线的、和表面声波技术。在一示例性实施例中,使用投射式互电容感测技术,诸如从加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的iPod和发现的技术。The touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. The touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 optionally use any of a variety of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with the touch-sensitive display system 112 to detect contact and any movement or interruption thereof. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPod and iPad from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
触敏显示器系统112可选地具有超过100dpi的视频分辨率。在一些实施例中,触摸屏视频分辨率超过400dpi(例如,500dpi、800dpi 或更大)。用户可选地使用任何合适的物体或附加物诸如触笔、手指等等,与触敏显示器系统112接触。在一些实施例中,用户界面被设计用来与基于手指的接触和手势一起工作,由于手指在触摸屏上的接触面积较大,因此这可能不如基于触笔的输入那样精确。在一些实施例中,设备将基于手指的粗略输入翻译为精确的指针/光标位置或命令以执行用户所期望的动作。The touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution exceeding 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen video resolution exceeds 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). The user optionally uses any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, finger, or the like, to contact the touch-sensitive display system 112. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work with finger-based contacts and gestures, which may not be as precise as stylus-based input due to the larger contact area of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates rough finger-based input into precise pointer/cursor positions or commands to perform the user's desired action.
在一些实施例中,除了触摸屏之外,设备100可选地包括用于激活或解激活特定功能的触摸板(未示出)。在一些实施例中,触摸板是设备的触敏区域,该触敏区域与触摸屏不同,其不显示视觉输出。触摸板可选地是与触敏显示器系统112分离的触敏表面,或者是由触摸屏形成的触敏表面的延伸部分。In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating specific functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is optionally a touch-sensitive surface separate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
设备100还包括用于为各种部件供电的电力系统162。电力系统 162可选地包括电力管理系统、一个或多个电源(例如,电池、交流电(AC))、再充电系统、电力故障检测电路、功率转换器或逆变器、电力状态指示器(例如,发光二极管(LED))和任何其它与便携式设备中电力的生成、管理和分配相关联的部件。Device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., batteries, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, power fault detection circuitry, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light emitting diode (LED)), and any other components associated with the generation, management, and distribution of power in a portable device.
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个光学传感器164。图1A示出了与I/O子系统106中的光学传感器控制器158耦合的光学传感器。光学传感器164可选地包括电荷耦合器件(CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)光电晶体管。光学传感器164从环境接收通过一个或多个透镜投射的光,并且将光转换为表示图像的数据。结合成像模块143 (也叫做相机模块),光学传感器164可选地捕获静态图像和/或视频。在一些实施例中,光学传感器位于设备100的后部上,与设备前部上的触敏显示器系统112相对,使得触摸屏能够用作用于静态图像和/ 或视频图像采集的取景器。在一些实施例中,另一光学传感器位于设备的前部上,使得该用户的图像被获得(例如,用于自拍、用于当用户在触摸屏上观看其它视频会议参与者时进行视频会议等)。The device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. Figure 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to the optical sensor controller 158 in the I/O subsystem 106. The optical sensor 164 optionally includes a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The optical sensor 164 receives light projected from the environment through one or more lenses and converts the light into data representing an image. In conjunction with the imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), the optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images and/or video. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the rear of the device 100, opposite the touch-sensitive display system 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen can be used as a viewfinder for still image and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the image of the user is obtained (e.g., for self-portraits, for video conferencing when the user views other video conference participants on the touch screen, etc.).
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个接触强度传感器165。图1A 示出与I/O子系统106中的强度传感器控制器159耦合的接触强度传感器。接触强度传感器165可选地包括一个或多个压阻应变计、电容式力传感器、电力传感器、压电力传感器、光学力传感器、电容式触敏表面或其它强度传感器(例如,用于测量触敏表面上的接触的力(或压力)的传感器)。接触强度传感器165从环境接收接触强度信息(例如,压力信息或压力信息的代用物)。在一些实施例中,至少一个接触强度传感器与触敏表面(例如,触敏显示器系统112)并置排列或邻近。在一些实施例中,至少一个接触强度传感器位于设备100的后部上,与位于设备100的前部上的触敏显示器系统112相对。Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact force sensors 165. FIG1A shows a contact force sensor coupled to force sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact force sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electrical force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other force sensors (e.g., sensors for measuring the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact force sensor 165 receives contact force information (e.g., pressure information or a surrogate for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact force sensor is juxtaposed with or adjacent to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact force sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个接近传感器166。图1A示出了与外围设备接口118耦合的接近传感器166。另选地,接近传感器 166与I/O子系统106中的输入控制器160耦合。在一些实施例中,当多功能设备被置于用户的耳朵附近时(例如,当用户正在进行电话呼叫时),接近传感器关闭并且禁用触敏显示器系统112。Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 is coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, when the multifunction device is placed near a user's ear (e.g., when the user is on a phone call), the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 112.
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个触觉输出生成器167。图1A 示出与I/O子系统106中的触感反馈控制器161耦合的触觉输出生成器。触觉输出生成器167可选地包括:一个或多个电声设备,诸如扬声器或其它音频部件;和/或将能量转换成线性运动的机电设备,诸如电机、螺线管、电活性聚合物、压电致动器、静电致动器或其它触觉输出生成部件(例如,将电信号转换成设备上的触觉输出的部件)。触觉输出生成器167从触感反馈模块133接收触觉反馈生成指令,并且在设备100上生成能够由设备100的用户感测到的触觉输出。在一些实施例中,至少一个触觉输出生成器与触敏表面(例如,触敏显示器系统112)并置排列或邻近,并且可选地通过竖直地(例如,向设备100的表面内/外)或侧向地(例如,在与设备100的表面相同的平面中前后地)移动触敏表面来生成触觉输出。在一些实施例中,至少一个触觉输出生成器传感器位于设备100的后部上,与位于设备100 的前部上的触敏显示器系统112相对。Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG1A shows a tactile output generator coupled to tactile feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes: one or more electroacoustic devices, such as speakers or other audio components; and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion, such as motors, solenoids, electroactive polymers, piezoelectric actuators, electrostatic actuators, or other tactile output generating components (e.g., components that convert electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Tactile output generator 167 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from tactile feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that can be sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is juxtaposed with or adjacent to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112), and optionally generates tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., inward/outward toward the surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., front to back in the same plane as the surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个加速度计168。图1A示出了与外围设备接口118耦合的加速度计168。另选地,加速度计168可选地与I/O子系统106中的输入控制器160耦合。在一些实施例中,信息基于对从该一个或多个加速度计所接收的数据的分析来在触摸屏显示器上以纵向视图或横向视图被显示。设备100除了加速度计 168之外可选地还包括磁力仪(未示出)和GPS(或GLONASS或其它全球导航系统)接收器(未示出),以用于获得关于设备100的位置和取向(例如,纵向或横向)的信息。The device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG1A shows the accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, the accelerometer 168 is optionally coupled to the input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. The device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) in addition to the accelerometer 168 for obtaining information about the position and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of the device 100.
在一些实施例中,存储在存储器102中的软件部件包括操作系统 126、通信模块(或指令集)128、接触/运动模块(或指令集)130、图形模块(或指令集)132、触感反馈模块(或指令集)133、文本输入模块(或指令集)134、全球定位系统(GPS)模块(或指令集)135 以及应用(或指令集)136。此外,在一些实施例中,存储器102存储设备/全局内部状态157,如图1A和图3中所示。设备/全局内部状态157包括以下中的一种或多种:激活应用状态,指示哪些应用(如果有的话)当前是激活的;显示器状态,指示什么应用、视图或其他信息占据触敏显示器系统112的各个区域;传感器状态,包括从设备的各个传感器和其他输入或控制设备116获得的信息;以及关于设备的位置和/或姿态的位置和/或定位信息。In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include an operating system 126, a communication module (or instruction set) 128, a contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, a graphics module (or instruction set) 132, a haptic feedback module (or instruction set) 133, a text input module (or instruction set) 134, a global positioning system (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135, and applications (or instruction sets) 136. In addition, in some embodiments, memory 102 stores a device/global internal state 157, as shown in Figures 1A and 3. The device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of the following: an active application state, indicating which applications (if any) are currently active; a display state, indicating what applications, views, or other information occupy various areas of the touch-sensitive display system 112; a sensor state, including information obtained from various sensors and other input or control devices 116 of the device; and position and/or location information regarding the position and/or posture of the device.
操作系统126(例如,iOS、Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、 OS X、WINDOWS、或嵌入式操作系统诸如VxWorks)包括用于控制和管理一般系统任务(例如,存储器管理、存储设备控制、电力管理等)的各种软件部件和/或驱动器,并且有利于各种硬件和软件部件之间的通信。The operating system 126 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
通信模块128有利于通过一个或多个外部端口124来与其他设备进行通信,并且还包括用于处理由RF电路108和/或外部端口124所接收的数据的各种软件部件。外部端口124(例如,通用串行总线 (USB)、火线等)适于直接耦合至其它设备或者间接地通过网络(例如,因特网、无线LAN等)耦合。在一些实施例中,外部端口是与加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的一些iPod和设备上所使用的30管脚连接器相同的或类似的和/或与其兼容的多管脚(例如,30管脚)连接器。在一些实施例中,外部端口是与加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的一些iPod和设备上所使用的Lightning连接器相同的或类似的和/或与其兼容的Lightning连接器。The communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices via one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for processing data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external ports 124. The external port 124 (e.g., a Universal Serial Bus (USB), FireWire, etc.) is suitable for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly via a network (e.g., the Internet, a wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, similar to, and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on some iPods and devices by Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. In some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, similar to, and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used on some iPods and devices by Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
接触/运动模块130可选地检测与触敏显示器系统112(结合显示器控制器156)和其它触敏设备(例如,触摸板或物理点击式转盘) 的接触。接触/运动模块130包括各种软件部件以用于执行与接触(例如,由手指或由触笔)的检测相关的各种操作,诸如确定是否已经发生了接触(例如,检测手指按下事件)、确定接触的强度(例如,接触的力或压力,或接触的力或压力的替代物)、确定是否存在接触的移动并且在整个触敏表面上跟踪该移动(例如,检测一个或多个手指拖动事件)、以及确定接触是否已经停止(例如,检测手指抬起事件或者接触中断)。接触/运动模块130从触敏表面接收接触数据。确定由一系列接触数据来表示的接触点的移动,可选地包括确定接触点的速率(量值)、速度(量值和方向)、和/或加速度(量值和/或方向的改变)。这些操作可选地被应用于单个接触(例如,一个手指接触或触笔接触)或被应用于多个同时接触(例如,“多触摸”/多个手指接触)。在一些实施例中,接触/运动模块130和显示器控制器156 检测触摸板上的接触。The contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with the touch-sensitive display system 112 (in conjunction with the display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to the detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining whether contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger down event), determining the intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact, or a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact), determining whether there has been movement of the contact and tracking that movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger drag events), and determining whether the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger up event or contact break). The contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining the movement of a contact point represented by a series of contact data optionally includes determining the rate (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or acceleration (change in magnitude and/or direction) of the contact point. These operations are, optionally, applied to a single contact (eg, one finger contact or stylus contact) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (eg, "multi-touch"/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contacts on a touchpad.
接触/运动模块130可选地检测用户的手势输入。触敏表面上的不同手势具有不同接触图案(例如,所检测到的接触的不同运动、计时和/或强度)。因此,可选地通过检测具体接触图案来检测手势。例如,检测单指敲击手势包括检测手指按下事件,然后在与手指按下事件相同的位置(或基本上相同的位置)处(例如,在图标位置处)检测手指抬起(抬离)事件。又如,在触敏表面上检测到手指轻扫手势包括检测到手指按下事件、然后检测到一个或多个手指拖动事件、并且随后检测到手指抬起(抬离)事件。类似地,敲击、轻扫、拖动和其他手势通过检测针对触笔的特定接触模式可选地针对该触笔进行检测。The contact/motion module 130 optionally detects gesture input from a user. Different gestures on a touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of the detected contacts). Thus, gestures are optionally detected by detecting specific contact patterns. For example, detecting a single-finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger press event and then detecting a finger lift (lift-off) event at the same location (or substantially the same location) as the finger press event (e.g., at an icon location). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on a touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger press event, then detecting one or more finger drag events, and then detecting a finger lift (lift-off) event. Similarly, taps, swipes, drags, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a specific contact pattern for the stylus.
图形模块132包括用于在触敏显示器系统112或其它显示器上渲染和显示图形的各种已知软件部件,包括用于改变所显示的图形的视觉冲击(例如,亮度、透明度、饱和度、对比度或其它视觉特性)的部件。如本文所用,术语“图形”包括可被显示给用户的任何对象,非限制性地包括文本、网页、图标(诸如包括软键的用户界面对象)、数字图像、视频、动画等等。The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch-sensitive display system 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual characteristics) of the displayed graphics. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, but not limited to, text, web pages, icons (such as user interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
在一些实施例中,图形模块132存储要使用的表示图形的数据。每个图形可选地被分配有对应的代码。图形模块132从应用等接收待显示的指定图形的一个或多个代码,在必要的情况下还一起接收坐标数据和其它图形属性数据,然后生成屏幕图像数据来输出给显示器控制器156。In some embodiments, the graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is optionally assigned a corresponding code. The graphics module 132 receives one or more codes specifying the graphics to be displayed from an application, etc., along with coordinate data and other graphic attribute data, if necessary, and then generates screen image data for output to the display controller 156.
触感反馈模块133包括用于生成指令的各种软件部件,这些指令由触觉输出生成器167使用,以响应于用户与设备100的交互而在设备100上的一个或多个位置处产生触觉输出。Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator 167 to produce tactile output at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interaction with device 100 .
可选地为图形模块132的部件的文本输入模块134提供用于在各种应用(例如,联系人137、电子邮件140、IM 141、浏览器147和需要文本输入的任何其他应用)中输入文本的软键盘。The text input module 134, which is optionally a component of the graphics module 132, provides a soft keyboard for entering text in various applications (eg, contacts 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application requiring text input).
GPS模块135确定设备的位置,并且提供该信息以在各种应用中使用(例如,提供给电话138以用于基于位置的拨号、提供给相机143 作为照片/视频元数据、以及提供给提供基于位置的服务的应用,诸如天气桌面小程序、本地黄页桌面小程序、和地图/导航桌面小程序)。The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to the phone 138 for location-based dialing, to the camera 143 as photo/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services, such as the weather widget, the local yellow pages widget, and the map/navigation widget).
应用136可选地包括以下模块(或指令集)或者其子集或超集:Application 136 may optionally include the following modules (or instruction sets) or a subset or superset thereof:
·联系人模块137(有时叫做通讯录或联系人列表);Contacts module 137 (sometimes called address book or contact list);
·电话模块138;Telephone module 138;
·视频会议模块139;Video conferencing module 139;
·电子邮件客户端模块140;Email client module 140;
·即时消息收发(IM)模块141;Instant messaging (IM) module 141;
·锻炼支持模块142;Exercise support module 142;
·用于静态图像和/或视频图像的相机模块143;A camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
·图像管理模块144;Image management module 144;
·浏览器模块147;Browser module 147;
·日历模块148;Calendar module 148;
·桌面小程序模块149,其可选地包括以下中的一种或多种:天气桌面小程序149-1、股票桌面小程序149-2、计算器桌面小程序149-3、闹钟桌面小程序149-4、词典桌面小程序149-5和由用户获取的其他桌面小程序以及用户创建的桌面小程序149-6;A widget module 149, which optionally includes one or more of the following: a weather widget 149-1, a stock widget 149-2, a calculator widget 149-3, an alarm clock widget 149-4, a dictionary widget 149-5, other widgets acquired by the user, and a widget 149-6 created by the user;
·用于形成用户创建的桌面小程序149-6的桌面小程序创建器模块 150;A widget creator module 150 for forming user-created widgets 149-6;
·搜索模块151;Search module 151;
·视频和音乐播放器模块152,可选地由视频播放器模块和音乐播放器模块构成;Video and music player module 152, optionally composed of a video player module and a music player module;
·备忘录模块153;Memo module 153;
·地图模块154;和/或Map module 154; and/or
·在线视频模块155。Online video module 155.
可选地被存储在存储器102中的其它应用136的实例包括其它文字处理应用、其它图像编辑应用、画图应用、演示应用、JAVA启用的应用、加密、数字权益管理、语音识别、和语音复制。Examples of other applications 136 that may optionally be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,联系人模块137包括用于管理地址簿或联系人列表(例如,存储于存储器102或存储器370中联系人模块137的应用内部状态192中)的可执行指令,包括:向地址簿中添加一个或多个姓名;从地址簿中删除一个或多个姓名;将一个或多个电话号码、电子邮件地址、物理地址或其他信息与姓名相关联;将图像与姓名相关联;对姓名分类并排序;提供电话号码和/或电子邮件地址以发起和/或促成电话138进行通信、视频会议139、电子邮件140或IM 141;等等。In conjunction with the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the contacts module 137 includes executable instructions for managing an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in the application internal state 192 of the contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding one or more names to the address book; deleting one or more names from the address book; associating one or more phone numbers, email addresses, physical addresses, or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing phone numbers and/or email addresses to initiate and/or facilitate telephone 138 communications, video conference 139, email 140, or IM 141; and so on.
结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132 和文本输入模块134,电话模块138包括用于输入对应于电话号码的字符序列、访问通讯录137中的一个或多个电话号码、修改已经输入的电话号码、拨打相应的电话号码、进行对话以及当对话完成时断开或挂断的可执行指令。如上所述,无线通信可选地使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任一种。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, phone module 138 includes executable instructions for entering a character sequence corresponding to a phone number, accessing one or more phone numbers in address book 137, modifying an already entered phone number, dialing the corresponding phone number, conducting a conversation, and disconnecting or hanging up when the conversation is complete. As described above, wireless communication may optionally use any of a variety of communication standards, protocols, and technologies.
结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、光学传感器164、光学传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、联系人列表137和电话模块138,视频会议模块139包括根据用户指令发起、进行和终止用户与一个或多个其他参与方之间的视频会议的可执行指令。In combination with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list 137, and phone module 138, video conferencing module 139 includes executable instructions for initiating, conducting, and terminating a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,电子邮件客户端模块140包括响应于用户指令来创建、发送、接收和管理电子邮件的可执行指令。结合图像管理模块144,电子邮件客户端模块140使得非常容易创建和发送具有由相机模块143拍摄的静态图像或视频图像的电子邮件。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, email client module 140 includes executable instructions for creating, sending, receiving, and managing emails in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, email client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send emails with still images or video images captured by camera module 143.
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,即时消息收发模块 141包括用于输入对应于即时消息的字符序列、修改先前输入的字符、传输相应即时消息(例如,使用短消息服务(SMS)或多媒体消息服务 (MMS)协议以用于基于电话的即时消息或者使用XMPP、SIMPLE、苹果信息推送服务(APNs)或IMPS以用于基于互联网的即时消息)、接收即时消息以及查看所接收的即时消息的可执行指令。在一些实施例中,所传输和/或接收的即时消息可选地包括图形、照片、音频文件、视频文件、和/或MMS和/或增强消息收发服务(EMS)中所支持的其它附接件。如本文所用,“即时消息收发”是指基于电话的消息(例如,使用SMS或MMS发送的消息)和基于互联网的消息(例如,使用 XMPP、SIMPLE、APNs或IMPS发送的消息)两者。In conjunction with the RF circuitry 108, the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions for entering a character sequence corresponding to an instant message, modifying previously entered characters, transmitting the corresponding instant message (e.g., using the Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) protocols for phone-based instant messaging or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Notification Service (APNs), or IMPS for Internet-based instant messaging), receiving instant messages, and viewing received instant messages. In some embodiments, the transmitted and/or received instant messages may optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and/or other attachments supported in MMS and/or Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to both phone-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS).
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135、地图模块154和音乐播放器模块145,锻炼支持模块142包括可执行指令,以创建锻炼(例如,带有时间、距离和/或卡路里燃烧目标);与锻炼传感器(在运动设备和智能手表中)通信;接收锻炼传感器数据;校准用于监测锻炼的传感器;为锻炼选择并播放音乐;以及显示、存储和发送锻炼数据。In combination with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module 145, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burn goals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports equipment and smart watches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors for monitoring a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and send workout data.
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、光学传感器164、光学传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132、和图像管理模块144,相机模块143包括用于捕获静态图像或视频(包括视频流) 并且将它们存储到存储器102中、修改静态图像或视频的特性、和/或从存储器102删除静态图像或视频的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions for capturing still images or videos (including video streams) and storing them in memory 102, modifying characteristics of still images or videos, and/or deleting still images or videos from memory 102.
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、和相机模块143,图像管理模块144 包括用于排列、修改(例如,编辑)、或以其它方式操控、加标签、删除、演示(例如,在数字幻灯片或相册中)、以及存储静态图像和 /或视频图像的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions for arranging, modifying (e.g., editing), or otherwise manipulating, labeling, deleting, presenting (e.g., in a digital slideshow or album), and storing still images and/or video images.
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、和文本输入模块134,浏览器模块147 包括用于根据用户指令浏览因特网(包括搜索、链接到、接收、和显示网页或其部分、以及链接到网页的附件和其它文件)的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display system controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the browser module 147 includes executable instructions for browsing the Internet in accordance with user instructions (including searching for, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages).
结合射频电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147,日历模块148包括可执行指令以根据用户指令来创建、显示、修改和存储日历以及与日历相关联的数据(例如,日历条目、待办事项等)。In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display system controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the email client module 140, and the browser module 147, the calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with the calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do items, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、和浏览器模块147,桌面小程序模块149是可选地由用户下载和使用的微型应用(例如,天气桌面小程序149-1、股票桌面小程序149-2、计算器桌面小程序149-3、闹钟桌面小程序149-4、和字典桌面小程序149-5)或由用户创建的微型应用(例如,用户创建的桌面小程序149-6)。在一些实施例中,桌面小程序包括HTML(超文本标记语言)文件、CSS(层叠样式表)文件和JavaScript文件。在一些实施例中,桌面小程序包括可扩展标记语言(XML)文件和JavaScript文件(例如,Yahoo!桌面小程序)。In conjunction with the RF circuit 108, the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display system controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the browser module 147, the desktop widget module 149 is a mini-application that is optionally downloaded and used by the user (e.g., the weather desktop widget 149-1, the stock desktop widget 149-2, the calculator desktop widget 149-3, the alarm desktop widget 149-4, and the dictionary desktop widget 149-5) or a mini-application created by the user (e.g., the user-created desktop widget 149-6). In some embodiments, the desktop widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, the desktop widget includes an Extensible Markup Language (XML) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., the Yahoo! desktop widget).
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147,桌面小程序创建器模块150包括用于创建桌面小程序(例如,将网页的用户指定部分转到桌面小程序中)的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display system controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134 and the browser module 147, the desktop widget creator module 150 includes executable instructions for creating a desktop widget (e.g., transferring a user-specified portion of a web page into a desktop widget).
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,搜索模块151包括根据用户指令来搜索匹配一个或多个搜索条件(例如,一个或多个用户指定的搜索词)的存储器102中的文本、音乐、声音、图像、视频和/或其他文件的可执行指令。In combination with the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display system controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the search module 151 includes executable instructions for searching the memory 102 for text, music, sound, images, videos, and/or other files that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111、RF电路108、和浏览器模块147,视频和音乐播放器模块152包括允许用户下载和回放以一种或多种文件格式(诸如MP3或AAC文件)存储的所记录的音乐和其它声音文件的可执行指令,以及用于显示、演示或以其它方式回放视频(例如,在触敏显示器系统112上或在无线或经由外部端口124 连接的外部显示器上)的可执行指令。在一些实施例中,设备100可选地包括MP3播放器,诸如iPod(Apple Inc.的商标)的功能性。In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow a user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats (such as MP3 or AAC files), as well as executable instructions for displaying, presenting, or otherwise playing back video (e.g., on touch-sensitive display system 112 or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,备忘录模块153包括根据用户指令来创建和管理备忘录、待办事项等的可执行指令。In conjunction with the touch-sensitive display system 112, the display controller 156, the contact module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the memo module 153 includes executable instructions for creating and managing memos, to-do lists, etc. according to user instructions.
结合RF电路108、触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135、和浏览器模块147,地图模块154包括用于根据用户指令接收、显示、修改、和存储地图以及与地图相关联的数据(例如,驾车路线;特定位置处或附近感兴趣的商店或其他兴趣点的数据;和其他基于位置的数据)的可执行指令。In combination with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 includes executable instructions for receiving, displaying, modifying, and storing maps and data associated with the maps (e.g., driving directions; data about stores or other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
结合触敏显示器系统112、显示器系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111、RF电路108、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147,在线视频模块155包括可执行指令,该可执行指令允许用户访问、浏览、接收(例如,通过流式传输和/或下载)、回放(例如在无线或经由外部端口 124所连接的触摸屏112上或外部显示器上)、发送具有至特定的在线视频的链接的电子邮件,以及以其他方式管理一种或多种文件格式诸如H.264的在线视频。在一些实施例中,即时消息收发模块141而不是电子邮件客户端模块140用于发送通往特定在线视频的链接。In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, email client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes executable instructions that allow a user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or downloading), play back (e.g., on touch screen 112 or an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124), send an email with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than email client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video.
上文指出的模块中的每个模块和应用对应于用于执行上述一种或多种功能以及在本申请中所描述的方法(例如,本文中所描述的计算机实现的方法和其他信息处理方法)的一组可执行指令。这些模块(即,指令集)不必被实现为单独的软件程序、过程或模块,因此这些模块的各种子组可选地在各种实施例中被组合或以其它方式重新布置。在一些实施例中,存储器102可选地存储上述模块和数据结构的子组。此外,存储器102可选地存储上面未描述的另外的模块和数据结构。Each module and application in the modules indicated above corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., instruction sets) do not have to be implemented as separate software programs, processes, or modules, so various subsets of these modules are optionally combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores subsets of the above modules and data structures. In addition, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
在一些实施例中,设备100是该设备上的预定义的一组功能的操作被唯一地通过触摸屏和/或触摸板来执行的设备。通过使用触摸屏和 /或触摸板作为用于设备100的操作的主要输入控制设备,可选地减少设备100上的物理输入控制设备(诸如下压按钮、拨号盘等等)的数量。In some embodiments, device 100 is a device in which operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using the touch screen and/or the touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, etc.) on device 100 is optionally reduced.
唯一地通过触摸屏和/或触摸板执行的该预定义的一组功能可选地包括在用户界面之间的导航。在一些实施例中,触摸板在被用户触摸时将设备100从显示在设备100上的任何用户界面导航到主菜单、主页菜单或根菜单。在此类实施例中,使用触摸板来实现“菜单按钮”。在一些其它实施例中,菜单按钮是物理下压按钮或者其它物理输入控制设备,而不是触摸板。The predefined set of functions that are exclusively performed via the touch screen and/or touchpad optionally includes navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 from any user interface displayed on the device 100 to a main menu, home menu, or root menu. In such embodiments, the touchpad is used to implement a "menu button." In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device, rather than a touchpad.
图1B是示出根据一些实施例的用于事件处理的示例性部件的框图。在一些实施例中,存储器102(图1A中)或存储器370(图3) 包括事件分类器170(例如,在操作系统126中)和相应的应用136-1 (例如,前述应用136、137、155、380-390中的任何应用)。FIG1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event processing according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (in FIG1A ) or memory 370 (in FIG3 ) includes an event classifier 170 (e.g., in operating system 126 ) and a corresponding application 136 - 1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136 , 137 , 155 , 380 - 390 ).
事件分类器170接收事件信息并确定要将事件信息递送到的应用 136-1和应用136-1的应用视图191。事件分类器170包括事件监视器 171和事件分配器模块174。在一些实施例中,应用136-1包括应用内部状态192,该应用内部状态192指示当应用是激活的或正在执行时显示在触敏显示器系统112上的当前应用视图。在一些实施例中,设备/全局内部状态157被事件分类器170用来确定哪个(哪些)应用当前是激活的,并且应用内部状态192被事件分类器170用来确定要将事件信息递送到的应用视图191。Event classifier 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and the application view 191 of application 136-1 to which the event information is to be delivered. Event classifier 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192 that indicates the current application view displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event classifier 170 to determine which application(s) is currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event classifier 170 to determine the application view 191 to which the event information is to be delivered.
在一些实施例中,应用内部状态192包括附加的信息,例如以下中的一种或多种:当应用136-1恢复执行时将被使用的恢复信息、指示正通过应用136-1显示的信息或准备好用于通过应用136-1显示的信息的用户界面状态信息、用于使得用户能够返回到应用136-1的前一状态或视图的状态队列、以及用户采取的先前动作的重复/撤销队列。In some embodiments, the application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when the application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information indicating information being displayed by the application 136-1 or information ready for display by the application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to return to a previous state or view of the application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
事件监视器171从外围设备接口118接收事件信息。事件信息包括关于子事件(例如,作为多点触摸手势的一部分,触敏显示器系统 112上的用户触摸)的信息。外围设备接口118传输其从I/O子系统 106或传感器(诸如接近传感器166)、加速度计168和/或麦克风113 (通过音频电路110)所接收的信息。外围设备接口118从I/O子系统106所接收的信息包括来自触敏显示器系统112或触敏表面的信息。Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. The event information includes information about sub-events (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display system 112 as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or sensors (such as proximity sensor 166), accelerometer 168, and/or microphone 113 (via audio circuit 110). The information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display system 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
在一些实施例中,事件监视器171以预先确定的间隔将请求发送至外围设备接口118。作为响应,外围设备接口118传输事件信息。在其他实施例中,外围设备接口118仅当存在显著事件(例如,接收到高于预先确定的噪声阈值的输入和/或接收到超过预先确定的持续时间的输入)时才传输事件信息。In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or receiving an input for more than a predetermined duration).
在一些实施例中,事件分类器170还包括点击命中确定模块172 和/或激活事件识别器确定模块173。In some embodiments, event classifier 170 also includes a click hit determination module 172 and/or an activation event recognizer determination module 173 .
当触敏显示器系统112显示多于一个视图时,命中视图确定模块 172提供用于确定子事件已经在一个或多个视图内的什么地方发生的软件过程。视图由用户在显示器上可以看到的控件和其他元素构成。When the touch-sensitive display system 112 displays more than one view, the hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has occurred within one or more views. A view consists of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
与应用相关联的用户界面的另一方面是一组视图,本文中有时也称为应用视图或用户界面窗口,在其中显示信息并且发生基于触摸的手势。在其中检测到触摸的(相应的应用的)应用视图可选地对应于在应用的程序化或视图分级结构内的程序化水平。例如,在其中检测到触摸的最低水平视图可选地被叫做命中视图,并且被识别为正确输入的事件集可选地至少部分地基于初始触摸的命中视图来确定,该初始触摸始于基于触摸的手势。Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes also referred to herein as application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of the respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within the application's programmatic or view hierarchy. For example, the lowest-level view in which a touch is detected is optionally called a hit view, and the set of events recognized as valid input is optionally determined based at least in part on the hit view of the initial touch that initiated the touch-based gesture.
命中视图确定模块172接收与基于接触的手势的子事件相关的信息。当应用具有以分级结构组织的多个视图时,命中视图确定模块172 将命中视图识别为该分级结构中应当处理该子事件的最低视图。在大多数情况下,命中视图是在其中发生发起子事件(即形成事件或潜在事件的子事件序列中的第一个子事件)的最低水平视图。一旦命中视图被命中视图确定模块所识别,命中视图通常接收与其被识别为命中视图所针对的同一触摸或输入源相关的所有子事件。Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a contact-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy that should handle the sub-event. In most cases, the hit view is the lowest-level view in which the initiating sub-event (i.e., the first sub-event in a sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event) occurs. Once a hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
激活事件识别器确定模块173确定在视图分级结构内的哪些视图应接收特定的子事件序列。在一些实施例中,激活事件识别器确定模块173确定仅命中视图应当接收特定的子事件序列。在其他实施例中,激活事件识别器确定模块173确定包括子事件的物理位置的所有视图是活跃参与的视图,并且因此确定所有活跃参与的视图应接收特定子事件序列。在其它实施例中,即使触摸子事件完全被局限到与一特定视图相关联的区域,分级结构中更高的视图将仍然保持为活跃参与的视图。Activation event recognizer determination module 173 determines which views within the view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, activation event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, activation event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of the sub-event are actively participating views, and therefore determines that all actively participating views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if a touch sub-event is completely confined to an area associated with a particular view, views higher in the hierarchy will still remain actively participating views.
事件分配器模块174将事件信息调度到事件识别器(例如,事件识别器180)。在包括激活事件识别器确定模块173的实施例中,事件分配器模块174将事件信息递送到由激活事件识别器确定模块173 确定的事件识别器。在一些实施例中,事件分配器模块174在事件队列中存储事件信息,该事件信息由相应事件接收器模块182检索。Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments that include active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores the event information in an event queue, which is retrieved by corresponding event receiver module 182.
在一些实施例中,操作系统126包括事件分类器170。或者,应用136-1包括事件分类器170。在其他实施例中,事件分类器170是独立的模块,或者是存储在存储器102中的另一模块(诸如接触/运动模块130)的一部分。In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event classifier 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event classifier 170. In other embodiments, event classifier 170 is a standalone module or part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
在一些实施例中,应用136-1包括多个事件处理器190和一个或多个应用视图191,其中每一个都包括用于处理发生在应用的用户界面的相应视图内的触摸事件的指令。应用136-1的每个应用视图191 包括一个或多个事件识别器180。通常,相应的应用视图191包括多个事件识别器180。在其它实施例中,事件识别器180中的一个或多个事件识别器是独立模块的一部份,独立模块诸如是用户界面工具包 (未示出)或应用136-1从中继承方法和其它特性的更高水平对象。在一些实施例中,相应的事件处理器190包括以下中的一种或多种:数据更新器176、对象更新器177、GUI更新器178和/或从事件分类器170接收的事件数据。事件处理器190可选地利用或调用数据更新器176、对象更新器177或GUI更新器178来更新应用内部状态192。另选地,应用视图191中的一个或多个应用视图包括一个或多个相应事件处理器190。另外,在一些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178中的一个或多个被包括在相应的应用视图 191中。In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes multiple event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events occurring within a corresponding view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a corresponding application view 191 includes multiple event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 is part of a separate module, such as a user interface toolkit (not shown) or a higher-level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a corresponding event handler 190 includes one or more of: a data updater 176, an object updater 177, a GUI updater 178, and/or event data received from event classifier 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more application views in application view 191 include one or more corresponding event handlers 190. Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in the corresponding application view 191.
相应的事件识别器180从事件分类器170接收事件信息(例如,事件数据179),并且从事件信息识别事件。事件识别器180包括事件接收器182和事件比较器184。在一些实施例中,事件识别器180 还至少包括如下的子集:元数据183和事件递送指令188(其可选地包括子事件递送指令)。A corresponding event identifier 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event classifier 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event identifier 180 includes an event receiver 182 and an event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event identifier 180 also includes at least a subset of the following: metadata 183 and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
事件接收器182接收来自事件分类器170的事件信息。事件信息包括关于子事件的信息,例如,触摸或触摸移动。根据子事件,事件信息还包括附加信息,诸如子事件的位置。当子事件涉及触摸的运动时,事件信息可选地还包括子事件的速率和方向。在一些实施例中,事件包括设备从一个取向旋转到另一取向(例如,从纵向取向旋转到横向趋向,反之亦然),并且事件信息包括关于设备的当前取向(也被称为设备姿态)的对应信息。Event receiver 182 receives event information from event classifier 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, such as a touch or touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When the sub-event involves the movement of a touch, the event information optionally also includes the rate and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes the device rotating from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation of the device (also referred to as the device posture).
事件比较器184将事件信息与预定义的事件或子事件定义进行比较,以及基于比较结果,确定事件或子事件,或确定或更新该事件或子事件的状态。在一些实施例中,事件比较器184包括事件定义186。事件定义186包含事件的定义(例如,预定义的子事件序列),例如事件1(187-1)、事件2(187-2)以及其它。在一些实施例中,事件 187中的子事件例如包括触摸开始、触摸结束、触摸移动、触摸取消和多点触摸。在一个实例中,事件1(187-1)的定义是在被显示对象上的双击。例如,该双击包括在被显示对象上预定时长的第一触摸(触摸开始)、预定时长的第一抬起(触摸结束)、在被显示对象上预定时长的第二触摸(触摸开始)以及预定时长的第二抬起(触摸结束)。在另一实例中,事件2(187-2)的定义是在被显示对象上的拖动。例如,该拖动包括在该被显示对象上的预先确定时长的触摸(或接触)、该触摸在触敏显示器系统112上的移动、以及该触摸的抬起(触摸结束)。在一些实施例中,事件还包括用于一个或多个相关联的事件处理器 190的信息。Event comparator 184 compares event information with predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison result, determines the event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of the event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definition 186. Event definition 186 includes event definitions (e.g., predefined sub-event sequences), such as event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in event 187 include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch move, touch cancel, and multi-touch. In one example, event 1 (187-1) is defined as a double-click on a displayed object. For example, the double-click includes a first touch (touch start) of a predetermined duration on the displayed object, a first lift (touch end) of a predetermined duration, a second touch (touch start) of a predetermined duration on the displayed object, and a second lift (touch end) of a predetermined duration. In another example, event 2 (187-2) is defined as a drag on a displayed object. For example, the drag includes a touch (or contact) of a predetermined duration on the displayed object, movement of the touch on the touch-sensitive display system 112, and a lift-off (touch end) of the touch. In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.
在一些实施例中,事件定义187包括用于相应的用户界面对象的事件的定义。在一些实施例中,事件比较器184执行命中测试以确定哪个用户界面对象与子事件相关联。例如,在应用视图(其中在触敏显示器系统112上显示三个用户界面对象)中,当在触敏显示器系统 112上检测到触摸时,事件比较器184执行命中测试,以确定这三个用户界面对象中哪一个与触摸(子事件)相关联。如果每个所显示的对象与相应的事件处理器190相关联,则事件比较器使用该命中测试的结果来确定哪个事件处理器190应当被激活。例如,事件比较器184 选择与子事件和触发该命中测试的对象相关联的事件处理程序。In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes definitions of events for corresponding user interface objects. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view (in which three user interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112), when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display system 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a corresponding event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object that triggered the hit test.
在一些实施例中,相应事件187的定义还包括延迟动作,该延迟动作延迟事件信息的递送,直到已经确定子事件序列是否确实对应于事件识别器的事件类型之后。In some embodiments, the definition of the corresponding event 187 also includes a delay action that delays the delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does correspond to the event type of the event identifier.
在其不理会基于触摸的手势的后续子事件之后,当相应事件识别器180确定子事件串不与事件定义186中的任何事件匹配,则该相应事件识别器180进入事件不可能、事件失败或事件结束状态。在这种情况下,对于命中视图保持激活的其它事件识别器(如果有的话)继续跟踪和处理正在进行的基于触摸的手势的子事件。After it disregards subsequent sub-events of a touch-based gesture, the corresponding event recognizer 180 enters the event not possible, event failed, or event ended state when it determines that the sub-event string does not match any event in event definitions 186. In this case, other event recognizers (if any) that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of the ongoing touch-based gesture.
在一些实施例中,相应事件识别器180包括具有指示事件递送系统应该如何执行对活跃参与的事件识别器的子事件递送的能配置的属性、标记和/或列表的元数据183。在一些实施例中,元数据183包括指示事件识别器彼此如何交互或如何能够交互的能配置的属性、标志和/或列表。在一些实施例中,元数据183包括指示子事件是否被递送到视图或程序化分级结构中的变化的水平的可配置的属性、标记和 /或列表。In some embodiments, corresponding event recognizers 180 include metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery for actively participating event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact or can interact with each other. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in a view or programmatic hierarchy.
在一些实施例中,当事件的一个或多个特定子事件被识别时,相应事件识别器180激活与事件相关联的事件处理器190。在一些实施例中,相应事件识别器180将与该事件相关联的事件信息递送到事件处理器190。激活事件处理器190不同于将子事件发送(和延期发送) 到相应的命中视图。在一些实施例中,事件识别器180抛出与所识别的事件相关联的标记,并且与该标记相关联的事件处理器190接到该标记并执行预定义的处理。In some embodiments, when one or more specific sub-events of an event are identified, the corresponding event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the event. In some embodiments, the corresponding event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) the sub-events to the corresponding hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the identified event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag receives the flag and performs predefined processing.
在一些实施例中,事件递送指令188包括递送关于子事件的事件信息而不激活事件处理程序的子事件递送指令。相反,子事件递送指令将事件信息递送到与子事件串相关联的事件处理程序或者递送到活跃参与的视图。与子事件串或与活跃参与的视图相关联的事件处理程序接收事件信息并执行预先确定的处理。In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver the event information to an event handler associated with the sub-event string or to an actively participating view. The event handler associated with the sub-event string or the actively participating view receives the event information and performs predetermined processing.
在一些实施例中,数据更新器176创建和更新在应用136-1中所使用的数据。例如,数据更新器176对联系人模块137中使用的电话号码进行更新,或者对视频播放器模块145中使用的视频文件进行存储。在一些实施例中,对象更新器177创建和更新在应用136-1中所使用的对象。例如,对象更新器177创建一个新的用户界面对象或更新用户界面对象的位置。GUI更新器178更新GUI。例如,GUI更新器178准备显示信息,并且将显示信息发送到图形模块132用以显示在触敏显示器上。In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates phone numbers used in contact module 137 or stores video files used in video player module 145. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user interface object or updates the position of a user interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends the display information to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
在一些实施例中,一个或多个事件处理器190包括数据更新器 176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178或者具有对数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178的访问权限。在一些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178被包括在相应的应用136-1或应用视图191的单个模块中。在其他实施例中,它们被包括在两个或更多个软件模块中。In some embodiments, one or more event handlers 190 include or have access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of the corresponding application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
应当理解,上述关于触敏显示器上的用户触摸的事件处理的讨论还适用于利用输入设备操作多功能设备100的其它形式的用户输入,并不是所有用户输入都是在触摸屏上发起的。例如,可选地利用鼠标移动和鼠标按钮按压,可选结合单次或多次键盘按压或保持;触摸板上的接触移动,例如敲击、拖动、滚动等;触笔输入;设备的移动;口头指令;检测到的眼睛移动;生物测定输入;和/或其任意组合,作为对应于子事件的输入,定义要识别的事件。It should be understood that the above discussion of event handling for user touches on a touch-sensitive display is also applicable to other forms of user input for operating the multifunction device 100 using input devices, and not all user inputs are initiated on the touch screen. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally in combination with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movement on a touchpad, such as tapping, dragging, scrolling, etc.; stylus input; movement of the device; spoken commands; detected eye movement; biometric input; and/or any combination thereof, may be used as input corresponding to a sub-event to define an event to be recognized.
图2根据一些实施例示出了具有触摸屏(例如,图1A中的触敏显示器系统112)的一种便携式多功能设备100。触摸屏可选地在用户界面(UI)200内显示一个或多个图形。在本实施例中,以及在下文中介绍的其它实施例中,用户能够通过例如用一根或多根手指202(在附图中没有按比例绘制)或者用一个或多个触笔203(在附图中没有按比例绘制)在图形上作出手势来选择这些图形中的一个或多个。在一些实施例中,当用户中断与一个或多个图形的接触会发生对一个或多个图形的选择。在一些实施例中,手势可选地包括一次或多次敲击、一次或多次轻扫(从左向右、从右向左、向上和/或向下)和/或已经与设备100发生接触的手指的滚动(从右向左、从左向右、向上和/ 或向下)。在一些具体实施中或在一些情况下,不经意地与图形接触不会选择图形。例如,当对应于选择的手势是敲击时,在应用图标之上扫动的轻扫手势可选地不会选择相应的应用。Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 with a touchscreen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in Figure 1A ), according to some embodiments. The touchscreen optionally displays one or more graphics within a user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as other embodiments described below, a user can select one or more of these graphics by making gestures on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figures) or with one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figures). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, from right to left, upward, and/or downward), and/or a rolling motion (from right to left, from left to right, upward, and/or downward) of a finger that has made contact with the device 100. In some implementations or in some circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
设备100可选地还包括一个或多个物理按钮,诸如“主页(home)”按钮或菜单按钮204。如前所述,菜单按钮204可选地用于导航到可选地在设备100上被执行的一组应用中的任何应用136。另选地,在一些实施例中,菜单按钮被实现为显示在触摸屏显示器上的GUI中的软键。The device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as a “home” button or menu button 204. As previously described, the menu button 204 is optionally used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are optionally executed on the device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch screen display.
在一些实施例中,设备100包括触摸屏显示器、菜单按钮204、用于对设备开关机和锁定设备进行供电的下压按钮206、用户身份模块(SIM)卡槽210、耳麦插口212、对接/充电外部端口124和一个或多个音量调节按钮208。下压按钮206可选地用于通过按下按钮并将按钮保持在按下状态持续预定义的时间间隔来对设备加电/断电;通过按下按钮并在预定义的时间间隔过去之前释放按钮来锁定设备;和/或解锁设备或发起解锁处理。在一些实施例中,设备100还通过麦克风113 接受用于激活或解除激活某些功能的言语输入。设备100还可选地包括用于检测触敏显示器系统112上的接触的强度的一个或多个接触强度传感器165,和/或用于为设备100的用户生成触觉输出的一个或多个触觉输出生成器167。In some embodiments, device 100 includes a touchscreen display, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering the device on and off, and locking the device, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, a headset jack 212, a docking/charging external port 124, and one or more volume adjustment buttons 208. Push button 206 is optionally used to power the device on and off by pressing and holding the button for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by pressing and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In some embodiments, device 100 also accepts voice input for activating or deactivating certain functions via microphone 113. Device 100 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of contact on touch-sensitive display system 112, and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile output for a user of device 100.
图3是根据一些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。设备300不必是便携式的。在一些实施例中,设备300 是膝上型计算机、台式计算机、平板计算机、多媒体播放器设备、导航设备、教育设备(诸如儿童学习玩具)、游戏系统或控制设备(例如,家用或工业用控制器)。设备300通常包括一个或多个处理单元 (CPU)310、一个或多个网络或其它通信接口360、存储器370和用于使这些部件互连的一根或多根通信总线320。通信总线320可选地包括使系统部件互连并且控制系统部件之间的通信的电路(有时叫做芯片组)。设备300包括输入/输出(I/O)接口330,其包括显示器340,该显示器通常是触摸屏显示器。I/O接口330还可选地包括键盘和/或鼠标(或其它指向设备)350和触摸板355、用于在设备300上生成触觉输出的触觉输出生成器357(例如,类似于以上参考图1A所述的触觉输出生成器167)、传感器359(例如,光学传感器、加速度传感器、接近传感器、触敏传感器、和/或类似于以上参考图1A所述的接触强度传感器165的接触强度传感器)。存储器370包括高速随机存取存储器,诸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其它随机存取固态存储器设备,并且可选地包括非易失性存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、光盘存储设备、闪存存储器设备或其它非易失性固态存储设备。存储器370可选地包括远离CPU 310定位的一个或多个存储设备。在一些实施例中,存储器370存储与便携式多功能设备100(图 1A)的存储器102中所存储的程序、模块和数据结构类似的程序、模块、和数据结构,或它们的子组。此外,存储器370可选地存储在便携式多功能设备100的存储器102中不存在的附加的程序、模块、和数据结构。例如,设备300的存储器370可选地存储画图模块380、演示模块382、文字处理模块384、网站创建模块386、盘编写模块 388、和/或电子表格模块390,而便携式多功能设备100(图1A)的存储器102可选地不存储这些模块。Fig. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunctional device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a children's learning toy), a game system or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more networks or other communication interfaces 360, a memory 370 and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication bus 320 optionally includes a circuit (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects system components and controls the communication between system components. Device 300 includes an input/output (I/O) interface 330, which includes a display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and a touchpad 355, a tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile output on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator 167 described above with reference to FIG1A ), and a sensor 359 (e.g., an optical sensor, an acceleration sensor, a proximity sensor, a touch-sensitive sensor, and/or a contact force sensor similar to contact force sensor 165 described above with reference to FIG1A ). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid-state memory devices, and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices located remotely from CPU 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures similar to those stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG1A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores a drawing module 380, a presentation module 382, a word processing module 384, a website creation module 386, a disk authoring module 388, and/or a spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules.
图3中上述所识别的元件中的每一个元件可选地存储在一个或多个先前提到的存储器设备中。上述所识别的模块中的每个模块对应于用于执行上述功能的一组指令。上述所识别的模块或程序(即,指令集)不必被实现为单独的软件程序、过程或模块,并且因此这些模块的各种子组可选地在各种实施例中被组合或以其它方式重新布置。在一些实施例中,存储器370可选地存储上述模块和数据结构的子组。此外,存储器370可选地存储上面未描述的另外的模块和数据结构。Each element in the above-mentioned identified element among Fig. 3 is optionally stored in one or more previously mentioned memory devices.Each module in the above-mentioned identified module corresponds to a group of instructions for performing the functions mentioned above.The above-mentioned identified module or program (that is, instruction set) need not be implemented as independent software program, process or module, and therefore the various subgroups of these modules are optionally combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments.In certain embodiments, memory 370 stores the subgroup of above-mentioned modules and data structure optionally.In addition, memory 370 stores other modules and data structure not described above optionally.
现在将注意力转到可选地在便携式多功能设备100上实现的用户界面(“UI”)的实施例。Attention is now turned to an embodiment of a user interface (“UI”) that may optionally be implemented on portable multifunction device 100 .
图4A根据一些实施例示出了便携式多功能设备100上的用于应用菜单的一种示例性用户界面。类似的用户界面可选地在设备300上实现。在一些实施例中,用户界面400包括以下元素或者其子集或超集:Figure 4A shows an exemplary user interface for an application menu on portable multifunction device 100 according to some embodiments. A similar user interface is optionally implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
·无线通信(诸如蜂窝信号和Wi-Fi信号)的信号强度指示器402;Signal strength indicators 402 for wireless communications (such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals);
·时间404;Time 404;
·蓝牙指示器405;Bluetooth indicator 405;
·电池状态指示器406;Battery status indicator 406;
·具有常用应用图标的托盘408,图标诸如:A tray 408 with commonly used application icons, such as:
○电话模块138的标记“电话”的图标416,该图标416可选地包括未接呼叫或语音留言的数量的指示器414;o An icon 416 labeled "Phone" for the phone module 138, the icon 416 optionally including an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voice messages;
○电子邮件客户端模块140的标记“邮件”的图标418,该图标 418可选地包括未读电子邮件的数量的指示器410;o An icon 418 labeled "Mail" of the email client module 140, the icon 418 optionally including an indicator 410 of the number of unread emails;
○浏览器模块147的标记“浏览器”的图标420;和o An icon 420 labeled "Browser" of the browser module 147; and
○视频和音乐播放器模块152(也叫做iPod(Apple Inc.的商标) 模块152)的标记“iPod”的图标422;以及o An icon 422 labeled "iPod" for the video and music player module 152 (also called the iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152); and
·其它应用的图标,图标诸如:Icons of other applications, such as:
○IM模块141的标记“消息”的图标424;o An icon 424 labeled "Message" of the IM module 141;
○日历模块148的标记“日历”的图标426;o An icon 426 labeled "Calendar" of the calendar module 148;
○图像管理模块144的标记“照片”的图标428;o Icon 428 labeled "Photos" of the image management module 144;
○相机模块143的标记“相机”的图标430;o An icon 430 labeled “Camera” of the camera module 143;
○标记“在线视频”的在线视频模块155的图标432;o Icon 432 of the online video module 155 labeled "Online Video";
○股票桌面小程序149-2的标记“股票”的图标434;○ The icon 434 labeled “Stocks” of the Stocks desktop applet 149-2;
○地图模块154的标记“地图”的图标436;o An icon 436 labeled “Map” of the map module 154;
○天气桌面小程序149-1的标记“天气”的图标438;○ Icon 438 labeled “Weather” of the weather widget 149-1;
○闹钟桌面小程序149-4的标记“时钟”的图标440;○ Icon 440 labeled “Clock” of the alarm clock widget 149-4;
○标记“锻炼支持”的锻炼支持模块142的图标442;o Icon 442 of the exercise support module 142 labeled "Exercise Support";
○标记“备忘录”的备忘录模块153的图标444;和o An icon 444 of the memo module 153 labeled "Memo"; and
○设置应用或模块的图标446,该图标446提供对设备100及其各种应用136的设置的访问。o An icon 446 for a settings application or module that provides access to settings for the device 100 and its various applications 136 .
应当指出的是,图4A中示出的图标标签仅仅是示例性的。例如,在一些实施例中,视频和音乐播放器模块152的图标422被标记“音乐”或“音乐播放器”。其它标签可选地用于各种应用图标。在一些实施例中,相应的应用图标的标签包括对应于该相应的应用图标的应用的名称。在一些实施例中,特定应用图标的标签不同于对应于该特定应用图标的应用的名称。It should be noted that the icon labels shown in FIG4A are merely exemplary. For example, in some embodiments, icon 422 of video and music player module 152 is labeled "Music" or "Music Player." Other labels may optionally be used for various application icons. In some embodiments, the label of a corresponding application icon includes the name of the application corresponding to the corresponding application icon. In some embodiments, the label of a particular application icon is different from the name of the application corresponding to the particular application icon.
图4B示出了具有与显示器450分离的触敏表面451(例如,图3 中的平板或触摸板355)的设备(例如,图3中的设备300)上的示例性用户界面。设备300还可选地包括用于检测触敏表面451上的接触的强度的一个或多个接触强度传感器(例如,传感器357中的一个或多个),和/或用于为设备300的用户生成触觉输出的一个或多个触觉输出生成器359。4B shows an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 in FIG. 3 ) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., tablet or touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 ) that is separate from display 450. Device 300 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 357 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile output for a user of device 300.
图4B示出了具有与显示器450分离的触敏表面451(例如,图3 中的平板或触摸板355)的设备(例如,图3中的设备300)上的示例性用户界面。虽然以下示例中的许多示例将参考在触摸屏显示器 112(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出,但是在一些实施例中,如图4B中所示,设备检测与显示器分离的触敏表面上的输入。在一些实施例中,触敏表面(例如,图4B中的451)具有主轴 (例如,图4B中的452),其对应于显示器(例如,450)上的主轴 (例如,图4B中的453)。根据这些实施例,设备检测在对应于显示器上的相应位置的位置(例如,在图4B中,460对应于468并且 462对应于470)处与触敏表面451的接触(例如,图4B中的460和 462)。这样,在触敏表面(例如,图4B中的451)与多功能设备的显示器(图4B中的450)分离时,由设备在触敏表面上检测到的用户输入(例如,接触460和462以及它们的移动)被该设备用于操纵显示器上的用户界面。应当理解,类似的方法可选地用于本文所述的其它用户界面。Figure 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 in Figure 3 ) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., tablet or touchpad 355 in Figure 3 ) that is separate from display 450. While many of the following examples will be presented with reference to input on touchscreen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, as shown in Figure 4B , the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in Figure 4B ) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in Figure 4B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in Figure 4B ) on the display (e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contact (e.g., 460 and 462 in Figure 4B ) with touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations corresponding to corresponding locations on the display (e.g., 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470 in Figure 4B ). Thus, when the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B ) is separated from the display (450 in FIG. 4B ) of the multifunction device, user input detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., contacts 460 and 462 and their movement) is used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display. It should be understood that similar methods are optionally used for other user interfaces described herein.
此外,虽然主要是参考手指输入(例如,手指接触、手指敲击手势、手指轻扫手势等)来给出下面的示例,但是应当理解的是,在一些实施例中,这些手指输入中的一个或多个由来自另一输入设备的输入(例如,基于鼠标的输入或触笔输入)替代。例如,轻扫手势可选地由鼠标点击(例如,而不是接触)、之后是光标沿着轻扫手势的路径的移动(例如,而不是接触的移动)替代。又如,敲击手势可选地由光标位于敲击手势的位置之上时的鼠标点击(例如,而不是对接触的检测、之后是终止检测接触)替代。类似地,当同时检测到多个用户输入时,应当理解的是,多个计算机鼠标可选地被同时使用,或一个鼠标和多个手指接触可选地被同时使用。In addition, although the following examples are primarily given with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more of these finger inputs are replaced by input from another input device (e.g., mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is optionally replaced by a mouse click (e.g., instead of contact) followed by movement of a cursor along the path of the swipe gesture (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). For another example, a tap gesture is optionally replaced by a mouse click when the cursor is over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of contact followed by termination of detecting contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are detected simultaneously, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are optionally used simultaneously, or one mouse and multiple finger contacts are optionally used simultaneously.
如本文所用,术语“焦点选择器”是指指示用户正与之交互的用户界面的当前部分的输入元件。在包括光标或其它位置标记的一些具体实施中,光标充当“焦点选择器”,使得当光标在特定用户界面元素(例如,按钮、窗口、滑块或其它用户界面元素)上方时在触敏表面(例如,图3中的触摸板355或图4B中的触敏表面451)上检测到输入(例如,按压输入)时,该特定用户界面元素根据检测到的输入被调整。在包括实现与触摸屏显示器上的用户界面元素的直接交互的触摸屏显示器(例如,图1A中的触敏显示器系统112或图4A中的触摸屏)的一些具体实施中,在触摸屏上所检测到的接触充当“焦点选择器”,使得当在触摸屏显示器上在特定用户界面元素(例如,按钮、窗口、滑块或其他用户界面元件)的位置处检测到输入(例如,通过接触的按压输入)时,根据所检测到的输入来调整该特定用户界面元素。在一些具体实施中,焦点从用户界面的一个区域移动到用户界面的另一个区域,而无需光标的对应移动或触摸屏显示器上的接触的移动(例如,通过使用制表键或箭头键将焦点从一个按钮移动到另一个按钮);在这些具体实施中,焦点选择器根据用户界面不同区域之间的焦点移动而移动。不考虑焦点选择器所采取的具体形式,焦点选择器通常是由用户控制的以便传达用户预期的与用户界面的交互 (例如,通过向设备指示用户界面的、用户期望与其进行交互的元件) 的用户界面元素(或触摸屏显示器上的接触)。例如,在触敏表面(例如,触摸板或触摸屏)上检测到按压输入时,焦点选择器(例如,光标、接触或选择框)在相应按钮上方的位置将指示:用户预期激活相应按钮(而不是设备的显示器上示出的其它用户界面元素)。As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input element that indicates the current portion of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some embodiments that include a cursor or other position marker, the cursor acts as a "focus selector" such that when input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted based on the detected input. In some embodiments that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or the touch screen in FIG. 4A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a contact detected on the touch screen acts as a "focus selector" such that when input (e.g., a press input by a contact) is detected at the location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element) on the touch screen display, the particular user interface element is adjusted based on the detected input. In some implementations, focus moves from one area of a user interface to another area of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touchscreen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another); in these implementations, a focus selector moves in accordance with the movement of focus between different areas of the user interface. Regardless of the specific form the focus selector takes, the focus selector is typically a user interface element (or contact on a touchscreen display) that is controlled by the user to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating to the device the element of the user interface with which the user intends to interact). For example, when a press input is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touchscreen), the position of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, contact, or selection box) over a corresponding button will indicate that the user intends to activate the corresponding button (rather than other user interface elements shown on the device's display).
如在本说明书和权利要求书中所使用,术语触敏表面上的接触的“强度”是指触敏表面上的接触(例如,手指接触或触笔接触)的力或压力(每单位面积的力),或是指触敏表面上的接触的力或压力的替代物(代用物)。接触的强度具有值范围,该值范围包括至少四个不同的值并且更典型地包括上百个不同值(例如,至少256个)。接触的强度可选地使用各种方法和各种传感器或传感器的组合来确定 (或测量)。例如,在触敏表面下方或相邻于触敏表面的一个或多个力传感器可选地用于测量触敏表面上的各个点处的力。在一些实施例中,来自多个力传感器的力测量被合并(例如,加权平均或总和)以确定接触的估计的力。类似地,触笔的压敏顶端可选地用于确定触笔在触敏表面上的压力。另选地,在触敏表面上检测到的接触面积的尺寸和/或其变化、邻近接触的触敏表面的电容和/或其变化、和/或邻近接触的触敏表面的电阻和/或其变化可选地用作触敏表面上的接触的力或压力的替代物。在一些具体实施中,接触力或压力的替代物测量直接用于确定是否已经超过强度阈值(例如,强度阈值是以对应于替代物测量的单位来描述)。在一些具体实施中,接触力或压力的替代物测量被转换成估计的力或压力,并且估计的力或压力用于确定是否已经超过强度阈值(例如,强度阈值是以压力的单位测量的压力阈值)。使用接触强度作为用户输入的属性允许用户访问额外的设备功能,在具有受限占地面积的用于显示可供件(例如在触敏显示器上) 和/或接收用户输入(例如经由触敏显示器、触敏表面、或物理/机械控制诸如旋钮或按钮)的减小尺寸设备上可能无法由用户容易地可访问额外的设备功能。As used in this specification and in the claims, the term "intensity" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a surrogate (surrogate) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four different values and more typically includes hundreds of different values (e.g., at least 256). The intensity of a contact is optionally determined (or measured) using various methods and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors below or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are optionally used to measure the force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., weighted average or sum) to determine an estimated force of the contact. Similarly, the pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is optionally used to determine the pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or its change, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface adjacent to the contact and/or its change, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface adjacent to the contact and/or its change are optionally used as a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the surrogate measurement of contact force or pressure is used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the surrogate measurement). In some implementations, the surrogate measurement of contact force or pressure is converted into an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using contact intensity as an attribute of user input allows the user to access additional device functionality that may not be readily accessible to the user on a reduced size device with a limited footprint for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, touch-sensitive surface, or physical/mechanical controls such as knobs or buttons).
在一些实施例中,接触/运动模块130使用一组一个或多个强度阈值来确定操作是否已经由用户执行(例如,确定用户是否已经“点击”图标)。在一些实施例中,根据软件参数来确定强度阈值的至少一个子集(例如,强度阈值不是由特定物理致动器的激活阈值来确定,并且可在不改变设备100的物理硬件的情况下被调整)。例如,在不改变触控板或触摸屏显示器硬件的情况下,触控板或触摸屏的鼠标“点击”阈值可被设定成预定义的阈值的大范围中的任一个。此外,在一些具体实施中,向设备的用户提供用于调整强度阈值组中的一个或多个阈值(例如,通过调整各个强度阈值和/或通过利用对“强度”参数的系统级点击一次调整多个强度阈值)的软件设置。In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an action has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has "clicked" an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined based on software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by activation thresholds of specific physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of the device 100). For example, a mouse "click" threshold for a touchpad or touchscreen can be set to any one of a large range of predefined thresholds without changing the touchpad or touchscreen display hardware. In addition, in some embodiments, a software setting is provided to the user of the device for adjusting one or more thresholds in the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting multiple intensity thresholds at once using a system-level click on an "intensity" parameter).
如在说明书和权利要求书中所使用的,术语接触的“表征强度”指代基于接触的一个或多个强度的接触的特性。在一些实施例中,表征强度是基于多个强度样本。表征强度可选地是相对于预定事件(例如在检测到接触之后,在检测到接触抬起之前,在检测到接触开始移动之前或之后,在检测到接触结束之前,在检测到接触强度增大之前或之后,和/或在检测到接触强度减小之前或之后)的预定数目的强度,或者在预定时间段(例如,0.05、0.1、0.2、0.5、1、2、5、10秒)期间收集的强度样本的集合。接触的表征强度可选地是基于接触强度最大值、接触强度的中位数、接触强度的平均值、接触强度的最高10%值、在接触强度的半最大值处的值、在接触强度90%最大值处的值等中的一个或多个。在一些实施例中,接触的持续时间用于确定表征强度(例如当表征强度是在时间期间的接触强度的平均值)。在一些实施例中,表征强度与一个或多个强度阈值的集合比较以确定是否已经由用户执行了操作。例如,一个或多个强度阈值的集合可以包括第一强度阈值和第二强度阈值。在该示例中,具有不超过第一阈值的表征强度的接触导致第一操作,具有超过第一强度阈值并且未超过第二强度阈值的表征强度的接触导致第二操作,以及具有超过第二强度阈值的表征强度的接触导致第三操作。在一些实施例中,在表征强度与一个或多个强度阈值之间的比较用于确定是否执行一个或多个操作(例如是否执行相应选项或者放弃执行相应操作),而不是用于确定是否执行第一操作或第二操作。As used in the specification and claims, the term "characterized intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characterized intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characterized intensity is optionally a predetermined number of intensities relative to a predetermined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, before detecting the contact is lifted, before or after detecting the contact starts to move, before detecting the contact ends, before or after detecting an increase in contact intensity, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in contact intensity), or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds). The characterized intensity of the contact is optionally based on one or more of the maximum contact intensity, the median contact intensity, the average contact intensity, the top 10% contact intensity, the value at half-maximum contact intensity, the value at 90% maximum contact intensity, etc. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used to determine the characterized intensity (e.g., when the characterized intensity is the average of the contact intensity over time). In some embodiments, the characterized intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an action has been performed by the user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characterized intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characterized intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold but does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characterized intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characterized intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a corresponding option or abstain from performing a corresponding operation), rather than to determine whether to perform the first operation or the second operation.
在一些实施例中,为了确定表征强度的目的而识别一部分手势。例如,触敏表面可以接收从开始位置过渡并到达结束位置的连续划扫 (例如,拖动手势),在结束位置处接触强度增大。在该示例中,在结束位置处接触的表征强度可以是仅基于连续划扫接触的一部分,而不是整个划扫接触(例如仅在结束位置处划扫接触的部分)。在一些实施例中,平滑算法可以在确定接触的表征强度之前应用于划扫接触的强度。例如,平滑算法可选地包括未加权滑动平均平滑算法、三角平滑算法、中值滤波平滑算法、和/或指数平滑算法中的一个或多个。在一些情形中,这些平滑算法为了确定表征强度的目的而消除了划扫接触强度中的窄尖峰或下降。In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is recognized for the purpose of determining a characterization intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe (e.g., a drag gesture) that transitions from a starting position and reaches an ending position where the contact intensity increases. In this example, the characterization intensity of the contact at the ending position may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, rather than the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the contact that was swiped at the ending position). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensity of the swipe contact before determining the characterization intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of an unweighted sliding average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some cases, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensity of the swipe contact for the purpose of determining the characterization intensity.
本文所述的用户界面附图(例如,图5A-5HH、6A-6V、7A-7O、 8A-8R、9A-9H、22A-23BA)可选地包括各种强度图,其示出了相对于一个或多个强度阈值(例如,接触检测强度阈值IT0、提示(hint) 强度阈值ITH、轻按压强度阈值ITL、深按压强度阈值ITD(例如,至少最初高于IL)和/或一个或多个其他强度阈值(例如,低于IL的强度阈值IH))的触敏表面上的当前接触强度。此强度图通常不是所显示用户界面的一部分,但是提供用于辅助解释附图。在一些实施例中,轻按压强度阈值对应于设备将执行通常与物理鼠标的按钮或触控板的敲击相关联的操作的强度。在一些实施例中,深按压强度阈值对应于设备将执行不同于通常与物理鼠标按钮或触控板的敲击相关联的操作的那些操作的强度。在一些实施例中,当检测到具有在轻按压强度阈值以下(例如并且在额定接触检测强度阈值IT0以上,在该阈值以下将不再检测到接触)的表征强度的接触时,设备将根据触敏表面上的接触的移动而移动焦点选择器,而并不执行与轻按压强度阈值或深按压强度阈值相关联的操作。通常,除非另外陈述,这些强度阈值在用户界面图的不同集合之间是一致的。The user interface figures described herein (e.g., Figures 5A-5HH, 6A-6V, 7A-7O, 8A-8R, 9A-9H, 22A-23BA) optionally include various intensity graphs that illustrate the current contact intensity on the touch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 , a hint intensity threshold IT H , a light press intensity threshold IT L , a deep press intensity threshold IT D (e.g., at least initially above IL ), and/or one or more other intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold I H below IL )). This intensity graph is typically not part of the displayed user interface, but is provided to aid in explaining the figures. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform an operation typically associated with a tap of a physical mouse button or trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations other than those typically associated with a tap of a physical mouse button or trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected having a characteristic intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 , below which the contact is no longer detected), the device moves the focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing operations associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent across different sets of user interface diagrams.
在一些实施例中,设备对由设备检测到的输入的响应取决于基于在输入期间的接触强度的标准。例如,针对某些“轻按压”输入,在输入期间超过第一强度阈值的接触强度触发第一响应。在一些实施例中,设备对由设备检测到的输入的响应取决于包括在输入期间的接触强度和基于时间的标准两者的标准。例如,针对某些“深按压”输入,在输入期间超过第二强度阈值(大于针对轻按压的第一强度阈值)的接触强度仅当在满足第一强度阈值与满足第二强度阈值之间已经过去了一定延迟时间时才触发第二响应。期间此延迟时间通常小于200 ms(例如,40、100或120ms,取决于第二强度阈值的量值)。此延迟时间有助于避免意外深按压输入。作为另一示例,针对某些“深按压”输入,在满足第一强度阈值的时间之后出现敏感度降低的时间段。在该敏感度降低的时间段期间,第二强度阈值被增大。第二强度阈值的此临时增大还有助于避免意外深按压输入。针对其他深按压输入,对检测到深按压输入的响应不取决于基于时间的标准。In some embodiments, a device's response to an input detected by the device depends on criteria based on contact intensity during the input. For example, for certain "light press" inputs, a contact intensity exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, a device's response to an input detected by the device depends on criteria that include both contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for certain "deep press" inputs, a contact intensity exceeding a second intensity threshold (greater than the first intensity threshold for a light press) during the input triggers a second response only if a certain delay time has elapsed between the first intensity threshold being met and the second intensity threshold being met. This delay time is typically less than 200 ms (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold). This delay time helps avoid accidental deep press inputs. As another example, for certain "deep press" inputs, a period of reduced sensitivity occurs after the first intensity threshold is met. During this period of reduced sensitivity, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps avoid accidental deep press inputs. For other deep press inputs, the response to detecting the deep press input does not depend on time-based criteria.
在一些实施例中,输入强度阈值和/或对应输出的一个或多个基于一个或多个因素变化,诸如用户设置、接触运动、输入计时、应用运行、强度被应用的速率、并发输入的数目、用户历史、环境因素(例如,环境噪声)、焦点选择器定位等。示例性因素在美国专利申请序列号14/399,606和14/624,296中进行了描述,其内容通过引用并入于此。In some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focus selector positioning, etc. Exemplary factors are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
例如,图4C示出了部分基于触摸输入476随时间的强度而随时间变化的动态强度阈值480。动态强度阈值480是两个分量的总和,第一分量474在从触摸输入476被最初检测到的预定义延迟时间p1 之后随时间衰减,并且第二分量478随时间尾随触摸输入476的强度。第一分量474的最初高强度阈值减少了“深按压”响应的意外触发,同时仍然允许在触摸输入476提供显著强度时的立即“深按压”响应。第二分量478通过触摸输入的逐渐强度波动来减少“深按压”响应的非故意触发。在一些实施例中,当触摸输入476满足动态强度阈值480 (例如,在图4C的点480)时,“深按压”响应被触发。For example, FIG4C illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold 480 that varies over time based in part on the intensity of touch input 476 over time. Dynamic intensity threshold 480 is the sum of two components: a first component 474 that decays over time after a predefined delay time p1 from when touch input 476 is initially detected, and a second component 478 that tracks the intensity of touch input 476 over time. The initial high intensity threshold of first component 474 reduces accidental triggering of a "deep press" response while still allowing an immediate "deep press" response when touch input 476 provides significant intensity. Second component 478 reduces unintentional triggering of a "deep press" response through gradual intensity fluctuations of the touch input. In some embodiments, a "deep press" response is triggered when touch input 476 satisfies dynamic intensity threshold 480 (e.g., at point 480 in FIG4C ).
图4D示出了另一动态强度阈值486(例如,强度阈值ID)。图 4D还示出了两个其他强度阈值:第一强度阈值IH和第二强度阈值IL。在图4D中,虽然触摸输入484在时间p2之前满足第一强度阈值IH和第二强度阈值IL,但是不提供响应直到在时间482过去了延迟时间 p2。同样在图4D中,动态强度阈值486随时间衰减,其中衰减在已经从时间482(当与第二强度阈值IL相关联的响应被触发时)过去了预定义延迟时间p1之后的时间488开始。此类动态强度阈值减少了紧接触发与较低强度阈值(诸如第一强度阈值IH或第二强度阈值IL) 相关联的响应或与其并发地与动态强度阈值ID相关联的响应的意外触发。FIG4D illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold 486 (e.g., intensity threshold ID ). FIG4D also illustrates two other intensity thresholds: a first intensity threshold IH and a second intensity threshold IL . In FIG4D, although touch input 484 satisfies both the first intensity threshold IH and the second intensity threshold IL before time p2, no response is provided until delay time p2 has elapsed at time 482. Also in FIG4D, dynamic intensity threshold 486 decays over time, with decay beginning at time 488 after a predefined delay time p1 has elapsed from time 482 (when the response associated with the second intensity threshold IL was triggered). Such a dynamic intensity threshold reduces the risk of inadvertently triggering a response associated with a lower intensity threshold (such as the first intensity threshold IH or the second intensity threshold IL ) or concurrently with the dynamic intensity threshold ID .
图4E示出了又一动态强度阈值492(例如,强度阈值ID)。在图4E中,与强度阈值IL相关联的响应在已经从触摸输入490最初被检测到过去了延迟时间p2之后被触发。并发地,动态强度阈值492 在已经从触摸输入490最初被检测到过去了预定义延迟时间p1之后衰减。因此,在触发与强度阈值IL相关联的响应之后触摸输入490的强度的减少,随后增大触摸输入490的强度而不释放触摸输入490可以触发与强度阈值ID相关联的响应(例如,在时间494),即使在触摸输入490的强度在另一强度阈值(例如,强度阈值IL)之下时。FIG4E illustrates yet another dynamic intensity threshold 492 (e.g., intensity threshold ID ). In FIG4E, the response associated with intensity threshold IL is triggered after a delay time p2 has elapsed since touch input 490 was initially detected. Concurrently, dynamic intensity threshold 492 decays after a predefined delay time p1 has elapsed since touch input 490 was initially detected. Thus, a decrease in the intensity of touch input 490 after triggering the response associated with intensity threshold IL , followed by an increase in the intensity of touch input 490 without releasing touch input 490, can trigger a response associated with intensity threshold ID (e.g., at time 494), even when the intensity of touch input 490 is below another intensity threshold (e.g., intensity threshold IL ).
接触的表征强度从轻按压强度阈值ITL以下的强度增大至在轻按压强度阈值ITL和深按压强度阈值ITD之间的强度有时被称作“轻按压”输入。接触的表征强度从在深按压强度阈值ITD以下的强度增大至高于深按压强度阈值ITD的强度有时被称作“深按压”输入。接触的表征强度从在接触检测强度阈值IT0以下的强度增大至在接触检测强度阈值IT0和轻按压强度阈值ITL之间的强度有时被称作检测到触敏表面上的接触。接触的表征强度从高于接触检测强度阈值IT0的强度降低至低于接触检测强度阈值IT0的强度有时被称作检测到接触从触摸表面抬起。在一些实施例中,IT0是零。在一些实施例中,IT0大于零。在一些图示中,阴影圆或椭圆用于表示触敏表面上的接触的强度。在一些图示中,没有阴影的圆或椭圆用于表示触敏表面上的相应接触而不指定相应接触的强度。An increase in the representative intensity of a contact from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold IT L to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold IT L and the deep press intensity threshold IT D is sometimes referred to as a "light press" input. An increase in the representative intensity of a contact from an intensity below a deep press intensity threshold IT D to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold IT D is sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. An increase in the representative intensity of a contact from an intensity below a contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 to an intensity between the contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 and the light press intensity threshold IT L is sometimes referred to as detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. A decrease in the representative intensity of a contact from an intensity above the contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 to an intensity below the contact detection intensity threshold IT 0 is sometimes referred to as detecting lift-off of the contact from the touch surface. In some embodiments, IT 0 is zero. In some embodiments, IT 0 is greater than zero. In some illustrations, shaded circles or ellipses are used to represent the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations, unshaded circles or ellipses are used to represent corresponding contacts on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the corresponding contacts.
在一些在此所述的实施例中,响应于检测到包括相应按压输入的手势、或者响应于检测到采用相应接触(或多个接触)执行的相应按压输入,执行一个或多个操作,其中至少部分地基于检测到接触(或多个接触)的强度增大至按压输入强度阈值之上而检测到相应按压输入。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到相应接触的强度增大至按压输入强度阈值之上,执行相应操作(例如,对相应按压输入的“向下笔划 (down stroke)”执行相应操作)。在一些实施例中,按压输入包括相应接触强度增大至按压输入强度阈值之上并且随后接触强度降低至按压输入强度阈值之下,以及响应于检测到相应接触强度降低至按压输入阈值之下而执行相应操作(例如,对相应按压输入的“向上笔划(up stroke)”执行相应操作)。In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture including a corresponding press input, or in response to detecting a corresponding press input performed with a corresponding contact (or contacts), wherein the corresponding press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or contacts) above a press input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an increase in intensity of the corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold, the corresponding operation is performed (e.g., performing the corresponding operation on a "down stroke" of the corresponding press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold and then a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press input intensity threshold, and in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the corresponding contact below the press input threshold, the corresponding operation is performed (e.g., performing the corresponding operation on an "up stroke" of the corresponding press input).
在一些实施例中,设备利用强度滞后现象以避免有时被称作“抖动”的意外输入,其中设备限定或者选择具有与按压输入强度阈值预定相互关系的滞后强度阈值(例如滞后强度阈值比按压输入强度阈值低X个强度单位,或者滞后强度阈值是按压输入强度阈值的75%、 90%或一些合理的比例)。因此,在一些实施例中,按压输入包括相应接触强度增大至按压输入强度阈值之上以及随后接触强度降低至对应于按压输入强度阈值的滞后强度阈值之下,以及响应于检测到随后相应接触强度降低至低于滞后强度阈值而执行相应操作(例如,对相应按压输入的“向上笔划”执行相应操作)。类似的,在一些实施例中,仅当设备检测到接触强度从滞后强度阈值处或之下增大至在按压输入强度阈值处或之上的强度、并且可选地接触强度随后降低至滞后强度处或之下的强度时检测到按压输入,并且响应于检测到按压输入执行相应操作(例如取决于情形,接触强度的增大或接触强度的降低)。In some embodiments, the device utilizes intensity hysteresis to avoid unintended input, sometimes referred to as "jitter," where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold that has a predetermined correlation with a press input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press input intensity threshold, or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable fraction of the press input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, a press input includes an increase in the intensity of the corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in the intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press input intensity threshold, and in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in the intensity of the corresponding contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold, performing a corresponding action (e.g., performing a corresponding action for an "upward stroke" of the corresponding press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, a press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in the intensity of the contact from at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press input intensity threshold, and optionally a subsequent decrease in the intensity of the contact to at or below the hysteresis intensity, and in response to detecting the press input, a corresponding action (e.g., an increase in the intensity of the contact or a decrease in the intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances) is performed.
为了便于解释说明,响应于检测到以下各项而可选地触发响应于与按压输入强度阈值相关联的按压输入或响应于与包括按压输入的手势而执行的操作的说明:接触强度增大至按压输入强度阈值之上,接触强度从在滞后强度阈值之下的强度增大至在按压输入强度阈值之上的强度,接触强度降低至按压输入强度阈值之下,或接触强度降低至低于对应于按压输入强度阈值的滞后强度阈值。附加地,在其中操作描述为响应于检测到接触强度降低至低于按压输入强度阈值的示例中,可选地响应于检测到接触强度降低至低于对应于并低于按压输入强度阈值的滞后强度阈值而执行操作。如上文所述,在一些实施例中,这些响应的触发还取决于要满足的基于时间的标准(例如,在要满足的第一强度阈值与要满足的第二强度阈值之间已经过去延迟时间)。For ease of explanation, descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including a press input are optionally triggered in response to detecting: contact intensity increasing above the press input intensity threshold, contact intensity increasing from an intensity below a hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press input intensity threshold, contact intensity decreasing below the press input intensity threshold, or contact intensity decreasing below a hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where operations are described as being in response to detecting a decrease in contact intensity below the press input intensity threshold, operations are optionally performed in response to detecting a decrease in contact intensity below a hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to and is below the press input intensity threshold. As described above, in some embodiments, triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delay time having elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and a second intensity threshold being met).
用户界面和关联处理User interface and contextual processing
现在将注意力转到可在具有显示器、触敏表面以及用于检测与触敏表面的接触强度的一个或多个传感器的电子设备(诸如便携式多功能设备100或设备300)上实现的用户界面(“UI”)及相关联的处理的实施例。Attention now turns to embodiments of a user interface ("UI") and associated processing that may be implemented on an electronic device (such as portable multifunction device 100 or device 300) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface.
图5A-5HH图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。在这些图中的用户界面用来图示下面描述的处理、包括图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。为了便于说明,将参照在具有触敏显示器系统 112的设备上执行的操作来讨论实施例中的一些实施例。在这样的实施例中,焦点选择器可选地是:相应手指或者触笔接触、与手指或者触笔接触对应的表示点(例如相应接触的质心或者与相应接触关联的点)或者在触敏显示器系统112上检测到的两个或者更多接触的质心。然而,可选地响应于在与焦点选择器一起在显示器450上显示图中所示用户界面的同时检测到触敏表面451上的接触,而在具有显示器 450和分离触敏表面451的设备上执行类似操作。Figures 5A-5HH illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. For ease of explanation, some embodiments will be discussed with reference to operations performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112. In such embodiments, the focus selector may optionally be: a corresponding finger or stylus contact, a representative point corresponding to a finger or stylus contact (e.g., the center of mass of the corresponding contact or a point associated with the corresponding contact), or the center of mass of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112. However, similar operations may optionally be performed on a device with a display 450 and a separate touch-sensitive surface 451 in response to detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive surface 451 while displaying the illustrated user interface on the display 450 along with the focus selector.
图5A-5T图示根据一些实施例的允许用户在电子设备(例如多功能设备100)上的多个用户界面之间高效地导航的用户界面选择模式的示例性实施例。用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面(例如在触摸屏112上显示的用户界面506)包括多个用户界面的表示(例如分别用于显示为虚拟卡堆(例如“堆”)的与电子设备关联的应用的用户界面502、507、524、536、542和552的表示508、510、526、534、 540和552)。在触摸屏112(例如触敏表面)上检测到的用户输入(例如接触、轻扫/拖动手势、轻打手势等)用来在可以被选择用于在屏幕上显示的用户界面之间导航。图5A图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。用户界面502包括向用户提供信息的状态栏503的显示(例如用于(多种)无线通信的(多个)信号强度指示器402、时间404、蓝牙指示器405和电池状态指示器406)。如图5B-5C中所示,设备在检测到设备的边框的左侧上的深按压504 (例如示例性预定输入)时进入用户界面选择模式,该深按压包括接触的强度从在ITD以下的强度增加至在ITD以上的强度。Figures 5A-5T illustrate exemplary embodiments of a user interface selection mode that allows a user to efficiently navigate between multiple user interfaces on an electronic device (e.g., multifunction device 100) in accordance with some embodiments. An exemplary user interface for the user interface selection mode (e.g., user interface 506 displayed on touch screen 112) includes representations of multiple user interfaces (e.g., representations 508, 510, 526, 534, 540, and 552 of user interfaces 502, 507, 524, 536, 542, and 552, respectively, for applications associated with the electronic device displayed as virtual card stacks (e.g., "stacks"). User input detected on touch screen 112 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) (e.g., a contact, a swipe/drag gesture, a tap gesture, etc.) is used to navigate between the user interfaces that can be selected for display on the screen. Figure 5A illustrates the display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on the electronic device. User interface 502 includes display of a status bar 503 that provides information to the user (e.g., signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), time 404, Bluetooth indicator 405, and battery status indicator 406). As shown in Figures 5B-5C, the device enters a user interface selection mode upon detecting a deep press 504 (e.g., an exemplary predetermined input) on the left side of the device's bezel, the deep press including increasing the intensity of the contact from an intensity below IT D to an intensity above IT D.
在一些实施例中,系统级手势用来激活用户界面选择模式。例如如图5B和5C中所示,在设备的边框的左侧上的深按压激活用户界面选择模式。在备选实施例中,如图5EE和5C中所示,其中设备能够在用户拇指接触与用户手指接触之间区分,检测到触摸屏112上的深拇指按压570(例如在关联触敏表面上的任何处)激活用户界面选择模式(例如响应于检测到包括接触的强度从在ITD以下的强度增加至在ITD以上的强度的拇指按压,设备100用用户界面506的显示替换用户界面502的显示)。对照而言,如图5FF-5GG中所示,响应于检测到在用户界面502内的深手指按压572(例如在设备100在图 5EE中检测到拇指深按压570的相同位置),设备预览与在深手指按压572的位置显示的对象关联的web内容(例如设备显示图5GG中的预览窗口574)。因此,在一些实施例中,在激活用户界面选择模式与执行特定于应用的操作(例如预览web内容)之间选择时,设备在手势类型(例如深拇指按压比对深手指按压)和手势的位置(例如在边框的左侧上的深手指按压比对在用户界面内的深手指按压)两者之间区分。In some embodiments, system-level gestures are used to activate user interface selection mode. For example, as shown in Figures 5B and 5C, a deep press on the left side of the device's frame activates user interface selection mode. In an alternative embodiment, as shown in Figures 5EE and 5C, where the device is capable of distinguishing between user thumb contact and user finger contact, detecting a deep thumb press 570 on touch screen 112 (e.g., anywhere on the associated touch-sensitive surface) activates user interface selection mode (e.g., in response to detecting a thumb press comprising contact increasing from an intensity below IT D to an intensity above IT D , the device 100 replaces the display of user interface 502 with the display of user interface 506). In contrast, as shown in Figures 5FF-5GG, in response to detecting a deep finger press 572 within user interface 502 (e.g., at the same location where the device 100 detected deep thumb press 570 in Figure 5EE), the device previews web content associated with the object displayed at the location of the deep finger press 572 (e.g., the device displays a preview window 574 in Figure 5GG). Thus, in some embodiments, when selecting between activating a user interface selection mode and performing an application-specific operation (e.g., previewing web content), the device distinguishes between both the type of gesture (e.g., a deep thumb press versus a deep finger press) and the location of the gesture (e.g., a deep finger press on the left side of the bezel versus a deep finger press within the user interface).
图5C-5F图示用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面(例如图形用户界面502),其包括紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前在触摸屏112上显示的web浏览用户界面502的表示508和至少消息收发用户界面506的表示510。5C-5F illustrate an exemplary user interface (e.g., graphical user interface 502) for a user interface selection mode, including a representation 508 of the web browsing user interface 502 and a representation 510 of at least the messaging user interface 506 displayed on the touch screen 112 immediately prior to entering the user interface selection mode.
可选标题栏512和522提供关于在卡中表示的用户界面的信息。例如标题栏512包括与在卡508中表示的web浏览应用用户界面502 关联的名称“Safari”514和图标516。相似地,标题栏522包括与在卡510中表示的消息收发应用用户界面506关联的名称“消息”520和图标518。在一些实施例中,标题区域(例如标题栏)不是用户界面表示卡的部分。在一些实施例中,未将标题栏图示为从用户界面表示卡脱离。在一些实施例中,将标题信息(例如与应用对应的标题栏、应用名称和/或图标)显示为悬停在用户界面表示卡上方或者下方。在一些实施例中,用户界面选择模式未包括标题信息的显示。Optional title bars 512 and 522 provide information about the user interface represented in the card. For example, title bar 512 includes the name "Safari" 514 and icon 516 associated with the web browsing application user interface 502 represented in card 508. Similarly, title bar 522 includes the name "Messages" 520 and icon 518 associated with the messaging application user interface 506 represented in card 510. In some embodiments, the title area (e.g., title bar) is not part of the user interface representation card. In some embodiments, the title bar is not illustrated as being detached from the user interface representation card. In some embodiments, title information (e.g., a title bar corresponding to the application, the application name, and/or icon) is displayed as hovering above or below the user interface representation card. In some embodiments, the user interface selection mode does not include the display of title information.
图5C-5E图示用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面,其显示无明显深度的用户界面表示(例如在基本上二维表示中),如同用户向下看着桌上展开的一副牌。如图所示,查看多个卡如同在直线上从在显示器的左手侧上的卡堆的顶部向右展开。然而,在一些实施例中,卡从在显示器的右手侧上的卡堆的顶部向左展开,和/或偏斜地或者沿着非线性路径(例如沿着弯曲或者看似随机的路径)展开。5C-5E illustrate an exemplary user interface for a user interface selection mode that displays a user interface representation without apparent depth (e.g., in a substantially two-dimensional representation) as if the user is looking down at a deck of cards spread out on a table. As shown, the plurality of cards are viewed as spreading out in a straight line from the top of the card stack on the left-hand side of the display to the right. However, in some embodiments, the cards spread out from the top of the card stack on the right-hand side of the display to the left, and/or spread out skewed or along a nonlinear path (e.g., along a curved or seemingly random path).
图5C图示如下实施例,其中将紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前显示的用于用户界面的卡显示为在用户界面选择堆中的顶部卡。例如用户界面502示出在消息收发卡510(例如消息收发用户界面507 的表示510)之上显示的web浏览卡508(例如web浏览用户界面502 的表示508)。5C illustrates an embodiment in which the card for the user interface displayed immediately before entering the user interface selection mode is displayed as the top card in the user interface selection stack. For example, user interface 502 shows a web browsing card 508 (e.g., representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502) displayed above a messaging card 510 (e.g., representation 510 of messaging user interface 507).
图5D图示如下实施例,其中将紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前显示的用于用户界面的卡显示为在用户界面选择堆中进一步向后。例如用户界面502示出在消息收发卡510(例如消息收发用户界面507 的表示510)之下显示的web浏览卡508(例如web浏览用户界面502 的表示508)。5D illustrates an embodiment in which the card for the user interface displayed immediately before entering the user interface selection mode is displayed further back in the user interface selection stack. For example, user interface 502 shows a web browsing card 508 (e.g., representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502) displayed below messaging card 510 (e.g., representation 510 of messaging user interface 507).
图5E图示其中堆包括多于两个卡的实施例。例如用户界面502 示出在消息收发卡510之上显示的web浏览卡508,该消息收发卡转而显示在照片卡526(例如用于图像管理应用的用户界面524的表示 526)之上。比在堆中进一步向后的卡更多地相对于彼此展开在堆的顶部的卡,从而比进一步向后的那些卡更多显现在堆的顶部的卡。例如web浏览卡508相对于消息收发卡510比消息收发卡510相对于照片卡526更远地向右展开。因此,在触摸屏112上比照片卡526更多显现消息收发卡510;表现为显示消息收发图标518整体和照片图标528的仅一部分。将在堆中存在的附加卡图示为在卡528(例如部分地显示的最底部卡)之下显示的一个或者多个边缘503。Figure 5E illustrates an embodiment in which a stack includes more than two cards. For example, user interface 502 shows web browsing card 508 displayed above messaging card 510, which in turn is displayed above photo card 526 (e.g., representation 526 of user interface 524 for an image management application). Cards at the top of the stack are spread out more relative to each other than cards further back in the stack, resulting in more of the top card appearing than those further back. For example, web browsing card 508 is spread out further to the right relative to messaging card 510 than messaging card 510 is relative to photo card 526. Consequently, more of messaging card 510 appears on touch screen 112 than photo card 526; this is manifested by displaying the entire messaging icon 518 and only a portion of photo icon 528. Additional cards present in the stack are illustrated as one or more edges 503 displayed below card 528 (e.g., the partially displayed bottom-most card).
图5F图示用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面,其显示具有明显深度的用户界面表示卡(例如在三维表示中),如同用户向下看着沿着与显示器的平面基本上正交的虚拟z轴从位于桌上的一副牌按顺序漂浮的卡。卡随着它们从堆的底部延伸更远而变得更大,从而给出它们基本上朝着用户行进的外观。例如在触摸屏112上将web浏览卡508显示为大于消息收发卡510,因为它更远离堆的底部。如图所示,查看多个卡如同沿着直的或者略微弯曲的路径向上(例如沿着虚拟z轴)和从在显示器的左手侧上的卡堆向右行进。然而,在一些实施例中,卡向上和从在显示器的右手侧上的卡堆向左行进,和/或偏斜地或者沿着非线性路径(例如沿着弯曲或者看似随机的路径)行进。5F illustrates an exemplary user interface for a user interface selection mode, which displays a user interface representation of cards with apparent depth (e.g., in a three-dimensional representation), as if the user is looking down at the cards floating in sequence from a deck of cards on a table along a virtual z-axis substantially orthogonal to the plane of the display. The cards become larger as they extend further from the bottom of the stack, giving the appearance that they are generally moving toward the user. For example, the web browsing card 508 is displayed larger than the messaging card 510 on the touch screen 112 because it is further from the bottom of the stack. As shown, viewing the multiple cards appears to progress upward (e.g., along the virtual z-axis) and to the right from the stack of cards on the left-hand side of the display along a straight or slightly curved path. However, in some embodiments, the cards progress upward and to the left from the stack of cards on the right-hand side of the display, and/or progress obliquely or along a nonlinear path (e.g., along a curved or seemingly random path).
图5G-5K图示在堆的基本上二维表示中响应于用户输入在显示器上移动用户界面表示卡(例如在多个用户界面表示之间导航)。如图5G中所示,设备100显示向右展开的用户界面卡508、510和526 的堆。设备100检测拖动手势(例如用户输入),该拖动手势包括接触530和从触摸屏112的显示消息收发卡510的位置始发的移动532 (例如用户触摸和拖动消息收发卡510)。Figures 5G-5K illustrate moving user interface representation cards on a display in response to user input in a substantially two-dimensional representation of a stack (e.g., navigating between multiple user interface representations). As shown in Figure 5G, device 100 displays a stack of user interface cards 508, 510, and 526 that expands to the right. Device 100 detects a drag gesture (e.g., user input) that includes contact 530 and movement 532 originating from the location of touch screen 112 displaying messaging card 510 (e.g., the user touches and drags messaging card 510).
响应于检测到接触530从图5G中的位置530-a移动532到图5H 中的位置530-b并且继续到图5I中的位置530-c,设备进一步向右展开用户界面卡(例如在拖动手势的方向上)。如图5G-5I中所示,消息收发卡510以与接触530相同的速度(例如由接触直接地操纵)从图5G中的位置510-a跨屏幕横向地移动到图5H中的位置510-b并且继续到图5I中的位置510-c,如同接触实际地向下按压并且在桌上移动卡。这通过相对于在触摸屏112(例如触敏表面)上的接触530的位置维持卡510的固定显示来图示。例如在消息收发用户界面507的表示中的单词“Will”在图5G-5I中直接地保持在接触之下。In response to detecting that contact 530 moves 532 from position 530-a in Figure 5G to position 530-b in Figure 5H and continuing to position 530-c in Figure 5I, the device further unfolds the user interface card to the right (e.g., in the direction of the drag gesture). As shown in Figures 5G-5I, the messaging card 510 moves laterally across the screen from position 510-a in Figure 5G to position 510-b in Figure 5H and continuing to position 510-c in Figure 5I at the same speed as contact 530 (e.g., directly manipulated by the contact), as if the contact actually pressed down and moved the card on the table. This is illustrated by maintaining a fixed display of card 510 relative to the position of contact 530 on touch screen 112 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface). For example, the word "Will" in the representation of messaging user interface 507 remains directly under the contact in Figures 5G-5I.
如图5G-5I中所示,在接触直接地操纵的卡上方显示的卡比接触更快地移动。例如web浏览卡508比接触530更快、且因此比消息收发卡510更快地移动,从而从图5G中的位置508-a行进到图5H中的位置508-b并且在图5I中最终离开屏幕(例如向触摸屏112的右边缘以右)。由于卡之间的速度差,随着接触530向右移动而从在web浏览卡508之下更多显现消息收发卡510。例如由于接触530从图5G 中的位置530-a移动到图5H中的位置530-b,显现用户界面507的表示中的更多对话(这还通过在由图5G中的web浏览卡508覆盖之后在图5H中的卡510上方的标题区域522中出现名称“消息”520来示出)。As shown in Figures 5G-5I, the card displayed above the card directly manipulated by the contact moves faster than the contact. For example, web browsing card 508 moves faster than contact 530, and therefore faster than messaging card 510, thereby traveling from position 508-a in Figure 5G to position 508-b in Figure 5H and ultimately leaving the screen in Figure 5I (e.g., to the right of the right edge of touch screen 112). Due to the speed difference between the cards, as contact 530 moves to the right, more of messaging card 510 is revealed from under web browsing card 508. For example, as contact 530 moves from position 530-a in Figure 5G to position 530-b in Figure 5H, more conversations in the representation of user interface 507 are revealed (this is also shown by the appearance of the name "Messages" 520 in title area 522 above card 510 in Figure 5H after being covered by web browsing card 508 in Figure 5G).
如图5G-5I中所示,在接触直接地操纵的卡下方显示的卡比接触更快地移动。例如照片卡526比接触530更慢、且因此比消息收发卡 510更慢地移动。由于卡之间的速度差,随着接触530向右移动而从在消息收发卡510之下显现更多照片卡526。另外,由于接触530从图5G中的位置530-a移动到图5H中的位置530-b,显现用户界面524 的表示中的更多照片(这还通过在图5H和5G中的卡526上方的标题区域中逐渐出现名称“照片”532来示出)。As shown in Figures 5G-5I , cards displayed below the card directly manipulated by a contact move faster than the contact. For example, photo card 526 moves slower than contact 530, and therefore slower than messaging card 510. Due to the speed difference between the cards, more photo cards 526 appear from below messaging card 510 as contact 530 moves to the right. Additionally, as contact 530 moves from position 530-a in Figure 5G to position 530-b in Figure 5H , more photos appear in the representation of user interface 524 (this is also illustrated by the gradual appearance of the name "Photos" 532 in the title area above card 526 in Figures 5H and 5G ).
图5H还图示随着照片卡从图5G中的位置526-a(例如其中它被显示为位于堆中的所有隐藏的卡的顶部)移动到图5H中的位置 526-b,从在照片卡526之下显现先前隐藏的音乐卡534(例如用于音乐管理/播放应用的表示534或者用户界面536)。这一移动向用户给出如下效果:从一副牌的顶部滑开照片卡526,从而显现下一个卡(例如音乐卡534)的部分。Figure 5H also illustrates that as the photo card moves from position 526-a in Figure 5G (e.g., where it is shown as being on top of all hidden cards in the stack) to position 526-b in Figure 5H, a previously hidden music card 534 (e.g., a representation 534 for a music management/playing application or user interface 536) is revealed from beneath photo card 526. This movement gives the user the effect of sliding photo card 526 away from the top of the deck, thereby revealing a portion of the next card (e.g., music card 534).
图5J图示在位置530-c抬起接触530。如图5G-5J中所示,表示卡跨显示器的移动在接触530的移动532在图5I停止并且在图5J中检测到接触530抬起时停止。这在图5J中通过在位置510-c维持消息收发卡510的显示来图示,其中它是在图5I中的位置530-c停止接触530的移动532之后显示的。Figure 5J illustrates contact 530 being lifted at position 530-c. As shown in Figures 5G-5J, the movement of the presentation card across the display stops when movement 532 of contact 530 stops in Figure 5I and lift of contact 530 is detected in Figure 5J. This is illustrated in Figure 5J by maintaining display of messaging card 510 at position 510-c, which was displayed after movement 532 of contact 530 stopped at position 530-c in Figure 5I.
系列图5G、5H、5J和5K图示在停止移动532之前抬起接触530。如图5K中所示,表示卡510、526和534继续跨触摸屏112移动(例如以递减动量)。这通过例如消息收发卡510的位置从图5J中的位置510-c(在检测到接触530抬起时)改变成图5K中的位置510-d来图示。在一些实施例中,跨显示器移动的表示卡的继续动量响应于轻打手势(例如UI表示卡的惯性滚动,其中卡随着模拟惯性而移动并且随着模拟摩擦而慢下来并且具有初始速率,该初始速率基于接触在与从触敏表面抬起接触对应的预定义时间的速率,诸如在抬起接触时的速率或者恰在抬起接触之前的接触的速率)而出现。The series of Figures 5G, 5H, 5J, and 5K illustrate lifting contact 530 before ceasing movement 532. As shown in Figure 5K, representation cards 510, 526, and 534 continue to move across touch screen 112 (e.g., with decreasing momentum). This is illustrated by, for example, the position of messaging card 510 changing from position 510-c in Figure 5J (when lift-off of contact 530 is detected) to position 510-d in Figure 5K. In some embodiments, the continued momentum of the representation cards moving across the display occurs in response to a tap gesture (e.g., inertial scrolling of UI representation cards, where the cards move with simulated inertia and slow down with simulated friction and have an initial velocity based on the velocity of the contact at a predefined time corresponding to lifting the contact from the touch-sensitive surface, such as the velocity at the time of lifting the contact or the velocity of the contact just before lifting the contact).
图5K还图示随着先前隐藏的音乐卡534从图5J中的位置534-c 移动到图5K中的位置534-d而显现电话卡540(例如用于电话应用的用户界面542的表示540)。因此,在一些实施例中,堆包括可以通过继续导航用户界面选择模式来显现的多于一个隐藏的卡。Figure 5K also illustrates the revealing of phone card 540 (e.g., a representation 540 of a user interface 542 for a phone application) as previously hidden music card 534 moves from position 534-c in Figure 5J to position 534-d in Figure 5K. Thus, in some embodiments, the stack includes more than one hidden card that can be revealed by continuing to navigate the user interface selection mode.
虽然图5G-5K中将卡响应于拖动手势的移动图示为沿着直线,但是在一些实施例中,卡的移动可以响应于相似地偏斜用户输入而从预定义轴或者路径偏斜。在一些实施例中,将卡的路径固定为沿着预定义路径,并且在跨屏幕移动卡的显示时忽略移动的与预定义路径正交的矢量分量(例如接触从触敏表面的左上侧到右下侧的移动的向下分量)。在一些实施例中,在一个或者多个卡跨屏幕的移动中反映移动的与预定义移动路径正交的矢量分量(例如可以从堆的路径上拉或者下拉接触直接操纵的卡,或者可以更改堆——例如所有卡——的整个路径)。While the movement of cards in response to a drag gesture is illustrated in Figures 5G-5K as being along a straight line, in some embodiments, the movement of cards can be deflected from a predefined axis or path in response to a similarly deflecting user input. In some embodiments, the path of the cards is fixed to be along the predefined path, and vector components of the movement that are orthogonal to the predefined path (e.g., a downward component of a contact moving from the upper left side to the lower right side of the touch-sensitive surface) are ignored when moving the display of the cards across the screen. In some embodiments, vector components of the movement that are orthogonal to the predefined path of movement are reflected in the movement of one or more cards across the screen (e.g., a card that is directly manipulated by a contact can be pulled up or down from the path of the stack, or the entire path of the stack, e.g., all cards, can be changed).
在一些实施例中,在移动产生与预定义移动路径的在阈值角度以下的角度时,忽略移动的与预定义移动路径正交的矢量分量,而在移动产生与预定义移动路径的在阈值角度以上的角度时,考虑移动的与预定义移动路径正交的矢量分量。例如在用户输入移动从预定义移动路径偏斜小于阈值角度(例如15°)时,稳定一个或者多个表示卡的移动,以考虑用户的移动的不期望漂移。但是在用户做出明显向上手势(例如以从预定义移动路径偏斜的角度80°)时,与移动的正交矢量分量对应地,在显示器上向上或者向下移动一个或者多个表示卡 (例如从而用户可以在继续导航遍历其余卡时从堆去除卡)。In some embodiments, when the movement results in an angle below a threshold angle from the predefined movement path, the vector component of the movement that is orthogonal to the predefined movement path is ignored, while when the movement results in an angle above the threshold angle from the predefined movement path, the vector component of the movement that is orthogonal to the predefined movement path is taken into account. For example, when the user input movement deviates from the predefined movement path by less than a threshold angle (e.g., 15°), the movement of one or more representation cards is stabilized to account for undesirable drift of the user's movement. However, when the user makes a significant upward gesture (e.g., at an angle of 80° from the predefined movement path), one or more representation cards are moved up or down on the display corresponding to the orthogonal vector component of the movement (e.g., so that the user can remove cards from the stack while continuing to navigate through the remaining cards).
图5L-5N图示表示卡响应于包括在相反方向上的移动的用户输入而在相反方向上的移动。图5L图示在图5I-5J中抬起接触530(例如无惯性滚动)之后显示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506。设备检测第二拖动手势(例如用户输入),该第二拖动手势包括接触546 和在触摸屏112上的显示消息收发卡510的位置始发的移动548(例如用户触摸和朝着堆的基部向后拖动消息收发卡510)。Figures 5L-5N illustrate the card moving in the opposite direction in response to a user input that includes movement in the opposite direction. Figure 5L illustrates displaying user interface 506 for user interface selection mode after lifting contact 530 (e.g., inertial scrolling) in Figures 5I-5J. The device detects a second drag gesture (e.g., user input) that includes contact 546 and movement 548 originating from the location on touch screen 112 where messaging card 510 is displayed (e.g., the user touches and drags messaging card 510 back toward the base of the stack).
响应于检测到接触546从图5L中的位置546-c移动548到图5M 中的位置546-d并且继续到图5N中的位置5N,设备朝着堆的基部向后拉动UI表示卡534、526、510和508。消息收发卡510以与接触 548相同的速度(例如由接触直接地操纵)从图5L中的位置510-c跨屏幕横向地移动到图5H中的位置510-e并且继续到图5I中的位置 510-f,因为卡显示在与接触546对应的位置。这通过相对于接触546 在触摸屏112上的位置维持卡510的固定显示来图示。例如在消息收发用户界面507的表示中的单词“Do”保持直接地在图5L-5N中的接触的左上方。In response to detecting contact 546 moving 548 from position 546-c in Figure 5L to position 546-d in Figure 5M and continuing to position 5N in Figure 5N, the device pulls UI representation cards 534, 526, 510, and 508 back toward the base of the stack. Messaging card 510 moves laterally across the screen from position 510-c in Figure 5L to position 510-e in Figure 5H and continuing to position 510-f in Figure 5I at the same speed as contact 548 (e.g., directly manipulated by the contact), as the card is displayed at a position corresponding to contact 546. This is illustrated by maintaining a fixed display of card 510 relative to the position of contact 546 on touch screen 112. For example, the word "Do" in the representation of messaging user interface 507 remains directly above and to the left of the contact in Figures 5L-5N.
如图5M-5N中所示,web浏览卡508比接触546更快地移动,因为它显示在消息收发卡510上方。由于消息收发卡510以与接触546 相同的速度行进,所以web浏览卡508还比消息收发卡510更快地行进。因而,web浏览卡508开始追上和覆盖消息收发卡508。例如web 浏览卡508在图5M中仅覆盖消息收发卡510的边缘。随着接触546 在显示器上向左继续移动548,Web浏览卡508开始在消息收发卡510 之上滑动,从而在图5N中覆盖消息收发卡510的一半。As shown in Figures 5M-5N, web browsing card 508 moves faster than contact 546 because it is displayed above messaging card 510. Since messaging card 510 travels at the same speed as contact 546, web browsing card 508 also travels faster than messaging card 510. As a result, web browsing card 508 begins to catch up with and cover messaging card 508. For example, web browsing card 508 only covers the edge of messaging card 510 in Figure 5M. As contact 546 continues to move 548 to the left on the display, web browsing card 508 begins to slide over messaging card 510, covering half of messaging card 510 in Figure 5N.
如图5M-5N中所示,照片卡526比接触546更慢地移动,因为它显示在消息收发卡510上方。由于消息收发卡510以与接触546相同的速度行进,所以照片卡526还比消息收发卡510更慢地行进。因而,消息收发卡510开始追上和覆盖照片卡546。例如在图5L中完全地暴露与照片卡526关联的应用名称“照片”532。随着接触546 在显示器上向左继续移动548,消息卡510在照片卡526之上逐渐地滑动更远,从而在接触545到达图5N中的位置546-f时完全遮盖应用名称“照片”532。As shown in Figures 5M-5N, photo card 526 moves more slowly than contact 546 because it is displayed above messaging card 510. Since messaging card 510 travels at the same speed as contact 546, photo card 526 also travels more slowly than messaging card 510. As a result, messaging card 510 begins to catch up with and cover photo card 546. For example, in Figure 5L, the application name "Photos" 532 associated with photo card 526 is completely exposed. As contact 546 continues to move 548 to the left on the display, message card 510 gradually slides further above photo card 526, completely covering application name "Photos" 532 when contact 545 reaches position 546-f in Figure 5N.
图5O图示相对于触摸屏112上的如图5G-5I和5L-5N中所示接触530和546的横向速度而言的用户界面表示卡的速度。如在顶部面板中所示,接触530以与移动532的斜率相等的恒定速度(例如用图形表示为像素随时间的函数)跨触摸屏112从左向右移动。在位置530-c抬起接触530之后,设备检测到接触546,接触546以与移动 548的斜率相等的恒定速度(例如用图形表示为像素随时间的函数) 跨触敏屏幕112从右向左向后移动。由于在触摸屏112上的与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置检测到接触530和546,所以消息收发卡 510的速度等于接触的速度。Figure 50 illustrates the velocity of the user interface presentation card relative to the lateral velocity of contacts 530 and 546 on touch screen 112, as shown in Figures 5G-5I and 5L-5N. As shown in the top panel, contact 530 moves from left to right across touch screen 112 at a constant velocity equal to the slope of movement 532 (e.g., represented graphically as a function of pixels over time). After contact 530 is lifted at location 530-c, the device detects contact 546, which moves backward from right to left across touch screen 112 at a constant velocity equal to the slope of movement 548 (e.g., represented graphically as a function of pixels over time). Because contacts 530 and 546 were detected at locations on touch screen 112 corresponding to the display of messaging card 510, the velocity of messaging card 510 is equal to the velocity of the contacts.
图5O的中间面板图示在接触546的移动548期间的位置“e”(例如如图5M中所示)时UI表示卡沿着速度曲线550的相对速度。消息收发卡510在位置510-f时的相对横向速度等于如在图5O的顶部面板中用图形图示的移动548的斜率的绝对值。由于web浏览卡508 在用户界面506(例如用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面)中的消息收发卡510上方的相对Z位置(例如沿着与设备的显示器的平面基本上正交的虚拟Z轴),所以速度曲线550示出web浏览卡508 比消息收发卡510相对更快地行进。相似地,由于照片卡526具有在用户界面506中的消息收发卡510下方的相对Z位置,所以速度曲线 550示出照片卡526比消息收发卡510更慢地行进。The middle panel of FIG5O illustrates the relative speed of the UI presentation cards along speed curve 550 at position "e" during movement 548 of contact 546 (e.g., as shown in FIG5M ). The relative lateral speed of messaging card 510 at position 510-f is equal to the absolute value of the slope of movement 548, as graphically illustrated in the top panel of FIG5O . Due to the relative Z position (e.g., along a virtual Z axis substantially orthogonal to the plane of the device's display) of web browsing card 508 above messaging card 510 in user interface 506 (e.g., an exemplary user interface for user interface selection mode), speed curve 550 shows that web browsing card 508 travels relatively faster than messaging card 510. Similarly, due to the relative Z position of photo card 526 below messaging card 510 in user interface 506, speed curve 550 shows that photo card 526 travels slower than messaging card 510.
表示卡526、510和508的绝对横向速度相对于用户手势的实际速度(例如跨触敏表面移动的用户的接触的横向分量)。如图5O的中间面板中所示,用户接触546直接地操纵消息收发卡510的移动,因为接触在触摸屏112上的与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置。因此,消息收发卡510的速度是用户接触的速度。Web浏览卡508的横向速度等于用户接触的速度的因数,例如等于用户接触的速度乘以系数,其中系数大于1(例如由于web浏览卡508相对于用户接触546 直接地操纵的消息收发卡510具有更高z位置)。照片卡526的横向速度也等于用户接触的速度的因数,例如等于用户接触的速度乘以系数,其中系数小于1(例如由于照片卡526相对于用户接触546直接地操纵的消息收发卡510具有更低z位置)。The absolute lateral velocity of cards 526, 510, and 508 is represented relative to the actual velocity of the user gesture (e.g., the lateral component of the user's contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface). As shown in the middle panel of FIG. 5O , user contact 546 directly manipulates the movement of messaging card 510 because the contact is at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to the display of messaging card 510. Therefore, the velocity of messaging card 510 is the velocity of the user contact. The lateral velocity of web browsing card 508 is equal to a factor of the velocity of the user contact, e.g., the velocity of the user contact multiplied by a coefficient, where the coefficient is greater than 1 (e.g., due to the higher z-position of web browsing card 508 relative to messaging card 510, which is directly manipulated by user contact 546). The lateral velocity of photo card 526 is also equal to a factor of the velocity of the user contact, e.g., the velocity of the user contact multiplied by a coefficient, where the coefficient is less than 1 (e.g., due to the lower z-position of photo card 526 relative to messaging card 510, which is directly manipulated by user contact 546).
图5O的中间面板还图示如在一些实施例中那样的向堆中的每个卡应用的模糊水平相对于卡的绝对z位置。因此,随着卡从堆展开(例如向右),它们的绝对z位置增加并且应用的模糊减少。在一些实施例中,随着特定卡的绝对z位置由用户输入操纵,设备向特定卡应用动态模糊改变。The middle panel of Figure 5O also illustrates the level of blur applied to each card in the stack relative to the card's absolute z position, as in some embodiments. Thus, as cards are spread out from the stack (e.g., to the right), their absolute z position increases and the applied blur decreases. In some embodiments, the device applies dynamic blur changes to a particular card as its absolute z position is manipulated by user input.
如图5M-5N中所示,在原有手势的相反方向(例如朝着堆的基部向后)上移动时,web浏览卡508追上接触546,因为它更快地行进,如图5O中所示。在web浏览卡508的前边缘(左边缘)被显示在触摸屏上的与在位置546-f的接触546的质心对应的位置508-f时, web浏览卡508在接触546与消息收发卡510之间移动。在这一点,接触546开始直接地操纵web浏览卡508而不是消息收发卡510。5M-5N , when moving in the opposite direction of the original gesture (e.g., back toward the base of the stack), web browsing card 508 catches up with contact 546 because it is traveling faster, as shown in FIG50 . When the leading edge (left edge) of web browsing card 508 is displayed at position 508-f on the touch screen corresponding to the center of mass of contact 546 at position 546-f, web browsing card 508 moves between contact 546 and messaging card 510. At this point, contact 546 begins to directly manipulate web browsing card 508 rather than messaging card 510.
如图5N和5HH中所示,设备100检测接触546从图5N中的位置546-f到图5HH中的位置546-g的移动548的继续。作为响应,如通过相对于接触546在触摸屏112上的位置维持卡508的固定显示来指示的那样,web浏览卡508继续以与接触546(该接触现在直接地操纵web浏览卡508而不是消息收发卡510)相同的速度朝着堆的基部向后跨屏幕横向移动(例如从图5N中的位置508-f到图5HH中的位置5-g)。As shown in Figures 5N and 5HH, device 100 detects continued movement 548 of contact 546 from position 546-f in Figure 5N to position 546-g in Figure 5HH. In response, as indicated by maintaining a fixed display of card 508 relative to the position of contact 546 on touch screen 112, web browsing card 508 continues to move laterally across the screen toward the base of the stack (e.g., from position 508-f in Figure 5N to position 508-g in Figure 5HH) at the same speed as contact 546 (which now directly manipulates web browsing card 508 rather than messaging card 510).
如图5O的下面板中所示,UI卡526、510和508的速度在这一交接出现时慢下来。如消息收发卡510在它被显示在位置510-e时移动的那样(例如如图5M中那样和如图5O的中间面板中所示),web 浏览卡508在显示在位置508-f时(例如如图5N中那样)以与接触 546的速度对应的速度移动。相似地,如照片卡526在显示在526-e 时(例如如图5M中那样)行进的那样,消息收发卡508在显示在位置510-f时(例如如图5N中那样)以相同更慢的相对速度行进,因为它现在是在接触546之下的卡下方的卡。最后,照片卡526在显示在位置526-f时(例如如图5N中那样)以比它在显示在位置526-e 时(例如如图5M中那样)移动的速度更慢的速度移动。虽然UI卡的移动被图示为以恒定速度,但是卡的速度相对于用户输入的速度。因此,响应于检测具有可变速度的用户输入手势,电子设备以可变速度移动UI卡。As shown in the lower panel of FIG5O, the speeds of UI cards 526, 510, and 508 slow down as this transition occurs. Just as messaging card 510 moves when displayed at position 510-e (e.g., as shown in FIG5M and in the middle panel of FIG5O), web browsing card 508 moves at a speed corresponding to the speed of contact 546 when displayed at position 508-f (e.g., as shown in FIG5N). Similarly, as photo card 526 moves when displayed at 526-e (e.g., as shown in FIG5M), messaging card 508 moves at the same slower relative speed when displayed at position 510-f (e.g., as shown in FIG5N) because it is now the card below the card below contact 546. Finally, photo card 526 moves at a slower speed when displayed at position 526-f (e.g., as shown in FIG5N) than it did when displayed at position 526-e (e.g., as shown in FIG5M). Although the movement of the UI card is illustrated as being at a constant speed, the speed of the card is relative to the speed of the user input. Therefore, in response to detecting a user input gesture with a variable speed, the electronic device moves the UI card at a variable speed.
速度曲线550是在堆中显示的相应UI表示卡的速度之间的关系的示例性表示。在相对Z位置上(例如沿着虚拟z轴)在第二卡(例如消息收发卡510)上方显示的第一卡(例如web浏览卡508)将总是比第二卡更快地行进。在一些实施例中,速度曲线550表示UI表示卡的显示中的其它可变操纵。例如向堆中的相应卡应用的模糊水平 (例如在堆中进一步向下显示的卡比朝着堆的顶部显示的卡更加模糊)、堆中的相应卡的尺寸(例如在用户界面选择模式中,用户界面将堆显示为三维表示,在堆中进一步向下显示的卡表现为小于朝着堆的顶部显示的卡)、或者堆中的相应卡的横向位置(例如在用户界面选择模式中,用户界面将堆显示为基本上二维表示,在堆中进一步向下显示的卡表现为比朝着堆的顶部显示的卡更接近堆的底部)。Speed curve 550 is an exemplary representation of the relationship between the speeds of corresponding UI representation cards displayed in a stack. A first card (e.g., web browsing card 508) displayed above a second card (e.g., messaging card 510) in relative Z position (e.g., along a virtual z-axis) will always travel faster than the second card. In some embodiments, speed curve 550 represents other variable manipulations in the display of UI representation cards, such as the level of blur applied to corresponding cards in the stack (e.g., cards displayed further down the stack are blurrier than cards displayed toward the top of the stack), the size of corresponding cards in the stack (e.g., in a user interface selection mode, the user interface displays the stack as a three-dimensional representation, with cards displayed further down the stack appearing smaller than cards displayed toward the top of the stack), or the lateral position of corresponding cards in the stack (e.g., in a user interface selection mode, the user interface displays the stack as a substantially two-dimensional representation, with cards displayed further down the stack appearing closer to the bottom of the stack than cards displayed toward the top of the stack).
在一些实施例中,速度曲线550上的点的间距(例如对应于UI 表示卡相对于彼此的放置)具有恒定的纵坐标值差值(例如在两点之间的如由竖直差值表示的在z维度上的改变是相同的)。在一些实施例中,如图5O中所示,其中速度曲线550跟随凹函数,存在在相继点之间的垂直距离的增加的差值(例如在x方向上的更大改变)。例如在照片卡526和消息收发卡510的相对Z位置之间的差值与在消息收发卡510和web浏览卡508的相对Z位置之间的差值相同。然而,在消息收发卡510和web浏览卡508的横向速度之间的差值大于在照片卡526和消息收发卡510的横向速度之间的差值。这在显示器上引起如下可见效果:在堆上显示的顶部卡将相对于在堆中进一步向后显示的卡的显现快速地移出屏幕。In some embodiments, the spacing of points on velocity curve 550 (e.g., corresponding to the placement of UI presentation cards relative to one another) has a constant difference in vertical coordinate values (e.g., the change in the z dimension, as represented by the vertical difference, between the two points is the same). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 50 , where velocity curve 550 follows a concave function, there is an increasing difference in vertical distance between successive points (e.g., a larger change in the x-direction). For example, the difference between the relative Z positions of photo card 526 and messaging card 510 is the same as the difference between the relative Z positions of messaging card 510 and web browsing card 508. However, the difference between the lateral speeds of messaging card 510 and web browsing card 508 is greater than the difference between the lateral speeds of photo card 526 and messaging card 510. This creates a visible effect on the display: the top card displayed in the stack will move off-screen faster relative to the appearance of cards displayed further back in the stack.
图5P-5T图示在堆的基本上三维表示中用户界面表示卡响应于用户输入而在显示器上的移动(例如在多个用户界面表示之间导航)。如图5P中所示,设备100显示表现为从设置在设备后方的卡堆向上展开的用户界面卡508、510和526的堆。Web浏览卡508向右偏移,部分地覆盖消息收发卡510,并且比消息收发卡510更大地显示(例如以模拟它在与触摸屏112的平面基本上正交的虚拟z维度上被定位在消息收发卡510上方)。消息收发卡510和照片卡526显示为相对于web浏览卡508愈发模糊(例如进一步模拟显示器中的距离)。图 5Q附加地图示主页屏幕卡554的显示(例如用于设备上的主页屏幕的用户界面552的表示554)。Figures 5P-5T illustrate the movement of user interface representation cards on a display in a substantially three-dimensional representation of a stack in response to user input (e.g., navigating between multiple user interface representations). As shown in Figure 5P, device 100 displays a stack of user interface cards 508, 510, and 526 that appear to unfold upward from a card stack positioned at the rear of the device. Web browsing card 508 is offset to the right, partially covering messaging card 510, and is displayed larger than messaging card 510 (e.g., to simulate being positioned above messaging card 510 in a virtual z-dimension that is substantially orthogonal to the plane of touch screen 112). Messaging card 510 and photo card 526 are displayed as increasingly blurred relative to web browsing card 508 (e.g., to further simulate distance in the display). Figure 5Q additionally illustrates the display of a home screen card 554 (e.g., a representation 554 of user interface 552 for a home screen on the device).
如图5R中所示,设备100检测轻打手势(例如用户输入),该轻打手势包括接触556和从触摸屏112的显示消息收发卡510的位置始发的移动558(例如用户触摸和拖动消息收发卡510)。响应于检测到接触556从图5G中的位置556-a移动558到图5H中的位置556-b 并且继续到图5I中的位置556-c,设备沿着虚拟z轴从堆的基部和朝着屏幕移走卡。例如随着它从图5R中的位置510-a移动到图5S中的位置510-b,消息收发卡510变得更大且到右移动,并且随着它在图 5T中的位置510-c向右移出屏幕,消息收发卡510继续变得更大。As shown in Figure 5R, device 100 detects a tap gesture (e.g., user input) that includes contact 556 and movement 558 originating from the location of touch screen 112 displaying messaging card 510 (e.g., the user touches and drags messaging card 510). In response to detecting movement 558 of contact 556 from position 556-a in Figure 5G to position 556-b in Figure 5H and continuing to position 556-c in Figure 5I, the device moves the card away from the base of the stack and toward the screen along the virtual z-axis. For example, as it moves from position 510-a in Figure 5R to position 510-b in Figure 5S, messaging card 510 becomes larger and moves to the right, and continues to become larger as it moves off the screen to the right at position 510-c in Figure 5T.
图5T图示检测接触556在位置556-c抬起而未停止移动558,这与轻打手势一致。随着接触556行进(例如以相同速度;由接触556 直接地操纵)的消息收发卡510继续以模拟惯性在显示器上移动,从而最终停止在触摸屏112上的位置510-c。5T illustrates detecting contact 556 being lifted at position 556-c without ceasing movement 558, consistent with a tap gesture. The messaging card 510 continues to move across the display with simulated inertia as contact 556 travels (e.g., at the same speed; being directly manipulated by contact 556), ultimately ceasing at position 510-c on the touch screen 112.
图5R-5T还图示在UI表示卡从堆的基部移走时向它们应用的模糊水平的改变。例如,在最初显示在位置526-a作为在堆中可见的底部卡时,照片卡526适度地模糊。随着照片卡526从图5R中的位置 526-a移动到图5S中的位置526-b(例如响应于接触556从图5R中的位置556-a移动558到图5S中的位置556-b)并且最终移动到图5T 中的位置556-c,它逐渐地变成焦点(例如变得较不模糊)。在一些实施例中,向UI表示卡应用的模糊水平遵循与如图5O中的速度曲线 550中所示的横向速度相对于卡的Z位置的关系相似的关系。Figures 5R-5T also illustrate the change in the blur level applied to UI representation cards as they move from the base of the stack. For example, when initially displayed at position 526-a as the bottom card visible in the stack, photo card 526 is moderately blurred. As photo card 526 moves from position 526-a in Figure 5R to position 526-b in Figure 5S (e.g., in response to contact 556 moving 558 from position 556-a in Figure 5R to position 556-b in Figure 5S), and finally to position 556-c in Figure 5T, it gradually comes into focus (e.g., becomes less blurry). In some embodiments, the blur level applied to UI representation cards follows a relationship similar to the relationship of lateral velocity with respect to the Z position of the card, as shown in velocity curve 550 in Figure 5O.
图5U-5W图示插入用于在设备在用户界面选择模式中时激活的瞬态应用的用户界面表示卡。图5U图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506,该用户界面显示由用户导航的用户界面卡508、510、526 和534的堆。设备100然后接收电话呼叫,并且作为响应,如图5V-5W 中所示,在如图5W中所示位置555-b将电话卡554(例如用于在电话应用内的接收的呼叫的用户界面556的表示554)混洗到堆中。如图5V-5W中所示,设备在堆中向上移动web浏览卡508和消息收发卡510(例如从在图5V中表示为虚线轮廓的位置508-b和510-b分别移出显示器和移动到图5W中的位置510-e),以腾出用于电话卡556 的空间。虽然图5V-5W图示如下动画,其中电话卡555在图5V中被带到屏幕中并且在图5W中被插入到堆中在web浏览卡508和消息收发卡510后方,但是设想用于瞬态应用的用户界面表示的其它动画和放置(例如新卡变成堆的顶部,或者在堆中进一步向后的卡被进一步向下推动以腾出用于新卡的空间)。Figures 5U-5W illustrate user interface representation cards inserted for transient applications activated when the device is in user interface selection mode. Figure 5U illustrates user interface 506 for user interface selection mode, which displays a stack of user interface cards 508, 510, 526, and 534 that the user navigates through. Device 100 then receives a phone call and, in response, as shown in Figures 5V-5W , shuffles a phone card 554 (e.g., a representation 554 of a user interface 556 for a received call within a phone application) into the stack at position 555-b as shown in Figure 5W . As shown in Figures 5V-5W , the device moves web browsing card 508 and messaging card 510 upward in the stack (e.g., from positions 508-b and 510-b, respectively, shown as dashed outlines in Figure 5V , off the display, and to position 510-e in Figure 5W ) to make room for phone card 556. While Figures 5V-5W illustrate an animation in which phone card 555 is brought to the screen in Figure 5V and inserted into the stack behind web browsing card 508 and messaging card 510 in Figure 5W, other animations and placements of user interface representations for transient applications are contemplated (e.g., a new card becomes the top of the stack, or a card further back in the stack is pushed further down to make room for the new card).
图5X-5AA图示在检测到预定义用户输入时去除用户界面表示卡。图5X图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506,该用户界面显示由用户导航的用户界面卡508、510、526和534的堆。设备100 检测轻扫手势,该轻扫手势包括接触560和与堆中的卡的预定义移动路径基本上正交的移动562(例如轻扫沿着触摸屏112向上移动,而堆中的卡在导航时跨屏幕左右移动),该移动从触摸屏112的显示消息收发卡510的位置始发。响应于检测到接触560从图5X中的位置 560-a移动562到图5Y中的位置560-b并且继续到图5Z中的位置 560-c,设备从堆提出消息收发卡510并且发送它离开屏幕(例如经由从图5X中的位置510-b移动到图5Y中的位置510-f继续到图5Z中的位置510-g)。Figures 5X-5AA illustrate removing user interface representation cards upon detecting a predefined user input. Figure 5X illustrates user interface 506 for a user interface selection mode, which displays a stack of user interface cards 508, 510, 526, and 534 for user navigation. Device 100 detects a swipe gesture comprising contact 560 and movement 562 that is substantially orthogonal to a predefined path of movement for the cards in the stack (e.g., a swipe moves upward along touch screen 112, while cards in the stack move left and right across the screen during navigation), originating from a location on touch screen 112 displaying messaging card 510. In response to detecting contact 560 moving 562 from position 560-a in Figure 5X to position 560-b in Figure 5Y and continuing to position 560-c in Figure 5Z, the device lifts the messaging card 510 from the stack and sends it off the screen (e.g., via moving from position 510-b in Figure 5X to position 510-f in Figure 5Y and continuing to position 510-g in Figure 5Z).
如图5Z-5AA中所示,设备100在去除消息收发卡510之后在堆中向上移动照片卡526和音乐卡534。照片卡526从图5Z中的位置 526-g移动到图5AA中的位置526-h,从而替换堆中的去除消息收发卡510而引起的空缺。同样地,音乐卡534从图5Z中的位置534-g 移动到图5AA中的位置534-h,从而替换堆中的在照片卡526在堆中向上移动时引起的空缺。向照片卡526和音乐卡534应用的模糊水平也根据它们在堆中的向上移动来调整。例如照片卡526在显示在图5Z 中的位置526-g时部分地模糊,但是在显示在图5AA中的位置526-h 时处于焦点。在一些实施例中,从堆去除用户界面表示卡还关闭与用户界面关联的活跃应用。As shown in Figures 5Z-5AA, device 100 moves photo card 526 and music card 534 upward in the stack after removing messaging card 510. Photo card 526 moves from position 526-g in Figure 5Z to position 526-h in Figure 5AA, thereby replacing the gap in the stack created by the removal of messaging card 510. Similarly, music card 534 moves from position 534-g in Figure 5Z to position 534-h in Figure 5AA, thereby replacing the gap in the stack created by the upward movement of photo card 526. The blur level applied to photo card 526 and music card 534 also adjusts based on their upward movement in the stack. For example, photo card 526 is partially blurred when displayed at position 526-g in Figure 5Z, but is in focus when displayed at position 526-h in Figure 5AA. In some embodiments, removing a user interface presentation card from the stack also closes the active application associated with the user interface.
图5BB和5CC图示通过选择用户界面表示来离开用户界面选择模式。图5BB图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506,该用户界面显示由用户导航的用户界面卡508、510、526和534的堆。设备100 检测敲击手势,该敲击手势包括在触摸屏112上的显示消息收发卡510(例如用于消息收发应用的用户界面507的表示510)的位置的接触564。响应于检测到敲击手势,如图5CC中所示,设备激活与用户界面507关联的消息收发应用,并且将触摸屏112上的显示从用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506改变成用于消息收发应用的用户界面507。Figures 5BB and 5CC illustrate leaving user interface selection mode by selecting a user interface representation. Figure 5BB illustrates user interface 506 for user interface selection mode, which displays a stack of user interface cards 508, 510, 526, and 534 for navigation by the user. Device 100 detects a tap gesture that includes contact 564 on touch screen 112 at a location where messaging card 510 (e.g., representation 510 of user interface 507 for a messaging application) is displayed. In response to detecting the tap gesture, as shown in Figure 5CC, the device activates the messaging application associated with user interface 507 and changes the display on touch screen 112 from user interface 506 for user interface selection mode to user interface 507 for a messaging application.
图5DD图示随着在第一卡上方显示的用户界面表示卡移动成十分靠近而向与第一用户界面表示卡关联的标题区域应用的可见效果。图5DD图示在用户界面选择模式的用户界面506中的照片卡526之上显示的消息收发卡510,用户界面506包括堆的基本上二维表示。照片卡526与标题栏558关联,该标题栏包括用于与用户界面524关联的图像管理应用的名称“照片”532和图标526。消息收发卡510 与标题栏522关联,该标题栏显示与用户界面507关联的消息收发应用有关的信息。消息收发卡510的显示随时间在照片卡526之上逐渐地滑动(经由从顶部面板中的位置510-a经过中间面板中的位置510-b 和510-c移动到图5DD的底部面板中的位置510-d)。随着消息收发标题栏522的边缘迫近照片标题栏558上的名称“照片”532的显示 (在消息收发卡510在第二面板中的位置508-b时),设备应用名称“照片”532的过渡褪色。图5DD的面板三图示在消息收发标题栏 522遮盖名称“照片”532在照片标题栏558上的先前位置之前去除名称“照片”532的显示。Figure 5DD illustrates a visual effect applied to the title area associated with a first user interface representation card as a user interface representation card displayed above the first card moves into close proximity. Figure 5DD illustrates messaging card 510 displayed above photo card 526 in user interface 506 in user interface selection mode, which includes a substantially two-dimensional representation of a stack. Photo card 526 is associated with title bar 558, which includes the name "Photos" 532 and icon 526 for the image management application associated with user interface 524. Messaging card 510 is associated with title bar 522, which displays information related to the messaging application associated with user interface 507. The display of messaging card 510 gradually slides over time above photo card 526 (via movement from position 510-a in the top panel, through positions 510-b and 510-c in the middle panel, to position 510-d in the bottom panel of Figure 5DD). As the edge of the messaging title bar 522 approaches the display of the name "Photos" 532 on the photos title bar 558 (when the messaging card 510 is in position 508-b in the second panel), the device applies a transitional fade to the name "Photos" 532. Panel three of Figure 5DD illustrates the removal of the display of the name "Photos" 532 before the messaging title bar 522 obscures the name "Photos" 532 from its previous position on the photos title bar 558.
相似地,随着消息收发标题栏552的边缘迫近照片标题栏558上的与图像管理应用关联的图标528的显示(在消息收发卡510在图 5DD的底部面板中的位置508-d时),设备应用图标528的过渡褪色,从而在消息收发标题栏522遮盖图标528在照片标题栏558上的先前位置之前从显示器去除图标528的显示。在一些实施例中,例如其中用户界面选择模式包括堆的基本上三维表示,是第二用户界面表示卡 (例如在顶部的卡)的边缘而不是关联标题栏迫近和触发去除以下的动画:与第一用户界面表示卡(例如在底部的卡)关联的标题信息的显示。在某些实施例中,向在标题区域(例如标题栏)中显示的信息应用的动画是模糊或者剪辑而不是图5DD中所示褪色。在一些实施例中,在下一用户表示卡迫近时,图标堆叠而不是消失。Similarly, as the edge of the messaging title bar 552 approaches the display of icon 528 associated with the image management application on the photo title bar 558 (when the messaging card 510 is at position 508-d in the bottom panel of Figure 5DD), the transition of the device application icon 528 fades, thereby removing the display of icon 528 from the display before the messaging title bar 522 obscures the icon 528's previous position on the photo title bar 558. In some embodiments, such as where the user interface selection mode includes a substantially three-dimensional representation of a stack, it is the edge of the second user interface representation card (e.g., the top card) rather than the associated title bar that approaches and triggers the animation to remove the title information associated with the first user interface representation card (e.g., the bottom card). In some embodiments, the animation applied to the information displayed in the title area (e.g., the title bar) is a blur or clipping rather than the fading shown in Figure 5DD. In some embodiments, the icons stack rather than disappear as the next user representation card approaches.
图6A-6V图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,如图4B中所示,设备检测与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。Figures 6A-6V illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (where a touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, as shown in Figure 4B, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450.
图6A-6V图示用户界面选择模式的示例性实施例,其允许用户瞥一眼先前显示的用户界面的表示而未离开当前用户界面、允许用户在两个相应用户界面之间快速地调换、并且允许用户容易进入电子设备 (例如多功能设备100)上的具有不同类型的分级结构选择的用户界面选择模式。用于用户界面选择模式的示例性用户界面(例如在触摸屏112上显示的用户界面506)包括用于与电子设备关联的应用的多个用户界面的表示(例如分别为用户界面502、507、524、536、542 和552的表示508、510、526、534、540和552),这些表示被显示为虚拟卡堆(例如“堆”),或者被显示为在两个最新近地显示的用户界面之间的选择。在触摸屏112(例如触敏表面)上检测到的用户输入(例如接触、轻扫/拖动手势、轻打手势等)用来在可以被选择用于在屏幕(例如触摸屏112)上显示的用户界面之间导航。6A-6V illustrate exemplary embodiments of a user interface selection mode that allows a user to glance at a representation of a previously displayed user interface without leaving the current user interface, allows a user to quickly swap between two corresponding user interfaces, and allows a user to easily enter a user interface selection mode with different types of hierarchical selections on an electronic device (e.g., multifunction device 100). An exemplary user interface for the user interface selection mode (e.g., user interface 506 displayed on touch screen 112) includes representations of multiple user interfaces for applications associated with the electronic device (e.g., representations 508, 510, 526, 534, 540, and 552 of user interfaces 502, 507, 524, 536, 542, and 552, respectively), which are displayed as a virtual card stack (e.g., a "stack") or as a selection between two most recently displayed user interfaces. User input (e.g., contact, swipe/drag gesture, tap gesture, etc.) detected on touch screen 112 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) is used to navigate between the user interfaces that can be selected for display on the screen (e.g., touch screen 112).
图6A-6G图示如下实施例,其中操作显示第一用户界面(例如用于在设备上打开的相应应用的任何用户界面,诸如web浏览用户界面)的电子设备的用户可以使用从触敏表面(例如多功能设备100上的触摸屏112)上的公共接触开始的不同手势而在以下之间导航:(i) 瞥一眼先前显示的用户界面并且恢复回到第一用户界面;(ii)改变成先前应用;(iii)进入用户界面选择模式(例如应用选择模式);和(iv)在用户界面选择模式内滚动遍历用户界面。Figures 6A-6G illustrate an embodiment in which a user of an electronic device displaying a first user interface (e.g., any user interface for a corresponding application open on the device, such as a web browsing user interface) can use different gestures initiated from a common contact on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 on multifunction device 100) to navigate between: (i) glancing at a previously displayed user interface and reverting back to the first user interface; (ii) changing to a previous application; (iii) entering a user interface selection mode (e.g., an application selection mode); and (iv) scrolling through user interfaces within user interface selection mode.
图6A-6D图示如下实施例,其中用户查看(例如“瞥一眼”)先前显示的用户界面的表示、且然后自动地恢复回到在瞥一眼之前在设备上显示的用户界面(例如恢复回到在设备上打开的应用)。图6A图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。6A-6D illustrate embodiments in which a user views (e.g., "peeks") a representation of a previously displayed user interface and then automatically reverts back to the user interface displayed on the device prior to the peek (e.g., reverts back to an application open on the device). FIG6A illustrates the display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device.
如图6B-6C中所示,设备在检测到用户输入时进入用户界面预览模式,该用户输入包括具有在预定阈值以下(例如在深按压强度阈值 (ITD)以下;例如示例性预定输入)的强度的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上)的接触602。在检测到包括接触602的输入时,设备用用户界面选择模式506的显示替换如图6B中所示的在触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面502的显示。用户选择模式506包括在触摸屏112上显示的最后两个用户界面的用户界面表示,例如web 浏览用户界面502的表示508和消息收发用户界面507的表示510。如图6B和6C中所示,接触602的强度维持在深按压强度阈值(ITD) (例如示例性预定强度阈值)以下,并且接触在原有检测点静止。As shown in Figures 6B-6C , the device enters user interface preview mode upon detecting user input including contact 602 adjacent to the left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on the bezel) with an intensity below a predetermined threshold (e.g., below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D ); e.g., an exemplary predetermined input). Upon detecting the input including contact 602, the device replaces the display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112, as shown in Figure 6B , with the display of user interface selection mode 506. User selection mode 506 includes user interface representations of the last two user interfaces displayed on touch screen 112, e.g., representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 and representation 510 of messaging user interface 507. As shown in Figures 6B and 6C , the intensity of contact 602 remains below the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ) (e.g., an exemplary predetermined intensity threshold), and the contact remains stationary at the original detection point.
设备100然后检测图6D中的包括接触602的用户输入的终止。由于接触602的强度维持在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下,并且由于用户输入未包括接触602的移动(例如,在触摸屏112上在预定义方向上的移动),所以在检测到接触602终止(例如抬起)时,设备100 通过用用户界面502的显示替换用户界面506的显示来使显示恢复回到web浏览用户界面502。Device 100 then detects termination of the user input including contact 602 in Figure 6D. Because the intensity of contact 602 remains below the deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ), and because the user input does not include movement of contact 602 (e.g., movement in a predefined direction on touch screen 112), upon detecting termination of contact 602 (e.g., lift-off), device 100 restores the display back to web browsing user interface 502 by replacing the display of user interface 506 with the display of user interface 502.
图系列6A、6E-6G图示如下备选实施例,其中用户查看(例如“瞥一眼”)先前显示的用户界面的表示并且选择显示先前显示的用户界面,而不是恢复回到在瞥一眼之前在设备上显示的用户界面。图6A 图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。Figure series 6A, 6E-6G illustrate an alternative embodiment in which a user views (e.g., "peeks") at a representation of a previously displayed user interface and chooses to display the previously displayed user interface, rather than reverting to the user interface displayed on the device before the peek. Figure 6A illustrates the display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device.
图6E图示设备在检测到用户输入时进入用户界面预览模式,该用户输入包括具有在预定阈值以下(例如在深按压强度阈值(ITD) 以下;例如示例性预定输入)的强度的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上)的接触604。在检测到包括接触604的输入时,设备用用户界面选择模式506的显示替换触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面 502的显示。用户选择模式506包括在触摸屏112上显示的最后两个用户界面的用户界面表示,例如web浏览用户界面502的表示508和消息收发用户界面507的表示510。如图5B和5C中所示,接触604 的强度维持在深按压强度阈值(ITD)(例如示例性预定强度阈值) 以下。然而,电子设备检测接触604在预定义方向上(例如跨触摸屏 112横向地)从图6E中的位置604-a移动606到图6F中的位置604-b。FIG6E illustrates the device entering a user interface preview mode upon detecting user input including contact 604 adjacent to the left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on a bezel) with an intensity below a predetermined threshold (e.g., below a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ); e.g., an exemplary predetermined input). Upon detecting the input including contact 604, the device replaces the display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112 with the display of user interface selection mode 506. User selection mode 506 includes user interface representations of the last two user interfaces displayed on touch screen 112, e.g., representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 and representation 510 of messaging user interface 507. As shown in FIG5B and FIG5C , the intensity of contact 604 remains below the deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) (e.g., an exemplary predetermined intensity threshold). However, the electronic device detects that contact 604 has moved 606 in a predefined direction (e.g., laterally across touch screen 112) from position 604-a in FIG6E to position 604-b in FIG6F.
设备100然后检测图6D中的包括接触604的用户输入的终止。由于接触604的强度维持在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下,并且由于用户输入包括接触604在触摸屏112上在预定义方向上(例如跨显示器横向地)的移动,所以设备100如图6D中所示用用于消息收发应用的用户界面507的显示替换用户界面506的显示,而不是恢复回到 web浏览用户界面502。Device 100 then detects termination of the user input including contact 604 in Figure 6D . Because the intensity of contact 604 remains below the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ), and because the user input includes movement of contact 604 on touch screen 112 in a predefined direction (e.g., laterally across the display), device 100 replaces display of user interface 506 with display of user interface 507 for the messaging application, as shown in Figure 6D , rather than reverting back to web browsing user interface 502.
因此,在一些实施例中,在调用用户界面预览模式的用户输入具有特性强度(例如在预定阈值以下的在输入的持续时间内的最大强度)时,用户可以通过在预定方向上移动与手势关联的接触或者不这样(例如保持接触静止),而在恢复回到紧接在进入用户界面预览模式之前显示的用户界面的显示(例如在用户只是瞥一眼先前显示的用户界面时)与将显示改变成先前显示的用户界面之间区分。Thus, in some embodiments, when the user input that invokes user interface preview mode has a characteristic intensity (e.g., a maximum intensity over the duration of the input that is below a predetermined threshold), the user can distinguish between reverting to display of the user interface that was displayed immediately prior to entering user interface preview mode (e.g., when the user merely glanced at the previously displayed user interface) and changing the display to the previously displayed user interface by moving the contact associated with the gesture in a predetermined direction or not (e.g., keeping the contact stationary).
图系列6A、6H-6I图示另一备选实施例,其中用户查看(例如“瞥一眼”)先前显示的用户界面的表示并且选择稳定地进入用户界面选择模式,而不是恢复回到在用户瞥一眼期间表示的先前显示的用户界面中的任一用户界面的显示。图6A图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。Figure series 6A, 6H-6I illustrate another alternative embodiment in which a user views (e.g., "peeks") at a representation of a previously displayed user interface and chooses to steadily enter user interface selection mode, rather than reverting back to display of any of the previously displayed user interfaces represented during the user's glance. Figure 6A illustrates display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device.
如图6C和6E中先前所示,设备在检测到用户输入时进入用户界面预览模式,该用户输入包括具有在预定阈值以下(例如在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下;例如示例性预定输入)的强度的与触摸屏112 的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上)的接触。图6H还图示在检测到调用接触(例如图6H中的接触608)的强度增加时,设备进入稳定的用户界面选择模式。在进入稳定的用户界面选择模式时,设备100在触摸屏112上显示用户界面表示卡的堆,包括在相对Z位置中显示的用户界面表示508、510和526(例如如针对图5A-5HH描述的)。As previously shown in Figures 6C and 6E , the device enters the user interface preview mode upon detecting a user input comprising a contact adjacent to the left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on a bezel) having an intensity below a predetermined threshold (e.g., below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D ); e.g., an exemplary predetermined input). Figure 6H also illustrates that upon detecting an increase in the intensity of a calling contact (e.g., contact 608 in Figure 6H ), the device enters a stable user interface selection mode. Upon entering the stable user interface selection mode, device 100 displays a stack of user interface representation cards on touch screen 112, including user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 displayed in relative Z positions (e.g., as described with respect to Figures 5A-5HH ).
设备100然后检测图6I中的包括接触608的用户输入的终止。由于接触608的强度超过用于调用稳定用户界面模式的预定强度阈值 (例如深按压强度阈值(ITD)),所以设备100未替换触摸屏112 上的用户界面506的显示。在一些实施例中,如针对图5A-5HH描述的那样执行在稳定用户界面选择模式内的进一步导航。Device 100 then detects termination of the user input including contact 608 in Figure 6I. Because the intensity of contact 608 exceeds a predetermined intensity threshold for invoking stable user interface mode (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )), device 100 does not replace display of user interface 506 on touch screen 112. In some embodiments, further navigation within the stable user interface selection mode is performed as described with respect to Figures 5A-5HH.
因此,在一些实施例中,用户可以基于用来调用用户界面选择预览模式的接触的强度,进一步在瞥一眼和选择在用户界面选择预览模式中显示的有限数目的用户界面之一以用于在触摸屏112上显示与进入具有进一步导航控制的稳定用户界面选择模式之间区分。Thus, in some embodiments, the user can further distinguish between glancing at and selecting one of a limited number of user interfaces displayed in the user interface selection preview mode for display on the touch screen 112 and entering a stable user interface selection mode with further navigation controls based on the intensity of the contact used to invoke the user interface selection preview mode.
图6J-6L图示如下实施例,其中用户通过增加用户输入的强度来直接地操纵用户界面选择模式的显示。图6J图示进入稳定用户界面选择模式,包括通过检测具有超过预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))的强度的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上) 的接触610,在用户界面506中显示用户界面表示卡的堆(例如在与彼此的相对Z位置中显示的用户界面表示508、510和526,例如如针对图5A-5HH描述的)。6J-6L illustrate an embodiment in which a user directly manipulates the display of a user interface selection mode by increasing the intensity of a user input. FIG6J illustrates entering a stable user interface selection mode, including displaying a stack of user interface representation cards (e.g., user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 displayed in relative Z positions to each other, e.g., as described with respect to FIG5A- 5HH ) in user interface 506 by detecting contact 610 adjacent to a left edge (e.g., on a bezel) of touch screen 112 with an intensity exceeding a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (ITD)).
图6K-6L图示在设备100检测到接触610的强度进一步增加时,基于用户对接触强度的直接操纵,(例如沿着与显示器的平面基本上正交的z轴)展开在堆中显示的用户界面表示卡。在一些实施例中,如图6K-6L中所示,小的强度改变(例如从图6K中的恰在顶部刻度线以下的检测到的强度到图6L中的恰在顶部刻度线以上的检测到的强度)使得消息收发卡510从图6K中的位置510-b移动到图6L中的位置510-c,从而在图6L中更多显现照片卡526和音乐卡534。Figures 6K-6L illustrate expanding the user interface representation cards displayed in the stack (e.g., along a z-axis substantially orthogonal to the plane of the display) based on direct user manipulation of the intensity of contact 610 as device 100 detects a further increase in the intensity of contact 610. In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 6K-6L, a small change in intensity (e.g., from a detected intensity just below the top tick line in Figure 6K to a detected intensity just above the top tick line in Figure 6L) causes messaging card 510 to move from position 510-b in Figure 6K to position 510-c in Figure 6L, thereby revealing more of photo card 526 and music card 534 in Figure 6L.
图6M-6P图示如下实施例,其中设备100基于在应用用户界面内做出的用户输入的特性强度在用户输入之间区分。图6M图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。用户界面502 包括用于在应用内导航到先前显示的用户界面(例如在触摸屏112上显示的先前web页面)的特定于应用的“后退”按钮图标614。设备100 检测深按压,该深按压包括在触摸屏112上的与“后退”按钮图标614 的显示对应的位置的具有超过预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值 (ITD)的特性强度的接触612。响应于检测到深按压,在图6N中,设备100用用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506替换触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面502的显示,用户界面506包括先前查看的web 浏览界面502、616和620(例如在浏览器历史的分级结构中的先前查看的web页面)的用户界面表示508、618和622。6M-6P illustrate an embodiment in which device 100 distinguishes between user inputs based on the characteristic intensity of the user input made within an application user interface. FIG6M illustrates a display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device. User interface 502 includes an application-specific "back" button icon 614 for navigating within the application to a previously displayed user interface (e.g., a previous web page displayed on touch screen 112). Device 100 detects a deep press, which includes contact 612 with a characteristic intensity exceeding a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )) at a location on touch screen 112 that corresponds to display of a “back” button icon 614. In response to detecting the deep press, in FIG. 6N , device 100 replaces display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112 with user interface 506 for a user interface selection mode, which includes user interface representations 508, 618, and 622 of previously viewed web browsing interfaces 502, 616, and 620 (e.g., previously viewed web pages in a hierarchy of browser history).
备选地,在图6V中,设备100检测在触摸屏112的边缘始发的轻扫手势(例如接触630的移动632)。作为响应,设备100在特定于应用的用户界面分级结构中向后导航(例如导航回到在web浏览应用中查看的最后网页)并且用图6P中的用户界面616替换图6V中的用户界面502的显示。在一些实施例中,设备100在检测到边缘轻扫时应用动态动画,例如用户界面502离开屏幕的动画滑动,从而逐渐地显现先前显示的用户界面616,如同堆叠在用户界面502下方。在一些实施例中,动画由用户轻扫手势的进度直接地操纵。因此,图6V 和6P图示使用边缘轻扫手势(例如包括接触630的移动632)以在特定于应用的用户界面分级结构中往回导航。Alternatively, in Figure 6V, device 100 detects a swipe gesture (e.g., movement 632 of contact 630) originating at the edge of touch screen 112. In response, device 100 navigates backward in the application-specific user interface hierarchy (e.g., back to the last web page viewed in a web browsing application) and replaces the display of user interface 502 in Figure 6V with user interface 616 in Figure 6P. In some embodiments, device 100 applies a dynamic animation upon detecting an edge swipe, such as an animated sliding of user interface 502 off the screen, thereby gradually revealing previously displayed user interface 616 as if stacked beneath user interface 502. In some embodiments, the animation is directly manipulated by the progress of the user swipe gesture. Thus, Figures 6V and 6P illustrate the use of an edge swipe gesture (e.g., including movement 632 of contact 630) to navigate back in the application-specific user interface hierarchy.
图6O也图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面 502的显示。用户界面502包括用于在应用内导航到先前显示的用户界面(例如在触摸屏112上显示的先前web页面)的特定于应用的“后退”按钮图标614。设备100检测敲击手势(而不是如图6M中所示的深按压),该敲击手势包括具有在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))以下的特性强度的接触624。响应于检测到敲击手势,设备100如图6P中所示用用于关联web浏览应用中的先前查看的用户界面的web浏览用户界面616(例如在web浏览应用中最后访问的 web页面)替换触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面502的显示。因此,在一些实施例中,电子设备基于用户输入的特性强度在特定于应用的用户界面输入之间区分。Figure 6O also illustrates the display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on the electronic device. User interface 502 includes an application-specific "back" button icon 614 for navigating within the application to a previously displayed user interface (e.g., a previous web page displayed on touch screen 112). Device 100 detects a tap gesture (rather than a deep press as shown in Figure 6M) that includes a contact 624 having a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )). In response to detecting the tap gesture, device 100 replaces the display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112 with a web browsing user interface 616 associated with a previously viewed user interface in the web browsing application (e.g., a last visited web page in the web browsing application), as shown in Figure 6P. Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device distinguishes between application-specific user interface inputs based on the characteristic intensity of the user input.
图6Q-6S图示在如针对图6A、6E-6G描述的那样通过用户界面预览模式在第一用户界面与第二用户界面之间调换之后,用户可以通过在设备显示用于第二应用的用户界面时重复用户手势来快速地调换回到第一用户界面。Figures 6Q-6S illustrate that after swapping between the first user interface and the second user interface through the user interface preview mode as described for Figures 6A, 6E-6G, the user can quickly swap back to the first user interface by repeating the user gesture when the device displays the user interface for the second application.
图6Q图示在检测到抬起使得设备将用户界面显示改变成用于消息收发应用的第二用户界面507的用户手势之后,设备检测第二用户输入,该第二用户输入包括具有在预定阈值以下(例如在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下;例如示例性预定输入)的强度的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上)的接触626。在检测到包括接触626的输入时,设备用用户界面选择模式506的显示替换触摸屏112上的消息收发用户界面507的显示。如图6R中所示,用户选择模式506包括在触摸屏112上显示的最后两个用户界面的用户界面表示,例如 web浏览用户界面502的表示508和消息收发用户界面507的表示 510。然而,与图6E-6F中的用户界面506的显示相比,切换用户界面506中的表示508和510的相对顺序,因为消息收发用户界面507 现在是触摸屏112上的最新近地显示的用户界面,且因此在图6R中,在用户界面502的表示508之上显示用户界面507的表示510。Figure 6Q illustrates that after detecting a user gesture that causes the device to change the user interface display to a second user interface 507 for a messaging application, the device detects a second user input comprising contact 626 adjacent to the left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on a bezel) having an intensity below a predetermined threshold (e.g., below a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ); e.g., an exemplary predetermined input). Upon detecting the input comprising contact 626, the device replaces the display of messaging user interface 507 on touch screen 112 with the display of user interface selection mode 506. As shown in Figure 6R, user selection mode 506 includes user interface representations of the last two user interfaces displayed on touch screen 112, e.g., representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 and representation 510 of messaging user interface 507. However, compared to the display of user interface 506 in Figures 6E-6F, the relative order of representations 508 and 510 in user interface 506 is switched because the messaging user interface 507 is now the most recently displayed user interface on touch screen 112, and therefore in Figure 6R, representation 510 of user interface 507 is displayed above representation 508 of user interface 502.
如图6Q和6R中所示,接触626的强度维持在深按压强度阈值 (ITD)(例如示例性预定强度阈值)以下。然而,电子设备检测接触626在预定义方向上(例如跨触摸屏112横向地)从图6R中的位置626-a的移动628。在图6S中,设备100然后检测包括接触626的用户输入的终止。由于接触626的强度维持在深按压强度阈值(ITD) 以下,并且由于用户输入包括接触626在触摸屏112上在预定义方向上(例如跨显示器横向地)的移动,所以设备用用于web浏览应用的用户界面502的显示替换用户界面506的显示,而不是恢复回到如图 6Q中所示的消息收发用户界面507。因此,用户调换回到图6A中的在触摸屏112上显示的第一用户界面。As shown in Figures 6Q and 6R, the intensity of contact 626 remains below a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) (e.g., an exemplary predetermined intensity threshold). However, the electronic device detects movement 628 of contact 626 from position 626-a in Figure 6R in a predefined direction (e.g., laterally across touch screen 112). In Figure 6S, device 100 then detects termination of the user input including contact 626. Because the intensity of contact 626 remains below the deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ), and because the user input includes movement of contact 626 on touch screen 112 in a predefined direction (e.g., laterally across the display), the device replaces display of user interface 506 with display of user interface 502 for a web browsing application, rather than reverting back to messaging user interface 507 as shown in Figure 6Q. Thus, the user switches back to the first user interface displayed on touch screen 112 in Figure 6A.
图6T-6U图示如下实施例,其中设备100在设备112上的第一预定义位置做出的用户输入与在第二预定义位置做出的用户输入之间区分。图6T图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502 的显示。设备100检测深按压,该深按压包括与触摸屏112的右边缘相邻(例如在边框上;第二预定义位置)的具有超过预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))的特性强度的接触628。响应于检测到深按压,设备100如图6U中所示用触摸屏112上的用于先前显示的网站的web浏览用户界面616替换触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面502的显示。Figures 6T-6U illustrate an embodiment in which device 100 distinguishes between user input made at a first predefined location on device 112 and user input made at a second predefined location. Figure 6T illustrates the display of graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on the electronic device. Device 100 detects a deep press, which includes contact 628 adjacent to the right edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on the bezel; the second predefined location) having a characteristic intensity exceeding a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )). In response to detecting the deep press, device 100 replaces the display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112 with web browsing user interface 616 for the previously displayed website on touch screen 112, as shown in Figure 6U.
这与图6H中的检测使得设备进入稳定用户界面选择模式的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上;在第一预定义位置)的深按压输入对照。因此,在一些实施例中,根据是在触敏表面上的第一预定义位置内还是第二预定义位置内检测到调用手势,执行不同操作。This is in contrast to the detection of a deep press input adjacent to the left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on the bezel; in the first predefined location) in Figure 6H that causes the device to enter a stable user interface selection mode. Thus, in some embodiments, different operations are performed depending on whether the invocation gesture is detected within the first predefined location or the second predefined location on the touch-sensitive surface.
图7A-7O图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,设备检测如图4B中所示的与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。Figures 7A-7O illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B.
图7A-7O图示根据一些实施例的用于使用在触敏表面(例如与显示器分离的触敏显示器或者触敏跟踪板)的预定义区域上的单个触摸手势在先前显示的用户界面之间导航的示例性实施例。在一些实施例中,用户使用在触敏表面上的一个或者多个预定义区域的变化强度的触摸手势在两个最新近地查看的用户界面之间调换。Figures 7A-7O illustrate exemplary embodiments for navigating between previously displayed user interfaces using a single touch gesture on a predefined area of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display separate from the display or a touch-sensitive trackpad) in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, a user swaps between two most recently viewed user interfaces using touch gestures of varying intensity on one or more predefined areas of the touch-sensitive surface.
图7A-7F图示如下实施例,其中用户使用在触敏表面的预定义区域的具有第一特性强度的触摸手势来预览(例如“瞥一眼”)先前显示的用户界面的表示,且然后通过将触摸手势的强度增加至第二特征强度来打开用户界面(例如打开应用)。图7A图示用于电子设备上的 web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。7A-7F illustrate an embodiment in which a user previews (e.g., "peeks") a representation of a previously displayed user interface using a touch gesture with a first characteristic intensity on a predefined area of a touch-sensitive surface, and then opens the user interface (e.g., opens an application) by increasing the intensity of the touch gesture to a second characteristic intensity. FIG7A illustrates the display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device.
图7B图示检测触摸手势,该触摸手势包括具有第一特性强度(例如超过轻按压强度阈值(ITL),但是在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下) 的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上;在触敏表面上的预定义位置)的接触702。响应于检测到触摸手势,设备100进入用户界面选择模式,从而用图7C中的触摸屏112上的用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示替换图7B中的触摸屏112上的web浏览用户界面502的显示。7B illustrates detecting a touch gesture that includes contact 702 with a first characteristic intensity (e.g., exceeding a light press intensity threshold (IT L ) but below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )) adjacent to a left edge (e.g., on a bezel; in a predefined location on the touch-sensitive surface) of touch screen 112. In response to detecting the touch gesture, device 100 enters a user interface selection mode, replacing display of web browsing user interface 502 on touch screen 112 in FIG. 7B with display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode on touch screen 112 in FIG. 7C .
图7C图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示,其包括在触摸屏112上先前显示的两个用户界面中的web浏览用户界面 502的表示508(“web浏览卡508”)和消息收发用户界面507的表示 510(“消息收发卡510”)。在一些实施例中,两个表示用于在设备上显示的最后两个用户界面(例如在显示器上打开的最后两个应用)。在一些实施例中,两个表示用于在发起用户界面选择模式时针对在触摸屏112上打开的特定应用而显示的最后两个用户界面(例如在web 浏览器应用中显示的最后两个web页面或者在电子邮件管理应用中显示的最后两个消息)。7C illustrates the display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode, which includes representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 (“web browsing card 508”) and representation 510 of messaging user interface 507 (“messaging card 510”) of two user interfaces previously displayed on touch screen 112. In some embodiments, the two representations are for the last two user interfaces displayed on the device (e.g., the last two applications opened on the display). In some embodiments, the two representations are for the last two user interfaces displayed for a particular application opened on touch screen 112 when user interface selection mode was initiated (e.g., the last two web pages displayed in a web browser application or the last two messages displayed in an email management application).
如图7C中所示,web浏览卡508显示为如同在Z定向上在消息收发卡510上方(例如沿着与显示器的平面基本上正交的虚拟轴定位),并且横向地位移到消息收发卡510的右方,因为它表示在激活用户界面选择模式之前在触摸屏112上显示的最后用户界面。设备100还向消息收发卡510应用模糊水平(例如与它的相对或者绝对Z 位置关联)。在一些实施例中,在激活用户界面选择模式之前显示的最后用户界面的表示在相对Z定向上被显示在第二用户界面表示后方或者与第二用户界面表示相等。As shown in FIG7C , web browsing card 508 is displayed as if it is above messaging card 510 in a Z orientation (e.g., positioned along a virtual axis substantially orthogonal to the plane of the display) and laterally displaced to the right of messaging card 510 because it represents the last user interface displayed on touch screen 112 before the user interface selection mode is activated. Device 100 also applies a blur level (e.g., associated with its relative or absolute Z position) to messaging card 510. In some embodiments, the representation of the last user interface displayed before the user interface selection mode is activated is displayed behind or equal to the second user interface representation in a relative Z orientation.
图7D图示检测接触702的强度增加(例如从图7C中的恰在轻按压强度阈值ITL以上的强度到图7D中的恰在深按压强度阈值ITD以下的强度)。响应于检测到接触702的强度增加,消息收发卡510的尺寸增加并且在虚拟z维度中朝着触摸屏112的平面移动(例如从图7C中的位置510-a到图7D中的位置510-b)。消息收发卡510还随着它在虚拟z维度中向上移动而开始变成焦点(例如模糊水平减少)。同时,web浏览卡508的尺寸减少并且在虚拟z维度中向后移动(例如从图7C中的位置508-a到图7D中的位置508-b)。在一些实施例中,显示动画以示出第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示以对接触的强度的小改变动态地做出响应的方式的移动。Figure 7D illustrates detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 702 (e.g., from an intensity just above the light press intensity threshold IT L in Figure 7C to an intensity just below the deep press intensity threshold IT D in Figure 7D). In response to detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 702, messaging card 510 increases in size and moves toward the plane of touch screen 112 in the virtual z dimension (e.g., from position 510-a in Figure 7C to position 510-b in Figure 7D). Messaging card 510 also begins to come into focus (e.g., the blur level decreases) as it moves upward in the virtual z dimension. At the same time, web browsing card 508 decreases in size and moves backward in the virtual z dimension (e.g., from position 508-a in Figure 7C to position 508-b in Figure 7D). In some embodiments, an animation is displayed to show the movement of the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation in a manner that dynamically responds to small changes in the intensity of the contact.
图7E图示检测接触702的强度进一步增加(例如超过深按压强度阈值(ITD))。响应于检测到接触702的强度超过第二特性强度 (例如超过深按压强度阈值(ITD)),消息收发卡510继续在虚拟z 维度中向上移动并且移动在web浏览卡508之上,web浏览卡508在虚拟z维度中继续向后移动并且开始变得模糊。7E illustrates detecting a further increase in the intensity of contact 702 (e.g., exceeding a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )). In response to detecting that the intensity of contact 702 exceeds a second characteristic intensity (e.g., exceeding a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )), messaging card 510 continues to move upward in the virtual z-dimension and moves over web browsing card 508, which continues to move backward in the virtual z-dimension and begins to blur.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到接触702的强度超过第二预定阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD)),设备自动地打开与用户界面507 关联的消息收发应用(例如卡或者关联应用“弹出”),并且如图7F 中所示用用户界面507替换用户界面选择模式的显示。In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the intensity of contact 702 exceeds a second predetermined threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )), the device automatically opens a messaging application associated with user interface 507 (e.g., a card or associated application "pop-up") and replaces the display of the user interface selection mode with user interface 507 as shown in FIG. 7F .
图7G-7K图示用于如针对图7A-7F描述的那样“瞥一眼”和“弹出”先前显示的用户界面(例如,和关联应用)的备选实施例。在这一实施例中,在基本上二维视图中而不是沿着虚拟z轴显示用户界面表示。7G-7K illustrate an alternative embodiment for "peek" and "pop-up" a previously displayed user interface (e.g., and associated applications) as described for FIG7A-7F. In this embodiment, the user interface representation is displayed in a substantially two-dimensional view rather than along a virtual z-axis.
图7G图示检测触摸手势,该触摸手势包括具有第一特性强度(例如超过轻按压强度阈值(ITL),但是在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下) 的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上;在触敏表面上的预定义位置)的接触704。响应于检测到触摸手势,设备100进入用户界面选择模式,从而在图7G中的触摸屏112上显示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506。Figure 7G illustrates detecting a touch gesture that includes contact 704 with a first characteristic intensity (e.g., exceeding a light press intensity threshold (IT L ) but below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )) adjacent to a left edge (e.g., on a bezel; in a predefined location on the touch-sensitive surface) of touch screen 112. In response to detecting the touch gesture, device 100 enters a user interface selection mode, displaying user interface 506 for user interface selection mode on touch screen 112 in Figure 7G .
图7G图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示,其包括在触摸屏112上先前显示的两个用户界面中的web浏览用户界面 502的表示508(“web浏览卡508”)和消息收发用户界面507的表示 510(“消息收发卡510”)。如图7G中所示,消息收发卡510显示为如同在Z定向上直接在web浏览卡508的顶部,并且横向地位移到 web浏览卡508的右方,因为它表示在激活用户界面选择模式之前在触摸屏112上显示的最后用户界面。FIG7G illustrates the display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode, which includes representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 (“web browsing card 508”) and representation 510 of messaging user interface 507 (“messaging card 510”), of the two user interfaces previously displayed on touch screen 112. As shown in FIG7G , messaging card 510 is displayed as if directly on top of web browsing card 508 in the Z orientation and laterally shifted to the right of web browsing card 508 because it represents the last user interface displayed on touch screen 112 before user interface selection mode was activated.
图7H图示检测接触704的强度增加(例如从图7C中的恰在轻按压强度阈值ITL以上的强度到图7D中的恰在深按压强度阈值ITD以下的强度)。响应于检测到接触的强度增加,通过向屏幕的右方将消息收发卡510从图7G中的位置510-a移动到图7H中的位置510-b,从在消息收发卡508之下进一步显现web浏览卡508。FIG7H illustrates detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 704 (e.g., from an intensity just above the light press intensity threshold IT L in FIG7C to an intensity just below the deep press intensity threshold IT D in FIG7D ). In response to detecting the increase in the intensity of the contact, web browsing card 508 is revealed further below messaging card 508 by moving messaging card 510 to the right of the screen from position 510 - a in FIG7G to position 510 - b in FIG7H .
图7E图示检测接触704的强度减少。响应于检测到接触702的强度减少,消息收发卡510开始在web浏览卡508之上往回滑动。7E illustrates detecting a decrease in the intensity of contact 704. In response to detecting a decrease in the intensity of contact 702, messaging card 510 begins to slide back over web browsing card 508.
图7J图示检测接触704的强度进一步减少至第一特性强度以下 (例如在轻按压强度阈值(ITL)以下)。响应于降至第一特性强度以下,设备5100退出用户界面选择模式,并且用紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前显示的用于消息收发应用的用户界面507替换用户界面506的显示(例如由于接触704未能从在消息收发卡510之下“弹出”web浏览卡508,所以设备在退出用户界面选择模式时恢复进入它的最后活跃状态)。图7K进一步图示检测接触704抬起、从而造成在触摸屏112上显示的用户界面不变。Figure 7J illustrates detecting that the intensity of contact 704 is further reduced to below the first characteristic intensity (e.g., below the light press intensity threshold (IT L )). In response to the reduction to below the first characteristic intensity, device 5100 exits user interface selection mode and replaces the display of user interface 506 with user interface 507 for the messaging application displayed immediately before entering user interface selection mode (e.g., because contact 704 failed to "pop up" web browsing card 508 from under messaging card 510, the device resumes its last active state when exiting user interface selection mode). Figure 7K further illustrates detecting that contact 704 is lifted, resulting in the user interface displayed on touch screen 112 remaining unchanged.
对照而言,图图示如下实施例,其中在用户将用户界面从web浏览用户界面502调换到消息收发用户界面507(例如如图5A-5F中描述的那样)之后,在图7L中的触敏表面上的预定区域(例如边框的左侧)中检测到接触706的情况下,用户再次开始“瞥一眼”和“弹出”处理。响应于检测到接触706的强度从图7M增加到7N,消息收发卡从图7M中的位置510-d移动到图7N中的位置510-e。在图7O中检测到接触706的强度进一步增加超出第二特性强度(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD)),往回弹开web浏览应用(例如设备用用于web浏览应用的用户界面502替换用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示)。因此,用户已经调换回到原先显示的用户界面。In contrast, the following embodiment is illustrated in which, after the user switches the user interface from web browsing user interface 502 to messaging user interface 507 (e.g., as described in Figures 5A-5F), the user again initiates the "peek" and "pop" process when contact 706 is detected in a predetermined area (e.g., the left side of the bezel) on the touch-sensitive surface in Figure 7L. In response to detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 706 from Figures 7M to 7N, the messaging card moves from position 510-d in Figure 7M to position 510-e in Figure 7N. In Figure 7O, a further increase in the intensity of contact 706 is detected beyond a second characteristic intensity (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )), which pops the web browsing application back (e.g., the device replaces the display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode with user interface 502 for the web browsing application). Thus, the user has switched back to the previously displayed user interface.
图8A-8R图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,设备检测如图4B中所示的与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。Figures 8A-8R illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (where a touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B.
图8A-8R图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面选择模式中表示的多个用户界面之间导航的示例性实施例,包括有能力使用在触敏表面(例如与显示器分离的触敏显示器或者触敏跟踪板)上检测到的用户输入,从多个用户界面表示的显示“瞥一眼”和“弹出”应用(例如,和关联用户界面)。Figures 8A-8R illustrate exemplary embodiments for navigating between multiple user interfaces represented in a user interface selection mode in accordance with some embodiments, including the ability to "peek" and "pop" an application (e.g., and associated user interfaces) from a display of multiple user interface representations using user input detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display separate from the display or a touch-sensitive trackpad).
图8A-8D图示如下实施例,其中用户用高强度用户输入(例如深按压)“弹出”(例如选择)用户界面以用于在设备上显示。图8A图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示,其包括在设备上先前显示的用户界面中的web浏览用户界面502的表示508(“web浏览卡508”)、消息收发用户界面507的表示510(“消息收发卡510”)、和照片管理用户界面524的表示526(“照片卡526”)。在卡堆中(从堆的基部向右延伸)显示用户界面表示。每个卡在z层(例如与触摸屏112的平面基本上正交)中被排序并,且横向地偏移到在它下方的卡的右方,从而显现每个卡的一部分。Figures 8A-8D illustrate an embodiment in which a user "pops up" (e.g., selects) a user interface for display on a device using a high-intensity user input (e.g., a deep press). Figure 8A illustrates the display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode, which includes a representation 508 of web browsing user interface 502 ("web browsing card 508"), a representation 510 of messaging user interface 507 ("messaging card 510"), and a representation 526 of photo management user interface 524 ("photo card 526") in a user interface previously displayed on the device. The user interface representations are displayed in a card stack (extending rightward from the base of the stack). Each card is sorted in a z-layer (e.g., substantially orthogonal to the plane of touch screen 112) and laterally offset to the right of the card below it, thereby revealing a portion of each card.
设备100检测在与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置的接触802 的强度从图5A增加至图5A。作为响应,消息收发卡510的显示区域通过进一步向右移动web浏览卡508(例如从图8A中的位置508-a 到图8B中的位置508-b)而增加(例如用户瞥一眼消息收发卡510)。Device 100 detects that the intensity of contact 802 at the location corresponding to the display of messaging card 510 increases from FIG5A to FIG5B . In response, the display area of messaging card 510 increases by moving web browsing card 508 further to the right (e.g., from position 508 - a in FIG8A to position 508 - b in FIG8B ) (e.g., the user glances at messaging card 510).
如图8C中所示,卡的相对横向位置的显示被动态地链接到对于用户接触而检测到的压力量。例如响应于检测到接触802的压力从图 8B至图8C的小减少,web浏览卡508开始在消息收发卡510之上移回(例如web浏览卡508从图8B中的位置508-b移动到图8C中的位置508-c)。在一些实施例中,显示动画以示出用户界面表示以对接触的强度的小改变动态地做出响应的方式相对于彼此的移动。As shown in Figure 8C, the display of the relative lateral positions of the cards is dynamically linked to the amount of pressure detected for the user contact. For example, in response to detecting a small decrease in the pressure of contact 802 from Figure 8B to Figure 8C, web browsing card 508 begins to move back over messaging card 510 (e.g., web browsing card 508 moves from position 508-b in Figure 8B to position 508-c in Figure 8C). In some embodiments, an animation is displayed to illustrate the movement of user interface representations relative to each other in a manner that dynamically responds to small changes in the intensity of the contact.
设备100然后检测接触802的压力进一步增加超出特性强度(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))。作为响应,从堆“弹出”消息收发卡510,并且设备打开关联应用(例如用用于消息收发应用的用户界面507的显示替换用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示)。Device 100 then detects a further increase in pressure of contact 802 beyond a characteristic intensity (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )). In response, messaging card 510 is "popped" from the stack, and the device opens the associated application (e.g., replacing display of user interface 506 for user interface selection mode with display of user interface 507 for the messaging application).
图8E-8F图示如下实施例,其中“弹出”卡(例如选择应用和对应用户界面)包括动画。图8E图示响应于检测到接触802的压力增加超过特性强度(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))来选择(例如“弹出”) 消息收发卡。作为响应,设备100显示动画,该动画从用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示转变成用于消息收发应用的用户界面 507的显示。动画包括滑动web浏览卡508完全地离开消息收发卡510 (例如通过进一步向右移动web浏览卡至位置508-d)。动画还包括从堆提出消息收发卡510,并且逐渐地增加消息收发卡510的尺寸,例如直至用户界面507的显示填充整个触摸屏112(例如如通过将消息收发卡从图8E中的位置510-b移动到图8F中的位置510-c来图示的)以提供卡在虚拟z维度中朝着用户移动的效果。Figures 8E-8F illustrate an embodiment in which a "pop-up" card (e.g., selecting an application and corresponding user interface) includes an animation. Figure 8E illustrates selecting (e.g., "pop-up") a messaging card in response to detecting an increase in pressure on contact 802 exceeding a characteristic intensity (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )). In response, device 100 displays an animation that transitions from displaying user interface 506 for a user interface selection mode to displaying user interface 507 for a messaging application. The animation includes sliding web browsing card 508 completely away from messaging card 510 (e.g., by moving the web browsing card further to the right to position 508-d). The animation also includes removing messaging card 510 from the stack and gradually increasing the size of messaging card 510, e.g., until the display of user interface 507 fills the entire touch screen 112 (e.g., as illustrated by moving the messaging card from position 510-b in Figure 8E to position 510-c in Figure 8F) to provide the effect of the card moving toward the user in a virtual z-dimension.
图8G-8H图示用于“瞥一眼”用户界面表示卡的备选实施例。图 8G图示如针对图8A描述的用户界面卡堆的显示(例如,其中web 浏览卡508被显示在消息收发卡510的顶部并且偏移到消息收发卡 510的右方,消息收发卡被显示在照片卡526的顶部并且偏移到照片卡526的右方)。图8G还图示在触摸屏112的与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置的接触804。Figures 8G-8H illustrate an alternative embodiment for "peek" user interface representation cards. Figure 8G illustrates the display of the user interface card stack as described with respect to Figure 8A (e.g., wherein web browsing card 508 is displayed on top of and offset to the right of messaging card 510, which is displayed on top of and offset to the right of photo card 526). Figure 8G also illustrates contact 804 at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to the display of messaging card 510.
图8H图示响应于检测到接触804在显示在消息收发卡510之上时的强度增加,显现消息收发卡的更多区域。然而,不是向右滑动 web浏览卡508离开消息收发卡510,图8H图示向左移动消息收发卡510(例如消息收发卡从图8G中的位置510-a移动到图8H中的位置510),如同从该副牌被取出。因此,图8G和8H图示使用接触(例如804)的强度以通过在与堆从堆的基部展开的方向相反的方向上将卡滑出堆来更多显现堆中的用户界面表示卡。Figure 8H illustrates that in response to detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 804 when displayed over messaging card 510, more area of the messaging card is revealed. However, rather than sliding web browsing card 508 to the right away from messaging card 510, Figure 8H illustrates moving messaging card 510 to the left (e.g., the messaging card moves from position 510-a in Figure 8G to position 510 in Figure 8H), as if it were being removed from the deck. Thus, Figures 8G and 8H illustrate using the intensity of contact (e.g., 804) to reveal more of the user interface representation card in the stack by sliding the card out of the stack in a direction opposite to the direction the stack expands from the base of the stack.
图8I图示用于“瞥一眼”消息收发卡510的另一备选实施例,其中响应于检测到在与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置显示的接触804 的强度增加,web浏览卡508向右移动离开消息收发卡510,并且消息收发卡510从该副牌向左拉出。因此,图8G和8I图示通过在与堆从堆的基部展开的方向相反的方向上将卡滑出堆,并且进一步在堆从堆的基部展开的方向上至少滑动在相应用户界面表示卡之上的方向显示的卡,而使用接触(例如804)的强度更多显现堆中的相应用户界面表示卡。8I illustrates another alternative embodiment for “peek” messaging card 510, wherein in response to detecting an increase in the intensity of contact 804 displayed at a location corresponding to the display of messaging card 510, web browsing card 508 moves to the right away from messaging card 510, and messaging card 510 is pulled to the left from the deck. Thus, FIG8G and 8I illustrate using the intensity of contact (e.g., 804) to reveal more of a corresponding user interface representation card in the stack by sliding the card out of the stack in a direction opposite to the direction the stack expands from the base of the stack, and further sliding the card displayed in a direction above the corresponding user interface representation card in the direction the stack expands from the base of the stack.
图8J-8R图示扩展的“瞥一眼”和“弹出”导航,其中在弹开应用之前瞥一眼多个卡。图8J图示用于电子设备上的web浏览应用的图形用户界面502的显示。图8K图示设备在检测到用户输入时进入用户界面选择模式,该用户输入包括具有特性强度(例如超过深按压强度阈值(ITD)的强度;例如示例性预定输入)的与触摸屏112的左边缘相邻(例如在边框上)的接触806。响应于激活用户界面选择模式,设备100如图8K中所示用用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506替换web浏览用户界面502的显示。Figures 8J-8R illustrate expanded "peek" and "pop" navigation, where multiple cards are peeked at before an application is popped open. Figure 8J illustrates display of a graphical user interface 502 for a web browsing application on an electronic device. Figure 8K illustrates the device entering a user interface selection mode upon detecting user input comprising a contact 806 adjacent to a left edge of touch screen 112 (e.g., on a bezel) having a characteristic intensity (e.g., an intensity exceeding a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ); e.g., an exemplary predetermined input). In response to activating the user interface selection mode, device 100 replaces display of web browsing user interface 502 with user interface 506 for user interface selection mode as shown in Figure 8K.
图8K图示如对于图8A而描述的用户界面卡堆的显示(例如其中web浏览卡508被显示在消息收发卡510的顶部并且偏移到消息收发卡510的右方,该消息收发卡被显示在照片卡526的顶部并且偏移到照片卡526的右方)。图8K还图示在与触摸屏112的左边缘对应的位置806-a并且具有超过深按压强度阈值(ITD)的强度的接触806。Figure 8K illustrates display of the user interface card stack as described for Figure 8A (e.g., with web browsing card 508 displayed on top of and offset to the right of messaging card 510, which is displayed on top of and offset to the right of photo card 526). Figure 8K also illustrates contact 806 at a location 806-a corresponding to the left edge of touch screen 112 and with an intensity exceeding a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ).
如图8L中所示,设备100检测用户接触806的强度减少至深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下。设备100还检测接触806从显示器的左边缘(例如图8K中的位置806-a)移动808到与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置。8L , device 100 detects that the intensity of user contact 806 decreases below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D ). Device 100 also detects that contact 806 moves 808 from the left edge of the display (e.g., position 806 - a in FIG. 8K ) to a position corresponding to the display of messaging card 510.
图8M图示检测用户接触806在显示在消息收发卡510之上时的强度增加,从而造成经由将web浏览卡移动离开消息收发卡510而“瞥一眼”消息收发卡510。8M illustrates detecting an increase in intensity of user contact 806 while displayed over messaging card 510 , resulting in a “peek” at messaging card 510 via moving the web browsing card away from messaging card 510 .
图8N图示检测用户接触806的强度减少。作为响应,web浏览卡508在消息收发卡510之上移回。设备还检测接触806继续从图8N 中的位置806-b移动808到与照片卡526的显示对应的图8O中的位置806-c。Figure 8N illustrates detecting a decrease in the intensity of user contact 806. In response, web browsing card 508 moves back over messaging card 510. The device also detects that contact 806 continues to move 808 from position 806-b in Figure 8N to position 806-c in Figure 8O corresponding to the display of photo card 526.
图8P图示检测接触506在显示在照片卡526之上时的强度增加,并且作为响应,通过向右移动web浏览卡508和消息收发卡510的显示来瞥一眼照片卡526。8P illustrates detecting an increase in intensity of contact 506 while displayed over photo card 526, and in response, glancing at photo card 526 by moving display of web browsing card 508 and messaging card 510 to the right.
图8Q图示检测接触806在显示在照片卡526之上时的强度进一步增加超过预定义强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))。作为响应,如通过移动web浏览卡508和消息收发卡510完全地离开照片卡526来图示的那样,接触“弹出”照片卡526。然后在电子设备进入图8R中的照片管理应用时,照片卡526扩张(例如经由动态动画) 以用用户界面524填充整个触摸屏112。FIG8Q illustrates detecting that the intensity of contact 806 further increases beyond a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )) while displayed over photo card 526. In response, the contact "pops" photo card 526, as illustrated by moving web browsing card 508 and messaging card 510 completely away from photo card 526. Photo card 526 then expands (e.g., via a dynamic animation) to fill the entire touch screen 112 with user interface 524 when the electronic device enters the photo management application in FIG8R .
图9A-9H图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的示例性用户界面。这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,设备检测如图4B中所示的与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。Figures 9A-9H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (where a touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B.
图9A图示用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示,其包括用户界面表示(例如用于web浏览用户界面502、消息收发用户界面507和图像管理用户界面524的用户界面表示卡508、510和526) 的堆的显示。如对于图5A-5HH而描述的那样,用户界面表示卡从堆的基部向右展开,并且在Z位置中相对于彼此排序(例如表示508横向地偏移到表示510的右方,并且沿着Z轴排序在表示510上方)。9A illustrates the display of user interface 506 for a user interface selection mode, which includes a display of a stack of user interface representations, such as user interface representation cards 508, 510, and 526 for web browsing user interface 502, messaging user interface 507, and image management user interface 524. As described with respect to FIGs. 5A-5HH, the user interface representation cards spread out from the base of the stack to the right and are ordered relative to each other in Z positions (e.g., representation 508 is offset laterally to the right of representation 510 and ordered above representation 510 along the Z axis).
设备100检测用户输入,该用户输入包括在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示526的显示对应的位置的接触902。接触902具有在预定义强度阈值以下(例如在深按压强度阈值(ITD)以下)的特性强度。响应于检测到在与照片卡526的显示对应的位置的接触902,通过将消息收发卡510和web浏览卡508从图9A中的位置510-a和508-a 向右(例如离开照片卡526)移动到图9B中的位置510-b和508-b,设备100更多显现照片卡526。设备100然后检测接触902从在照片卡526之上移动到在消息收发卡510之上(例如从图9B中的位置 902-a到图9C中的位置902-b)。Device 100 detects user input including contact 902 at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to display of user interface representation 526. Contact 902 has a characteristic intensity below a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., below a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )). In response to detecting contact 902 at a location corresponding to display of photo card 526, device 100 reveals more of photo card 526 by moving messaging card 510 and web browsing card 508 from positions 510 - a and 508 - a in FIG. 9A to the right (e.g., away from photo card 526) to positions 510 - b and 508 - b in FIG. 9B . Device 100 then detects contact 902 moving from over photo card 526 to over messaging card 510 (e.g., from position 902 - a in FIG. 9B to position 902 - b in FIG. 9C ).
如图9C-9D中所示,响应于接触902移动到与消息收发卡510的显示对应的位置,通过从在web浏览卡508之下移出消息收发卡510 并且朝着堆往回移动(例如在显示器112上向左)从图9C中的位置 510-b到图9D中的位置510-c,设备100更多显现消息收发卡510。As shown in Figures 9C-9D, in response to contact 902 moving to a position corresponding to display of the messaging card 510, the device 100 reveals more of the messaging card 510 by moving the messaging card 510 from under the web browsing card 508 and back toward the stack (e.g., to the left on the display 112) from position 510-b in Figure 9C to position 510-c in Figure 9D.
图9E-9F图示如下实施例,其中通过抬起在与应用关联的用户界面表示卡之上的位置显示的接触来从用户界面选择模式选择该应用。设备100检测接触902在定位在消息收发卡510之上时的抬起(例如终止用户输入,该用户输入包括与卡510在触摸屏112上的显示对应的位置的接触902),从而选择与消息收发卡510关联的消息收发应用。作为响应,设备100用与用户界面表示卡510对应的用户界面507 的显示替换用户界面506的显示。例如设备100打开与用户界面507 关联的消息收发应用,因为接触902在用户抬起接触时在对应卡之上。Figures 9E-9F illustrate an embodiment in which an application is selected from user interface selection mode by lifting a contact displayed at a location above a user interface representation card associated with the application. Device 100 detects the lifting of contact 902 while positioned over messaging card 510 (e.g., terminating user input that includes contact 902 at a location corresponding to the display of card 510 on touch screen 112), thereby selecting the messaging application associated with messaging card 510. In response, device 100 replaces the display of user interface 506 with the display of user interface 507 corresponding to user interface representation card 510. For example, device 100 opens the messaging application associated with user interface 507 because contact 902 was above the corresponding card when the user lifted the contact.
图9G-9H图示如下备选实施例,其中通过用深按压手势“弹出”应用来从用户界面选择模式选择应用。从图9A-9D继续,在接触902 被定位在消息收发卡510之上时,设备100检测接触902的强度增加为超过预定义强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))。作为响应,设备100用与用户界面表示卡510对应的用户界面507的显示替换用户界面506的显示。例如设备100打开与用户界面507关联的消息收发应用,因为接触902在检测到深按压时在对应卡之上。Figures 9G-9H illustrate an alternative embodiment in which an application is selected from user interface selection mode by "popping" the application with a deep press gesture. Continuing from Figures 9A-9D, while contact 902 is positioned over messaging card 510, device 100 detects an increase in the intensity of contact 902 exceeding a predefined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )). In response, device 100 replaces the display of user interface 506 with the display of user interface 507 corresponding to user interface representation card 510. For example, device 100 opens the messaging application associated with user interface 507 because contact 902 was over the corresponding card when the deep press was detected.
图22A-22BA图示根据一些实施例的用于执行诸如在用户界面之间导航之类的独立于应用的操作(例如系统范围的动作)的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中,这通过如下用户界面来实现,该用户界面区分从触摸屏的边缘始发的至少两个类型的输入,并且作为响应在检测到第一类型的输入时执行系统范围的操作,且在检测到第二类型的输入时执行特定于应用的应用。在一些实施例中,两个类型的操作至少基于它们与触敏表面的边缘的接近度和在输入中包括的接触的特性强度来区分。Figures 22A-22BA illustrate exemplary user interfaces for performing application-independent operations (e.g., system-wide actions) such as navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, this is achieved by a user interface that distinguishes between at least two types of input originating from an edge of the touch screen and, in response, performs a system-wide operation upon detection of a first type of input and performs an application-specific operation upon detection of a second type of input. In some embodiments, the two types of operations are distinguished based on at least their proximity to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface and a characteristic intensity of the contact included in the input.
这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图 10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,设备检测如图4B中所示的与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (in which the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B.
图22A-22D图示如下实施例,其中根据一些实施例,设备检测满足系统手势强度标准的两个输入,并且基于输入与触摸屏的边缘的接近度,确定是执行特定于应用的动作还是系统范围的动作。图22A图示具有两个位置边界2202和2204的web浏览用户界面502。位置边界2202限定触摸屏112的在边界左方的区域(例如该区域向左延伸出触摸屏),在该区域中必须检测到接触以便激活诸如进入用户界面选择模式之类的系统范围的动作(例如在接触也满足强度标准时)。位置边界2204限定触摸屏112的在边界左方的更大区域(例如该区域向左延伸出触摸屏),在该区域中必须检测到接触以便激活诸如导航到在活跃应用内显示的先前用户界面之类的特定于系统的动作(例如在接触也满足强度标准时)。Figures 22A-22D illustrate embodiments in which, according to some embodiments, the device detects two inputs that meet system gesture strength criteria and, based on the proximity of the inputs to the edge of the touch screen, determines whether to perform an application-specific action or a system-wide action. Figure 22A illustrates a web browsing user interface 502 with two position boundaries 2202 and 2204. Position boundary 2202 defines an area of the touch screen 112 to the left of the boundary (e.g., the area extending to the left of the touch screen) in which a contact must be detected in order to activate a system-wide action, such as entering a user interface selection mode (e.g., when the contact also meets the strength criteria). Position boundary 2204 defines a larger area of the touch screen 112 to the left of the boundary (e.g., the area extending to the left of the touch screen) in which a contact must be detected in order to activate a system-specific action, such as navigating to a previous user interface displayed within the active application (e.g., when the contact also meets the strength criteria).
在图22B中,设备检测具有在为了执行系统范围的动作而需要的阈值强度(例如强度阈值ITL)以上的特性强度的接触2206。接触2206 也满足系统范围的动作位置标准,因为在边界2202左方检测到它。因此,虽然接触也满足特定于应用的动作标准,但是响应于检测到接触向右移动,如通过用图22C中的多任务用户界面506替换web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备进入用户界面选择模式。In Figure 22B, the device detects contact 2206 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity required to perform a system-wide action (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ). Contact 2206 also meets the system-wide action location criteria because it is detected to the left of boundary 2202. Thus, although the contact also meets the application-specific action criteria, in response to detecting movement of the contact to the right, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with multitasking user interface 506 in Figure 22C, the device enters user interface selection mode.
在图22D中,设备检测具有在为了执行系统范围的动作(例如强度阈值ITL)和特定于应用的动作而需要的阈值强度以上的特性强度的接触2212。然而,接触2212未满足系统范围的动作位置标准,因为在边界2202右方检测到它。由于接触2212满足特定于应用的位置标准,所以响应于检测到接触向右移动,如通过用图22E中的web 浏览用户界面616替换web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备导航到在web浏览应用内的先前查看的用户界面。In Figure 22D, the device detects contact 2212 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity required to perform both a system-wide action (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ) and an application-specific action. However, contact 2212 does not meet the system-wide action location criteria because it is detected to the right of boundary 2202. Because contact 2212 meets the application-specific location criteria, in response to detecting movement of the contact to the right, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with web browsing user interface 616 in Figure 22E, the device navigates to the previously viewed user interface within the web browsing application.
图22F-22G图示如下实施例,其中设备响应于检测到的接触的形状而调整执行系统范围的动作而需要的位置标准。在图22F中,设备检测具有在为了执行系统范围的动作而需要的阈值强度(例如强度阈值ITL)以上的特性强度的接触2214。然而,接触2214未满足默认系统范围的动作位置标准,因为在边界2202右方检测到它。然而,由于接触与典型指尖接触相比更宽和细长(例如这指示用户伸展它们的拇指以到达设备的左侧),所以设备调整系统范围的动作位置标准,从而在边界2204左方检测到的接触满足位置标准。因此,响应于检测到接触向右移动,如通过用图22G中的多任务用户界面506替换 web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备进入用户界面选择模式。Figures 22F-22G illustrate an embodiment in which the device adjusts the position criteria required to perform a system-wide action in response to the shape of the detected contact. In Figure 22F, the device detects contact 2214 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ) required to perform a system-wide action. However, contact 2214 does not meet the default system-wide action position criteria because it is detected to the right of boundary 2202. However, because the contact is wider and more elongated than a typical fingertip contact (e.g., this indicates that the user extends their thumb to reach the left side of the device), the device adjusts the system-wide action position criteria so that the contact detected to the left of boundary 2204 meets the position criteria. Therefore, in response to detecting that the contact moves to the right, the device enters user interface selection mode, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with multitasking user interface 506 in Figure 22G.
图22H-22I图示如下实施例,其中设备检测满足系统范围的动作位置标准、但不满足系统范围的动作强度的接触。在图22H中,设备检测满足用于执行系统范围的动作的位置要求的接触2218(例如因为在边界2202左方检测到它)。然而,接触2218具有在为了执行系统范围的动作标准而需要的阈值强度(例如强度阈值ITL)以下的特性强度。由于接触2218满足特定于应用的强度标准,所以响应于检测到接触向右移动,如通过用图22I中的web浏览用户界面616替换 web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备在web浏览应用内导航到先前查看的用户界面。Figures 22H-22I illustrate an embodiment in which the device detects a contact that meets the system-wide action location criteria, but does not meet the system-wide action intensity. In Figure 22H, the device detects contact 2218 that meets the location requirements for performing the system-wide action (e.g., because it is detected to the left of boundary 2202). However, contact 2218 has a characteristic intensity below the threshold intensity required to perform the system-wide action criteria (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ). Because contact 2218 meets the application-specific intensity criteria, in response to detecting that the contact is moving to the right, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with web browsing user interface 616 in Figure 22I, the device navigates to the previously viewed user interface within the web browsing application.
图22J-22N图示如下实施例,其中限定系统范围的动作位置标准的边界位于触摸屏112的左边缘以外。图22J图示具有位置边界2222 和2224的web浏览用户界面502,位置边界2222和2224限定用于执行系统范围和特定于应用的动作的位置要求的右边缘。22J-22N illustrate an embodiment in which the boundaries defining the system-wide action location criteria are located beyond the left edge of the touch screen 112. Fig. 22J illustrates the web browsing user interface 502 with location boundaries 2222 and 2224 defining the right edge of the location requirements for performing system-wide and application-specific actions.
在图22K中,设备检测具有在为了执行系统范围的动作而需要的阈值强度(例如强度阈值ITL)以上的特性强度的接触2226。由于设备确定用户的用来做出接触2226的手指必须向左延伸至触摸屏112 以外(例如基于接触的形状和尺寸),所以如由图22K中的虚线指示的那样,设备投射(例如虚拟地)如果触摸屏更宽则接触将延伸到的地方。由于在投射的接触中的最远点在位置边界2222左方,所以接触2226也满足系统范围的动作位置标准。因此,响应于检测到接触向右移动,如通过用图22L中的多任务用户界面506替换web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备进入用户界面选择模式。In FIG22K , the device detects contact 2226 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity required to perform a system-wide action (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ). Because the device determines that the user's finger used to make contact 2226 must extend to the left beyond touch screen 112 (e.g., based on the shape and size of the contact), the device projects (e.g., virtually) where the contact would extend if the touch screen were wider, as indicated by the dashed line in FIG22K . Since the farthest point in the projected contact is to the left of location boundary 2222, contact 2226 also meets the system-wide action location criteria. Therefore, in response to detecting that the contact has moved to the right, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with multitasking user interface 506 in FIG22L , the device enters user interface selection mode.
在图22M中,设备检测具有在为了执行系统范围的动作而需要的阈值强度(例如强度阈值ITL)以上的特性强度的接触2230。设备然后投射接触2230将位于触摸屏112的边缘以外的地方的最左边界。由于在投射的接触中的最远点在位置边界2222右方,所以接触2226 未满足系统范围的动作位置标准。由于接触2230满足特定于应用的位置标准,所以响应于检测到接触向右移动,所以如通过用图22N中的web浏览用户界面616替换web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备在web浏览应用内导航到先前查看的用户界面。In FIG22M , the device detects contact 2230 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity required to perform a system-wide action (e.g., intensity threshold IT L ). The device then projects the leftmost boundary of where contact 2230 will be located beyond the edge of touch screen 112. Because the farthest point in the projected contact is to the right of location boundary 2222, contact 2226 does not meet the system-wide action location criteria. Because contact 2230 meets the application-specific location criteria, in response to detecting that the contact has moved to the right, the device navigates to the previously viewed user interface within the web browsing application, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with web browsing user interface 616 in FIG22N .
图22O-22R图示如下实施例,其中在触摸屏112的上拐角或者下拐角中检测到接触时,设备未响应于检测到更大接触来延伸系统范围的动作位置边界。因此,在设备检测到图22P中的将满足修改的位置标准的更宽接触时,设备如图22R中所示执行特定于应用的动作而不是系统范围的动作。22O-22R illustrate an embodiment in which the device does not extend the system-wide action location boundary in response to detecting a larger contact when a contact is detected in an upper corner or a lower corner of touch screen 112. Thus, when the device detects a wider contact in FIG22P that would satisfy the modified location criteria, the device performs an application-specific action rather than a system-wide action as shown in FIG22R.
图22S-22AA图示如下实施例,其中在接触在触摸屏上更快地行进时,设备修改系统范围的动作位置边界,以允许用于匆忙做出手势的用户的进一步缓冲。如图22S-22U中所示,在手势在缓冲区250内满足速度标准和强度标准时,设备仍然执行系统范围的动作。如图 22V-22X和22Y-22AA中所示,在手势未同时满足所有三个标准时,设备不执行系统范围的动作。Figures 22S-22AA illustrate an embodiment in which the device modifies the system-wide action location boundaries as the contact travels faster on the touch screen to allow for further buffering for users who are rushing to perform gestures. As shown in Figures 22S-22U, when a gesture meets both the speed and intensity criteria within buffer 250, the device still performs the system-wide action. As shown in Figures 22V-22X and 22Y-22AA, when a gesture does not simultaneously meet all three criteria, the device does not perform the system-wide action.
图22AB-22AG图示如下实施例,其中手势还包括方向标准。在手势满足方向标准时,如图22AB-22AD中所示,设备执行系统范围的动作。在手势未满足方向标准时,如图22AE-22AG中所示,设备不执行系统范围的动作。Figures 22AB-22AG illustrate an embodiment in which the gesture further includes a directional criterion. When the gesture satisfies the directional criterion, as shown in Figures 22AB-22AD, the device performs a system-wide action. When the gesture does not satisfy the directional criterion, as shown in Figures 22AE-22AG, the device does not perform the system-wide action.
图22AH-22AO图示如下实施例,其中在设备第一次检测到在位置边界外侧的输入、但是接触被移入位置边界中、且然后满足强度标准时,仍然执行系统范围的动作,如图22AH-22AK中而不是图 22AL-22AO中所示。Figures 22AH-22AO illustrate an embodiment in which a system-wide action is still performed when the device first detects input outside the location boundaries, but the contact is moved into the location boundaries and then meets the strength criteria, as shown in Figures 22AH-22AK rather than Figures 22AL-22AO.
图22AP-22AS图示如下实施例,其中如果曾经在缓冲区2286外侧的位置检测到输入,则设备封锁系统范围的动作。22AP-22AS illustrate an embodiment in which the device blocks system-wide actions if input is ever detected at a location outside of buffer 2286.
图22AT-22AY图示如下实施例,其中系统范围的动作强度标准在紧接在检测到屏幕上的接触之后的时间段期间更高。在接触在实现更高强度要求之前移动到激活区外侧的情况下,设备如图22AT-22AU 中所示不执行系统范围的动作。在接触在移动到激活区外侧之前实现更高强度要求或者等待强度阈值下降的情况下,设备如图 22AW-22AY中所示执行系统范围的动作。Figures 22AT-22AY illustrate an embodiment in which the system-wide action intensity criterion is higher during the period immediately after a contact on the screen is detected. If the contact moves outside the activation zone before achieving the higher intensity requirement, the device does not perform the system-wide action as shown in Figures 22AT-22AU. If the contact achieves the higher intensity requirement before moving outside the activation zone or waits for the intensity threshold to drop, the device performs the system-wide action as shown in Figures 22AW-22AY.
图22AZ-22BA图示如下实施例,其中系统范围的动作强度标准在触摸屏的顶部和底部附近更高。Figures 22AZ-22BA illustrate an embodiment in which the system-wide motion intensity standard is higher near the top and bottom of the touch screen.
图23A-23AT图示根据一些实施例的用于执行诸如在用户界面之间导航之类的独立于应用的操作(例如系统范围的动作)的示例性用户界面。在一些实施例中,这通过区分满足激活标准的接触(例如如以上关于方法2400和图22A-22BA而描述的)跨触摸屏行进多远来实现。Figures 23A-23AT illustrate exemplary user interfaces for performing application-independent operations (e.g., system-wide actions) such as navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, this is accomplished by distinguishing how far a contact (e.g., as described above with respect to method 2400 and Figures 22A-22BA) has traveled across the touch screen to meet activation criteria.
这些图中的用户界面用来图示以下描述的处理,包括图 10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C、15、24A-24F 和25A-25H中的处理。虽然将参照在触摸屏显示器(其中组合触敏表面和显示器)上的输入来给出以下示例中的一些示例,但是在一些实施例中,设备检测如图4B中所示的与显示器450分离的触敏表面451 上的输入。The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, 15, 24A-24F, and 25A-25H. Although some of the following examples will be given with reference to input on a touch screen display (in which the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface 451 that is separate from the display 450, as shown in Figure 4B.
图23A图示具有位置边界2302和2312的web浏览用户界面502。在满足系统范围的动作激活标准的接触未穿过边界2302时,设备如图23B-23D中所示未在终止输入时导航到新用户界面。在满足系统范围的动作激活标准的接触穿过边界2302而不是边界2312时,设备如图23E-23G中所示导航到用户界面选择模式。在满足系统范围的动作激活标准的接触穿过边界2302和边界2312时,设备如图23I-23K中所示导航到在设备上活跃的最后用户界面。FIG23A illustrates a web browsing user interface 502 with position boundaries 2302 and 2312. When a contact meeting the system-wide motion activation criteria does not cross boundary 2302, the device does not navigate to a new user interface upon termination of input, as shown in FIG23B-23D. When a contact meeting the system-wide motion activation criteria crosses boundary 2302 but not boundary 2312, the device navigates to a user interface selection mode, as shown in FIG23E-23G. When a contact meeting the system-wide motion activation criteria crosses both boundary 2302 and boundary 2312, the device navigates to the last user interface active on the device, as shown in FIG23I-23K.
图23L-23R图示如下实施例,其中随着用户迫近位置边界2302 和2312并且在这些位置边界之上穿过,设备提供视觉反馈。反馈是动态的,并且在接触在触摸屏上在相反方向上移动时反转。23L-23R illustrate an embodiment in which the device provides visual feedback as the user approaches and crosses over position boundaries 2302 and 2312. The feedback is dynamic and reverses when the contact moves in the opposite direction on the touch screen.
图23Q-23T图示如下实施例,其中设备提供如下提示:接触的强度迫近激活系统范围的动作而需要的强度阈值。例如随着接触2326 的强度迫近强度阈值ITL,设备开始向右滑过活跃用户界面502,从而显现先前活跃用户界面507。在图23S中,响应于检测到接触2326 的强度进一步增加至强度阈值2326以上,设备激活系统范围的动作,从而允许在用户界面之间的导航(例如,通过向右滑动接触到三个区之一中)。在图23T中,响应于检测到接触2326的强度进而进一步增加至深按压强度阈值ITD以上,如通过用图23T 中的多任务用户界面506替换web浏览用户界面502来指示的那样,设备进入多任务用户界面选择模式。Figures 23Q-23T illustrate an embodiment in which the device provides a prompt that the intensity of the contact is approaching the intensity threshold required to activate a system-wide action. For example, as the intensity of contact 2326 approaches intensity threshold IT L , the device begins to slide rightward over active user interface 502, thereby revealing previously active user interface 507. In Figure 23S, in response to detecting that the intensity of contact 2326 further increases above intensity threshold 2326, the device activates a system-wide action, thereby allowing navigation between user interfaces (e.g., by sliding the contact rightward into one of the three zones). In Figure 23T, in response to detecting that the intensity of contact 2326 further increases above deep press intensity threshold IT D , the device enters multitasking user interface selection mode, as indicated by replacing web browsing user interface 502 with multitasking user interface 506 in Figure 23T.
图10A-10H图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 1000的流程图。在具有显示器和触敏表面的电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1000。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1000中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的AppleTV)。可选地组合方法1000中的一些操作,和/或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 10A-10H illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1000 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1000 is performed on an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A). In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1000 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1000 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1000提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少在用户界面之间导航时来自用户的输入的数目、程度和/或性质,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1000 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of input from a user when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在一些实施例中,设备在显示器上显示(1002)第一用户界面。例如打开应用的用户界面(例如5A-5B、6A-6B、6D、6M、6O、6S-6T、 7A-7B和7O中的用于web浏览应用的用户界面502,图6P和6U中的用于web浏览应用的用户界面616,图5CC、6Q、7F、7J-7L、8D、 8J、9F和9H中的用于消息收发应用的用户界面507,或者图8R中的用于图像管理应用的用户界面526)。第一用户界面对应于多个用户界面表示中的第一用户界面表示。例如,如以下进一步描述的那样,用户界面表示在某些实施例中对应于打开应用的用户界面、单个应用的当前和先前查看的用户界面(例如,用于web浏览应用的打开用户界面,每个打开用户界面显示相同或者不同网站;或者用于web浏览应用的先前查看的用户界面的历史——例如对应于至少一部分浏览器历史)、电子邮件链中的消息、菜单分级结构中的菜单选项(例如,诸如用于回放或者流式传输的音频和/或视觉文件之类的文件的选择) 等。In some embodiments, the device displays (1002) a first user interface on a display. For example, a user interface for opening an application (e.g., user interface 502 for a web browsing application in Figures 5A-5B, 6A-6B, 6D, 6M, 6O, 6S-6T, 7A-7B, and 7O, user interface 616 for a web browsing application in Figures 6P and 6U, user interface 507 for a messaging application in Figures 5CC, 6Q, 7F, 7J-7L, 8D, 8J, 9F, and 9H, or user interface 526 for an image management application in Figure 8R). The first user interface corresponds to a first user interface representation among a plurality of user interface representations. For example, as further described below, the user interface representation, in some embodiments, corresponds to user interfaces of open applications, currently and previously viewed user interfaces for a single application (e.g., open user interfaces for a web browsing application, each open user interface displaying the same or a different website; or a history of previously viewed user interfaces for a web browsing application—e.g., corresponding to at least a portion of a browser history), messages in an email chain, menu options in a menu hierarchy (e.g., selection of files such as audio and/or visual files for playback or streaming), and the like.
在显示第一用户界面时,设备检测(1004)预定输入。例如在设备上的“主页”按钮上的双敲击或者双按压;或者对于包括用于检测与触敏显示器的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备,在第一用户界面的预定区域(例如左上角)上的深按压;用拇指的平坦部分在第一用户界面上的任何处的深按压;或者在设备的预定区域上的深按压,诸如在触敏表面(例如与显示器分离的触敏显示器或者触敏跟踪板)的左边缘上,在与触敏表面(例如触敏显示器)的边缘(例如左边缘)相邻的预定义区域中。例如在边框或者边框的预定区域(诸如与触敏表面的左边缘相邻的边框)上的深按压(例如图504中的深按压504、图6H中的608、图6M中的612和图8K中的806)。While displaying a first user interface, the device detects (1004) a predetermined input. For example, a double tap or double press on a "home" button on the device; or, for an electronic device that includes one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with a touch-sensitive display, a deep press on a predetermined area (e.g., the upper left corner) of the first user interface; a deep press with the flat portion of a thumb anywhere on the first user interface; or a deep press on a predetermined area of the device, such as on the left edge of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display separate from the display or a touch-sensitive trackpad), in a predefined area adjacent to an edge (e.g., the left edge) of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display). For example, a deep press on a bezel or a predetermined area of a bezel (e.g., a bezel adjacent to the left edge of the touch-sensitive surface) (e.g., deep presses 504 in FIG. 504 , 608 in FIG. 6H , 612 in FIG. 6M , and 806 in FIG. 8K ).
响应(1005)于检测到预定输入:设备进入(1006)用户界面选择模式,并且在堆中显示(1008)多个用户界面表示,其中第一用户界面表示的至少一部分可见并且第二用户界面表示的至少一部分可见。例如响应于检测到图5B中的深按压504,多功能设备100显示图5C和5D中的用户界面表示508(对应于在检测到发起输入时在屏幕上显示的web浏览应用的用户界面502)和510(对应于消息收发应用的用户界面507)。In response to detecting a predetermined input (1005), the device enters (1006) a user interface selection mode and displays (1008) a plurality of user interface representations in a stack, wherein at least a portion of a first user interface representation is visible and at least a portion of a second user interface representation is visible. For example, in response to detecting deep press 504 in FIG. 5B , multifunction device 100 displays user interface representations 508 (corresponding to user interface 502 of the web browsing application displayed on the screen when the initiating input is detected) and 510 (corresponding to user interface 507 of the messaging application) in FIG. 5C and 5D .
在一些实施例中,紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前在屏幕上显示的用户界面的表示显示在堆的顶部上,或者作为与打开应用对应的第一表示(例如在进入用户界面选择模式时也显示主页屏幕或者瞬态应用的一个或者多个表示时)。例如在图5C中,在堆中的用户界面表示507上方显示用户界面表示508(对应于在检测到深按压504时显示的用户界面502)。In some embodiments, a representation of the user interface that was displayed on the screen immediately before entering user interface selection mode is displayed on top of the stack, or as the first representation corresponding to an open application (e.g., when a home screen or one or more representations of transient applications are also displayed upon entering user interface selection mode). For example, in Figure 5C, user interface representation 508 (corresponding to user interface 502 displayed when deep press 504 is detected) is displayed above user interface representation 507 in the stack.
在一些实施例中,在至少第二用户界面表示(例如用于紧接在发起用户界面选择模式时显示的用户界面的显示之前显示的用户界面的表示)下方显示紧接在进入用户界面选择模式之前在屏幕上显示的用户界面的表示。例如在图5D中,在堆中的用户界面表示507下方显示用户界面表示508(对应于在检测到深按压504时显示的用户界面502)。In some embodiments, a representation of a user interface displayed on the screen immediately before entering user interface selection mode is displayed below at least a second user interface representation (e.g., a representation of a user interface displayed immediately before display of the user interface displayed when user interface selection mode was initiated.) For example, in FIG5D , user interface representation 508 (corresponding to user interface 502 displayed when deep press 504 was detected) is displayed below user interface representation 507 in the stack.
在一些实施例中,设备在显示器上显示第二用户界面,其中第二用户界面对应于多个用户界面表示中的第二用户界面表示(例如如图 5D中所示,在发起用户界面选择模式时显示的用户界面的表示显示为堆中的第二表示)。在显示第二用户界面时,设备检测预定输入。响应于检测到预定输入:设备进入用户界面选择模式并且显示堆,其中第一用户界面表示的至少一部分可见并且第二用户界面表示的至少一部分可见。In some embodiments, the device displays a second user interface on the display, where the second user interface corresponds to a second user interface representation in a plurality of user interface representations (e.g., as shown in FIG5D , the representation of the user interface displayed when the user interface selection mode is initiated is displayed as a second representation in the stack). While displaying the second user interface, the device detects a predetermined input. In response to detecting the predetermined input, the device enters the user interface selection mode and displays the stack with at least a portion of the first user interface representation visible and at least a portion of the second user interface representation visible.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用于进入用户界面选择模式的预定输入,可见地显示第三用户界面表示的至少一部分。例如响应于检测到图5B中的深按压504,多功能设备100显示图5E和5F中的用户界面表示508、510和526(对应于图像管理应用的用户界面524)。In some embodiments, in response to detecting a predetermined input for entering a user interface selection mode, at least a portion of a third user interface representation is visibly displayed. For example, in response to detecting deep press 504 in Figure 5B, multifunction device 100 displays user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 in Figures 5E and 5F (corresponding to user interface 524 of the image management application).
在一些实施例中,堆中的其余表示在屏幕外或者在包括可见信息的第一、第二和可选第三表示下面。例如图5E图示在图5E和5F中的第三用户界面表示526下面的指示503(例如附加用户界面表示的表示边缘或者实际边缘的图像)。In some embodiments, the remaining representations in the stack are off-screen or below the first, second, and optional third representations that include visible information. For example, Figure 5E illustrates an indication 503 (e.g., an image representing an edge or actual edge of an additional user interface representation) below third user interface representation 526 in Figures 5E and 5F.
在一些实施例中,响应(1005)于检测到预定输入:设备停止在显示器上显示(1010)状态栏。在进入用户界面选择模式并且显示堆之前,与相应用户界面同时显示状态栏。例如在设备进入用户界面选择模式之前,在图5A中的用户界面502上显示状态栏503。在检测到图5B中的深按压504时,如图5E中所示,设备进入用户界面选择模式(例如如通过显示图5E中的堆来指示),其不包括对应用户界面506中的状态栏503的显示。在一些实施例中,如图5C中所示,用于用户界面选择模式的用户界面(例如用户界面506)包括状态栏 (例如状态栏503)的显示。In some embodiments, in response (1005) to detecting a predetermined input: the device stops displaying (1010) a status bar on the display. Before entering the user interface selection mode and displaying the stack, the status bar is displayed concurrently with the corresponding user interface. For example, before the device enters the user interface selection mode, status bar 503 is displayed on user interface 502 in FIG. 5A . Upon detecting a deep press 504 in FIG. 5B , as shown in FIG. 5E , the device enters the user interface selection mode (e.g., as indicated by displaying the stack in FIG. 5E ), which does not include display of status bar 503 in corresponding user interface 506. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5C , the user interface for the user interface selection mode (e.g., user interface 506) includes display of a status bar (e.g., status bar 503).
在一些实施例中,状态栏包括当前时间、电池水平、蜂窝信号强度指示器、WiFi信号强度指示器等。状态栏通常地一直与打开应用的用户界面一起显示。在一些实施例中,去除状态栏向用户提供如下指示:在用户界面选择模式中的堆不是应用的普通用户界面,而是配置用于导航、选择和管理(例如关闭)设备上的打开应用的系统用户界面。在一些实施例中,在进入用户界面选择模式时提供触感反馈。In some embodiments, the status bar includes the current time, battery level, cellular signal strength indicator, WiFi signal strength indicator, etc. The status bar is typically always displayed with the user interface of the open application. In some embodiments, removing the status bar provides the user with the following indication: the stack in the user interface selection mode is not a normal user interface of the application, but is instead a system user interface configured for navigating, selecting, and managing (e.g., closing) the open applications on the device. In some embodiments, tactile feedback is provided when entering the user interface selection mode.
方法1000包括设备(例如多功能设备100)在显示器上的堆中显示(1012)多个用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,多个用户界面表示类似于表示打开应用的用户界面的按z层顺序(例如沿着与设备上的显示器的平面基本上正交的z轴相对于彼此定位,以提供卡被堆叠为一个在另一个的顶部上的效果)的卡(或者其它对象)、表示单个应用的当前和先前查看的用户界面的卡、表示电子邮件链中的消息的卡、表示菜单分级结构中的不同菜单选项的卡等的堆。例如图5E和 5F图示如下堆,该堆包括打开应用的用户界面的表示508、510和526。按z层顺序,表示508显示为顶部卡、表示510为中间卡,且表示526 为底部卡。在一些实施例中,例如如图5E中所示,堆显示为基本上二维表示(虽然在一些实施例中仍然具有卡的z层顺序)。在一些实施例中,例如如图5F中所示,堆显示为基本上三维表示。Method 1000 includes a device (e.g., multifunction device 100) displaying (1012) a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on a display. In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface representations may resemble a stack of cards (or other objects) representing user interfaces of open applications in a z-order (e.g., positioned relative to each other along a z-axis substantially orthogonal to the plane of the display on the device to provide the effect of the cards being stacked one on top of the other), cards representing currently and previously viewed user interfaces of a single application, cards representing messages in an email chain, cards representing different menu options in a menu hierarchy, and the like. For example, Figures 5E and 5F illustrate a stack including representations 508, 510, and 526 of user interfaces of open applications. In the z-order, representation 508 is displayed as the top card, representation 510 as the middle card, and representation 526 as the bottom card. In some embodiments, such as shown in Figure 5E, the stack is displayed as a substantially two-dimensional representation (although in some embodiments, the z-order of the cards is still maintained). In some embodiments, such as shown in Figure 5F, the stack is displayed as a substantially three-dimensional representation.
至少第一用户界面表示(例如表示紧接在用户界面选择模式中显示堆之前显示的应用的卡,该用户界面选择模式诸如是用于在打开应用之中选择的模式、用于在单个打开应用中的用户界面之中选择的模式、或者用于从菜单(例如在用于机顶盒的菜单分级结构中的菜单等) 中的菜单项之中选择的模式)和在堆中设置于第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示(例如表示另一打开应用、瞬态应用或者主页屏幕或者应用跳板的卡)在显示器上可见。例如在图5E-5F中将第一用户界面表示510显示为在第二用户界面表示508下方。At least a first user interface representation (e.g., a card representing an application that was displayed immediately before the stack was displayed in a user interface selection mode, such as a mode for selecting among open applications, a mode for selecting among user interfaces within a single open application, or a mode for selecting among menu items in a menu (e.g., a menu in a menu hierarchy for a set-top box, etc.) and a second user interface representation (e.g., a card representing another open application, a transient application, or a home screen or application springboard) disposed above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display. For example, first user interface representation 510 is displayed below second user interface representation 508 in Figures 5E-5F.
第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移)。例如第二用户界面508在图5E-5F中被偏移到第一用户界面表示510的中心右方。The second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction (eg, offset laterally to the right on the display). For example, the second user interface 508 is offset to the right of the center of the first user interface representation 510 in Figures 5E-5F.
第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,在显示器上的一个方向上(例如如图5E-5F中所示向右)部分地展开堆中的表示。在一些实施例中,在给定的时间,针对堆中的预定数目的表示(例如2、3、4或者5个表示)的信息(例如用于对应用户界面的图标、标题和内容)可见,而堆中的其余表示在屏幕外或者在包括可见信息的表示下面。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示被紧密地堆叠在一起,使得对于这些表示未显示信息。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示是样式表示,诸如这些表示的仅通用边缘503,如图5E-5F中所示。The second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation. In some embodiments, the representations in the stack are partially expanded in one direction on the display (e.g., to the right as shown in Figures 5E-5F). In some embodiments, at a given time, information (e.g., icons, titles, and content for the corresponding user interface) for a predetermined number of representations in the stack (e.g., 2, 3, 4, or 5 representations) is visible, while the remaining representations in the stack are off-screen or below the representations that include visible information. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are stacked closely together so that no information is displayed for these representations. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are style representations, such as only the common edges 503 of these representations, as shown in Figures 5E-5F.
在一些实施例中,相应用户界面表示在堆中具有对应位置 (1014)。例如如图5P中所示,用户界面表示508在堆中具有对应第一位置,用户界面表示510在堆中具有对应第二位置,且用户界面表示526在堆中具有对应第三位置。In some embodiments, the respective user interface representations have corresponding positions in the stack 1014. For example, as shown in FIG5P , user interface representation 508 has a corresponding first position in the stack, user interface representation 510 has a corresponding second position in the stack, and user interface representation 526 has a corresponding third position in the stack.
在一些实施例中,对于在显示器上可见的相应用户界面表示:设备确定(1016)用户界面表示如与在显示器上同时可见的一个或者多个其它用户界面表示比较的相应相对z位置;以及根据用户界面表示如与在显示器上同时可见的一个或者多个其它用户界面表示比较的相对z位置(在z维度中的相对高度或者在堆中的相对z层级),向用户界面表示应用(1018)模糊水平。In some embodiments, for a respective user interface representation visible on the display: the device determines (1016) a respective relative z position of the user interface representation as compared to one or more other user interface representations that are simultaneously visible on the display; and applies (1018) a blur level to the user interface representation based on the relative z position (relative height in the z dimension or relative z level in the stack) of the user interface representation as compared to one or more other user interface representations that are simultaneously visible on the display.
例如在一些实施例中,在进入应用选择模式时,用户界面表示堆表示打开应用堆,在下的用户界面表示对应于更长时间段未被查看的打开应用,并且向用于那些应用的用户界面表示应用比向更新近地查看的打开应用的用户界面表示应用更多的模糊。在一些实施例中,未模糊用于最新近地查看的应用的用户界面表示;用于接下来最新近地查看的应用的用户界面表示被模糊第一量;用于还更早打开应用的用户界面表示被模糊比第一量更大的第二量;等等。例如如图5P中所示,设备100向用户界面表示508应用很少或者不应用模糊,因为该卡具有在触摸屏112上同时可见的卡的顶部上的第一相对z位置。设备100向用户界面表示510应用适度模糊,因为该卡具有在触摸屏112 上同时可见的卡中部的第二相对z位置。设备100向用户界面表示526 应用大量模糊,因为该卡具有在触摸屏112上同时可见的卡的底部的第三相对z位置。For example, in some embodiments, upon entering application selection mode, the UI representation stack represents a stack of open applications, with underlying UI representations corresponding to open applications that have not been viewed for a longer period of time, and more blur is applied to the UI representations of those applications than to UI representations of more recently viewed open applications. In some embodiments, the UI representation for the most recently viewed application is unblurred; the UI representation for the next most recently viewed application is blurred by a first amount; the UI representation for an even earlier open application is blurred by a second amount that is greater than the first amount; and so on. For example, as shown in FIG5P , device 100 applies little or no blur to UI representation 508 because the card has a first relative z position at the top of the cards simultaneously visible on touch screen 112. Device 100 applies a moderate blur to UI representation 510 because the card has a second relative z position in the middle of the cards simultaneously visible on touch screen 112. Device 100 applies a heavy blur to UI representation 526 because the card has a third relative z position at the bottom of the cards simultaneously visible on touch screen 112.
在一些实施例中,相应用户界面表示在堆中具有对应模拟绝对z 位置。对于在显示器上可见的用户界面表示,设备根据用户界面表示在z维度中的对应模拟绝对z位置向用户界面表示应用(1020)模糊水平。In some embodiments, the respective user interface representations have corresponding simulated absolute z positions in the stack.For the user interface representations visible on the display, the device applies (1020) a blur level to the user interface representations according to their corresponding simulated absolute z positions in the z dimension.
例如在一些实施例中,z维度是与显示器的平面垂直(例如基本上正交)的维度,或者在显示器上表示的空间的横向方向。在一些实施例中,向在显示器上可见的用户界面表示中的每个用户界面表示应用的模糊水平基于用户界面表示的模拟绝对z位置来确定。在一些实施例中,向每个用户界面表示应用的模糊水平的变化是逐渐的并且与用户界面表示的当前模拟绝对z位置直接地相关。在一些实施例中,用户界面表示堆在x方向上在下凹递增x-z曲线上移动,并且在用户界面表示在x方向上沿着x-z曲线移动期间,在z方向上的在每对相邻用户界面表示之间的间隙维持在恒定值。In some embodiments, for example, the z dimension is a dimension perpendicular (e.g., substantially orthogonal) to the plane of the display, or a lateral direction of the space represented on the display. In some embodiments, a level of blur applied to each of the user interface representations visible on the display is determined based on a simulated absolute z position of the user interface representation. In some embodiments, the change in the level of blur applied to each user interface representation is gradual and directly related to the current simulated absolute z position of the user interface representation. In some embodiments, the stack of user interface representations moves in the x-direction on a concave increasing x-z curve, and a gap between each pair of adjacent user interface representations in the z-direction is maintained at a constant value during movement of the user interface representations along the x-z curve in the x-direction.
在一些实施例中,相应用户界面表示与具有相应标题内容(例如标题区域包括图标(例如图5C中的图标516和图5D中的标题518) 和用户界面表示所表示的应用的名称(或者web页面、菜单等的名称,诸如图5C中的“Safari”514和图5D中的“消息”520))的相应标题区域(例如标题栏,诸如图5C中的与用户界面表示508关联的标题栏 512和图5D中的与用户界面表示510关联的标题栏520)关联。在一些实施例中,对于在显示器上的相邻用户界面表示下方的当前可见的用户界面表示,随着相邻用户界面表示迫近(例如随着用户界面表示510在图5DD中的用户界面表示526之上滑动),设备向用户界面表示的标题内容的至少第一部分(例如,标题内容的仅标题文本部分,例如图5DD中的“照片”532的褪色;或者标题内容中的标题文本和图标两者,例如图5DD中的“照片”532和图标528两者的褪色)应用 (1022)可见效果(例如如图5DD中所示的模糊、褪色和/或剪辑)。In some embodiments, the respective user interface representation is associated with a respective title area (e.g., a title bar, such as title bar 512 associated with user interface representation 508 in FIG. 5C and title bar 520 associated with user interface representation 510 in FIG. 5D ) having respective title content (e.g., the title area includes an icon (e.g., icon 516 in FIG. 5C and title 518 in FIG. 5D ) and the name of the application represented by the user interface representation (or the name of a web page, menu, etc., such as “Safari” 514 in FIG. 5C and “Messages” 520 in FIG. 5D )). In some embodiments, for a user interface representation that is currently visible below an adjacent user interface representation on the display, as the adjacent user interface representation approaches (e.g., as user interface representation 510 slides over user interface representation 526 in Figure 5DD), the device applies (1022) a visible effect (e.g., a blur, a fade, and/or a clipping as shown in Figure 5DD) to at least a first portion of the title content of the user interface representation (e.g., only the title text portion of the title content, such as the fading of "Photos" 532 in Figure 5DD; or both the title text and the icon in the title content, such as the fading of both "Photos" 532 and icon 528 in Figure 5DD).
在一些实施例中,随着相邻用户界面表示的标题区域或者相邻用户界面表示在标题内容的显示上在阈值横向距离内移动,设备向标题内容中的标题文本应用(1024)可见效果,同时维持标题内容中的图标的原有外观。例如,在图标526褪色掉之前,随着用户界面表示510 移动到位置510-b在“照片”532附近,“照片”532在图5DD中褪色掉。In some embodiments, as the title area of an adjacent user interface representation or an adjacent user interface representation moves within a threshold lateral distance on the display of the title content, the device applies (1024) a visible effect to the title text in the title content while maintaining the original appearance of the icons in the title content. For example, as user interface representation 510 moves to position 510-b adjacent to "Photos" 532 before icon 526 fades away, "Photos" 532 fades away in Figure 5DD.
在一些实施例中,堆包括(1026)用于主页屏幕的用户界面表示 (例如紧接在设备启动之后可访问的一个或者多个用户界面中的任何用户界面的表示,诸如通知中心、搜索UI、或者示出在设备上可用的应用的跳板或者仪表板,诸如图5Q中的主页屏幕的用户界面552 的表示554)、零个或者更多瞬态应用用户界面表示(例如用于传入或者正在进行的电话或者IP呼叫会话的用户界面(例如图5W中的用于传入电话呼叫的用户界面556的用户界面表示554)、示出来自不同设备的一个或者多个应用会话的交接的用户界面、用于推荐应用的用户界面、用于打印会话的用户界面等的表示)、和一个或者多个打开应用用户界面表示(例如恰在进入用户界面选择模式之前查看的当前应用、在当前应用之前的在先应用、和其它更早打开应用的表示 (例如图5E-5F中的用户界面表示508、510和526))。In some embodiments, the stack includes (1026) a user interface representation for a home screen (e.g., a representation of any of one or more user interfaces accessible immediately after the device is booted up, such as a notification center, a search UI, or a springboard or dashboard showing applications available on the device, such as representation 554 of user interface 552 of the home screen in FIG. 5Q ), zero or more transient application user interface representations (e.g., a user interface for an incoming or ongoing phone or IP call session (e.g., user interface representation 554 for user interface 556 for an incoming phone call in FIG. 5W ), a user interface showing the handover of one or more application sessions from different devices, a user interface for recommending applications, a user interface for a print session, etc.), and one or more open application user interface representations (e.g., a current application being viewed just prior to entering user interface selection mode, a previous application preceding the current application, and representations of other earlier open applications (e.g., user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 in FIGs. 5E-5F )).
如在本说明书和权利要求书中所用的,术语“打开应用”是指具有保持的状态信息(例如作为设备/全局内部状态157和/或应用内部状态192的部分)的软件应用。打开应用是以下类型的应用中的任何类型的应用:As used in this specification and claims, the term "open application" refers to a software application that has maintained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internal state 192). An open application is any of the following types of applications:
·活跃应用,其当前显示在显示器112上(或者在显示器上当前显示的对应应用视图);The active application, which is currently displayed on the display 112 (or the corresponding application view currently displayed on the display);
·后台应用(或者后台处理),其当前未显示在显示器112上,但是用于对应应用的一个或者多个应用处理(例如指令)正在由一个或者多个处理器120进行处理(即正在运行);Background applications (or background processes), which are not currently displayed on the display 112 , but for which one or more application processes (e.g., instructions) are being processed (i.e., running) by the one or more processors 120 ;
·挂起的应用,其当前未运行,并且应用被存储在易失性存储器(例如存储器102的DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或者其它易失性随机存取固态存储器设备)中;以及Suspended applications, which are not currently running and are stored in volatile memory (e.g., DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other volatile random access solid-state memory devices of memory 102); and
·休眠的应用,其未运行,并且应用被存储在非易失性存储器(例如存储器102的一个或者多个磁盘存储设备、光盘存储设备、闪存存储器设备或者其它非易失性固态存储设备)中。• Dormant applications, which are not running and are stored in non-volatile memory (eg, one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices of memory 102).
如本文中所用的,术语“关闭的应用”是指无保持的状态信息的软件应用(例如用于关闭的应用的状态信息未被存储在设备的存储器中)。因而,关闭应用包括停止和/或去除用于应用的应用处理,并且从设备的存储器去除用于应用的状态信息。一般地,在第一应用中时打开第二应用不会关闭第一应用。在显示第二应用并且停止显示第一应用时,在显示时是活跃应用的第一应用可以变成后台应用、挂起的应用或者休眠的应用,但是第一应用依然为打开应用,而它的状态信息由设备保持。As used herein, the term "closed application" refers to a software application that has no retained state information (e.g., state information for a closed application is not stored in the device's memory). Thus, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processing for the application and removing state information for the application from the device's memory. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application is no longer displayed, the first application that was the active application when displayed may become a background application, a suspended application, or a dormant application, but the first application remains an open application and its state information is retained by the device.
在一些实施例中,按z层顺序,用于主页屏幕的用户界面表示被显示在瞬态应用用户界面表示上方,瞬态应用用户界面表示转而被显示在打开应用用户界面表示上方。如本文中所用的,“z层顺序”是显示的对象(例如用户界面表示)的从前到后的顺序。因此,如果两个对象重叠,则在层顺序中更高的对象(例如“在……的顶部上”、“在……的前面”或者“在……上方”的对象)被显示在两个对象重叠的任何点,由此部分地遮蔽在层顺序中更低的对象(例如在另一对象的“下面”、“后方”或者“背后”的对象)。“z层顺序”有时还称为“层顺序”、“z顺序”或者“从前到后对象顺序”。In some embodiments, user interface representations for the home screen are displayed above transient application user interface representations, which are in turn displayed above open application user interface representations, in a z-order. As used herein, a "z-order" is a front-to-back order of displayed objects (e.g., user interface representations). Thus, if two objects overlap, an object that is higher in the layer order (e.g., an object that is "on top of," "in front of," or "above") is displayed at any point where the two objects overlap, thereby partially obscuring an object that is lower in the layer order (e.g., an object that is "below," "behind," or "behind" another object). A "z-order" is also sometimes referred to as a "layer order," "z-order," or "front-to-back object order."
在一些实施例中,瞬态应用用户界面表示包括(1028)用于活跃呼叫或者未接呼叫的电话界面表示、用于建议的应用的连续性界面表示、用于从另一设备的交接的连续性界面表示、和用于活跃打印作业的打印机界面表示。In some embodiments, the transient application user interface representation includes (1028) a phone interface representation for an active or missed call, a continuity interface representation for suggested applications, a continuity interface representation for a handover from another device, and a printer interface representation for an active print job.
方法1000还包括设备检测(1030)通过在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处的第一接触的第一拖动手势(例如设备100检测拖动手势,该拖动手势包括图5G中的触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置处的接触530和移动532),第一接触在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(例如在图5G-5I中接触530的移动532从左向右跨触摸屏 112移动)。Method 1000 also includes the device detecting (1030) a first drag gesture by a first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a location of the first user interface representation on the display (e.g., device 100 detects a drag gesture comprising contact 530 and movement 532 on touch screen 112 in FIG. 5G ) at a location corresponding to the display of user interface representation 510, the first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display (e.g., movement 532 of contact 530 moves from left to right across touch screen 112 in FIG. 5G-5I ).
在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置并且在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(1032)时:根据触敏表面上的第一接触的速度,设备以第一速度在显示器上的第一方向上移动(1034)第一用户界面表示(例如图5G和5R中的用户界面表示510)。例如在触敏显示器(例如触摸屏112)上,在手指接触之下的卡或者其它表示以与手指接触相同的速度移动(例如如通过在用户界面表示的显示与触摸屏112上的接触之间的恒定位置关系所示的,图5G-5I中用户界面表示510以与接触530相同的速度移动,并且图5R-5中用户界面表示510以与接触 556相同的速度移动)。在耦合到跟踪板的显示器上,在与接触的位置对应的位置的卡或者其它表示以与跟踪板上的手指接触的速度对应(或者基于该速度)的屏上速度移动。在一些实施例中,在显示器上示出焦点选择器,以指示与触敏表面上的接触的位置对应的屏上位置。在一些实施例中,焦点选择器可以由光标、可移动图标或者视觉区别符来表示,视觉区别符将屏上对象(例如用户界面表示)与它的没有焦点的对等对象分离。When a first contact is moved across the touch-sensitive surface at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a location of a first user interface representation on the display and in a direction corresponding to a first direction on the display (1032): the device moves (1034) the first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510 in Figures 5G and 5R) in a first direction on the display at a first speed, based on a velocity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. For example, on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch screen 112), a card or other representation under the finger contact moves at the same speed as the finger contact (e.g., as shown by the constant positional relationship between the display of the user interface representation and the contact on touch screen 112, user interface representation 510 moves at the same speed as contact 530 in Figures 5G-5I and user interface representation 510 moves at the same speed as contact 556 in Figures 5R-5). On a display coupled to a track pad, the card or other representation at the location corresponding to the location of the contact moves at an on-screen velocity corresponding to (or based on) the velocity of the finger contact on the track pad. In some embodiments, a focus selector is shown on the display to indicate the on-screen location corresponding to the location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the focus selector may be represented by a cursor, a movable icon, or a visual distinguisher that separates an on-screen object (eg, a user interface representation) from its non-focused counterpart.
在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置并且在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(1032)时:设备还以比第一速度更大的第二速度在第一方向上移动(1036)设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示 (例如图5G和5R中的用户界面表示508)。While the first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the location of the first user interface representation on the display and moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display (1032): the device also moves (1036) a second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in Figures 5G and 5R) that is disposed above the first user interface representation at a second speed in the first direction that is greater than the first speed.
在一些实施例中,第一方向是向右。在一些实施例中,第一速度是与接触的当前速度相同的速度。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面表示的这一移动产生手指接触正在夺取和拖动第一用户界面表示的视觉效果。同时,第二用户界面表示正在比第一用户界面表示更快地移动。第二用户界面表示的这一更快移动产生如下视觉效果:随着第二用户界面表示在第一方向上朝着显示器的边缘移动,从第二用户界面表示下面显现第一用户界面表示的越来越大的部分。例如,随着第二用户界面表示508以比第一用户界面表示510更大的速度在显示器上朝着右方移动,如图5G-5H中所示,在显示在位置510-b时比在向右移动之前显示在位置510-a时,显现更多的用户界面表示510。组合而言,这两个同时移动使得用户能够在决定是否选择和显示对应第一用户界面之前看见更多的第一用户界面表示。In some embodiments, the first direction is rightward. In some embodiments, the first speed is the same speed as the current speed of the contact. In some embodiments, this movement of the first user interface representation creates the visual effect that the finger contact is grabbing and dragging the first user interface representation. Simultaneously, the second user interface representation is moving faster than the first user interface representation. This faster movement of the second user interface representation creates the visual effect of revealing a larger and larger portion of the first user interface representation from beneath the second user interface representation as the second user interface representation moves toward the edge of the display in the first direction. For example, as second user interface representation 508 moves toward the right on the display at a greater speed than first user interface representation 510, as shown in Figures 5G-5H, more of user interface representation 510 is revealed when displayed at position 510-b than when displayed at position 510-a before the rightward movement. Combined, these two simultaneous movements enable the user to see more of the first user interface representation before deciding whether to select and display the corresponding first user interface.
在一些实施例中,堆至少包括设置在第一用户界面表示下方的第三用户界面表示(例如图5E-5F中的用户界面表示526)。第一用户界面表示在第一方向上从第三用户界面表示偏移(例如图5E-5F中用户界面510向用户界面表示526右方偏移)。第一用户界面表示部分地暴露第三用户界面表示。在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置并且第一接触在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动时:设备以比第一速度更小的第三速度在第一方向上移动(1038)设置在第一用户界面表示下方的第三用户界面表示。In some embodiments, the stack includes at least a third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in Figures 5E-5F ) disposed below the first user interface representation. The first user interface representation is offset from the third user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., user interface 510 is offset to the right of user interface representation 526 in Figures 5E-5F ). The first user interface representation partially exposes the third user interface representation. When a first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first user interface representation on the display and the first contact moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display: the device moves 1038 the third user interface representation disposed below the first user interface representation in the first direction at a third speed that is less than the first speed.
例如在第一用户界面表示(例如在手指接触之下的卡)下方的第三用户界面表示以比第一用户界面表示更慢的速度移动,从而随着手指接触在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动而更多暴露第三用户界面表示。例如图5O图示用户界面表示508(例如第二用户界面表示)、510(例如第一用户界面表示)和526(例如第三用户界面表示)相对于图5G-5I中的接触530的移动532而言的代表性速度。For example, a third user interface representation below a first user interface representation (e.g., a card below the finger contact) moves at a slower speed than the first user interface representation, thereby exposing more of the third user interface representation as the finger contact moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display. For example, Figure 5O illustrates representative speeds of user interface representations 508 (e.g., the second user interface representation), 510 (e.g., the first user interface representation), and 526 (e.g., the third user interface representation) relative to movement 532 of contact 530 in Figures 5G-5I.
在一些实施例中,同时,随着第三用户界面表示在第一方向上(例如向右)移动而显现在第三用户界面表示下方的一个或者多个用户界面表示。例如如图5H-5I中所示,随着第三用户界面表示526响应于检测到包括接触530和移动532的用户输入而向右移动,显现用户界面表示534和540。In some embodiments, one or more user interface representations below the third user interface representation are simultaneously revealed as the third user interface representation moves in a first direction (e.g., to the right). For example, as shown in Figures 5H-5I, as third user interface representation 526 moves to the right in response to detecting user input including contact 530 and movement 532, user interface representations 534 and 540 are revealed.
在一些实施例中,在第二速度与第一速度之间的差值维持(1040) 在第二用户界面表示与第一用户界面表示之间的第一恒定z位置差值。在第一速度与第三速度之间的差值维持在第一用户界面表示与第三用户界面表示之间的第二恒定z位置差值。第一恒定z位置差值与第二z位置差值相同。在一些实施例中,卡在下凹递增x-z曲线上行进,其中随着卡沿着x方向移动而维持在相邻卡之间的z间距。由于曲线的斜率随着递增x位置而减少,所以卡随着它们的当前x位置增加而在x方向上以越来越高的速度移动。In some embodiments, the difference between the second speed and the first speed maintains (1040) a first constant z-position difference between the second user interface representation and the first user interface representation. The difference between the first speed and the third speed maintains a second constant z-position difference between the first user interface representation and the third user interface representation. The first constant z-position difference is the same as the second z-position difference. In some embodiments, the cards travel on a concave increasing x-z curve, wherein the z spacing between adjacent cards is maintained as the cards move along the x-direction. Because the slope of the curve decreases with increasing x-position, the cards move at increasingly higher speeds in the x-direction as their current x-position increases.
在一些实施例中,在第二速度与第一速度之间的差值等于在第一速度与第三速度之间的差值(1042)。In some embodiments, the difference between the second speed and the first speed is equal to the difference between the first speed and the third speed (1042).
在一些实施例中,在第二速度与第一速度之间的比值等于在第一速度与第三速度之间的比值(1044)。In some embodiments, the ratio between the second speed and the first speed is equal to the ratio between the first speed and the third speed (1044).
在一些实施例中,在第一方向上以第三速度(1046)移动设置在第一用户界面表示下方的第三用户界面表示(例如在图5G-5I中以比用户界面510向右行进的速度更小的相对速度(例如如图5O中所示) 在触摸屏112上向右移动用户界面表示526)时:设备显现(1048)在显示器上的堆中在第三用户界面表示下方设置的第四用户界面表示的越来越大的部分(例如在图5G-5I中从用户界面表示526后方逐渐地显现用户界面534)。In some embodiments, while a third user interface representation disposed below a first user interface representation is moved in a first direction at a third speed (1046) (e.g., moving user interface representation 526 to the right on touch screen 112 in Figures 5G-5I at a relative speed that is less than the speed at which user interface 510 is traveling to the right (e.g., as shown in Figure 5O )): the device renders (1048) increasingly larger portions of a fourth user interface representation disposed below the third user interface representation in a stack on the display (e.g., gradually rendering user interface 534 from behind user interface representation 526 in Figures 5G-5I ).
在一些实施例中,设备然后在第一方向上以比第三速度更小的第四速度移动(1050)设置在第三用户界面表示下方的第四用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,随着上级用户界面表示在第一方向上移动,也以这一方式显现堆中的设置在第四用户界面表示下方的一个或者多个用户界面表示(例如如图5I和5T中的用户界面表示540)。In some embodiments, the device then moves 1050 a fourth user interface representation disposed below the third user interface representation in the first direction at a fourth speed that is less than the third speed. In some embodiments, as the upper-level user interface representation moves in the first direction, one or more user interface representations disposed below the fourth user interface representation in the stack (e.g., user interface representation 540 in Figures 5I and 5T) are also revealed in this manner.
在一些实施例中,在检测到第一拖动手势(例如包括图5G-5I中的接触530和移动532的拖动手势)之后,设备检测(1052)通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置的第二接触的第二拖动手势,第二接触在与显示器上的与显示器上的第一方向 (例如向右)相反的第二方向(例如向左)对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动。例如在图5L-5N中,设备100检测拖动手势,该拖动手势包括接触546和从显示器上的与用户界面表示510对应的位置始发并且继续向左的移动548。In some embodiments, after detecting a first drag gesture (e.g., the drag gesture including contact 530 and movement 532 in Figures 5G-5I ), the device detects 1052 a second drag gesture by a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the first user interface representation on the display, the second contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to a second direction on the display (e.g., left) that is opposite to the first direction on the display (e.g., right). For example, in Figures 5L-5N , device 100 detects a drag gesture that includes contact 546 and movement 548 that originates from the location on the display corresponding to user interface representation 510 and continues to the left.
在一些实施例中,第二接触与第一接触相同,并且第二拖动手势跟随第一拖动手势,而不中间抬起第一接触。在一些实施例中,如系列图5J;5L-5N中所示,第一接触在第一拖动手势之后抬起,并且在第二接触向下触摸在触敏表面上之后,用第二接触做出第二拖动手势。In some embodiments, the second contact is the same as the first contact, and the second drag gesture follows the first drag gesture without lifting the first contact in between. In some embodiments, as shown in the series of Figures 5J; 5L-5N, the first contact is lifted after the first drag gesture, and the second drag gesture is made with the second contact after the second contact touches down on the touch-sensitive surface.
在第二接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置并且第二接触在与显示器上的与显示器上的第一方向相反的第二方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(1054)时:根据触敏表面上的第二接触的速度,设备在显示器上以新的第一速度在第二方向上移动(1056)第一用户界面表示(例如图5L-5N中的用户界面表示 510)(例如在触敏显示器上,在手指接触之下的卡或者其它表示以与手指接触相同的速度移动)。设备还以比新第一速度更大的新第二速度在第二方向上移动(1058)设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示(例如图5L-5N中的用户界面表示508)。设备还以比新第一速度更小的新第三速度在第二方向上移动(1060)设置在第一用户界面表示下方的第三用户界面表示(例如图5L-5N中的用户界面表示526)。When a second contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a first user interface representation on the display and the second contact moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction on the display that corresponds to a second direction on the display that is opposite the first direction on the display (1054): based on the velocity of the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface, the device moves (1056) the first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510 in Figures 5L-5N) in a second direction on the display at a new first velocity (e.g., a card or other representation on the touch-sensitive display that is below the finger contact moves at the same velocity as the finger contact). The device also moves (1058) a second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in Figures 5L-5N) that is positioned above the first user interface representation in the second direction at a new second velocity that is greater than the new first velocity. The device also moves (1060) a third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in Figures 5L-5N) that is positioned below the first user interface representation in the second direction at a new third velocity that is less than the new first velocity.
在一些实施例中,在第二方向上比在第二方向上移动第一用户界面表示更快地移动第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1062)第二用户界面表示已经移动在第一用户界面表示与显示器上的与触敏表面上的第二接触的位置对应的位置之间。例如在触敏显示器上,检测第二接触的一部分或者第二接触的代表性点(例如质心)正在触摸第二用户界面表示,而不是触摸第一用户界面表示(例如在图5N中的位置 546-f,接触546的质心触摸用户界面表示508而不是用户界面表示 510)。In some embodiments, while the second user interface representation is moved in the second direction faster than the first user interface representation is moved in the second direction, the device detects (1062) that the second user interface representation has moved between the first user interface representation and a location on the display corresponding to a location of the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface. For example, on the touch-sensitive display, detecting that a portion of the second contact or a representative point (e.g., a centroid) of the second contact is touching the second user interface representation instead of the first user interface representation (e.g., at location 546-f in Figure 5N, the centroid of contact 546 is touching user interface representation 508 instead of user interface representation 510).
响应于检测到第二用户界面表示已经移动在第一用户界面表示与显示器上的与触敏表面上的第二接触的位置对应的位置之间 (1064):根据第二接触的当前速度,设备以修改的第二速度在第二方向上移动(1068)第二用户界面表示。例如在触敏显示器上,第二用户界面表示(例如图5N中的用户界面表示508)已经追上手指移动,并且开始以与第二手指接触相同的速度移动,而不是让第一用户界面表示以与第二拖动手势中的第二手指接触相同的速度移动(例如如通过在到达图5O中的位置508-f时沿着速度曲线550改变用户界面表示508的速度来图示的)。In response to detecting that the second user interface representation has moved between the first user interface representation and a location on the display corresponding to the location of the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface (1064): the device moves (1068) the second user interface representation in a second direction at a modified second speed based on a current speed of the second contact. For example, instead of having the first user interface representation move at the same speed as the second finger contact in the second drag gesture (e.g., as illustrated by changing the speed of user interface representation 508 along speed curve 550 upon reaching position 508-f in Figure 5O), the second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in Figure 5N) has caught up with the finger movement on the touch-sensitive display and begins moving at the same speed as the second finger contact.
设备还以比修改的第二速度更小的修改的第一速度在第二方向上移动(1070)设置在第二用户界面表示下方的第一用户界面表示(例如用户界面表示510)。在一些实施例中,在触敏显示器上,一旦第二用户界面表示变成在手指接触下面的表示,第一用户界面表示以比第二用户界面表示的速度更慢的速度(例如如图5O中的速度曲线550 上所示,以第二用户界面表示的速度以下的固定量或者比例量的速度)移动。The device also moves (1070) a first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510) disposed below the second user interface representation in the second direction at a modified first speed that is less than the modified second speed. In some embodiments, on a touch-sensitive display, once the second user interface representation becomes the representation below the finger contact, the first user interface representation moves at a speed slower than the speed of the second user interface representation (e.g., a fixed or proportional amount below the speed of the second user interface representation, as shown on speed curve 550 in FIG. 5O ).
在一些实施例中,设备还以比修改的第一速度更小的修改的第三速度(例如如图5O中的速度曲线550上所示)在第二方向上移动 (1072)设置在第一用户界面表示下方的第三用户界面表示(例如图 5N中的用户界面表示526)。In some embodiments, the device also moves (1072) a third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in Figure 5N) disposed below the first user interface representation in a second direction at a modified third speed (e.g., as shown on speed curve 550 in Figure 5O) that is less than the modified first speed.
在一些实施例中,在修改的第二速度与修改的第一速度之间的差值维持(1074)在第二用户界面表示与第一用户界面表示之间的第一恒定z位置差值,而在修改的第一速度与修改的第三速度之间的差值维持在第一用户界面表示与第三用户界面表示之间的第二恒定z位置差值,其中第一恒定z位置差值与第二z位置差值相同。In some embodiments, the difference between the modified second speed and the modified first speed maintains (1074) a first constant z position difference between the second user interface representation and the first user interface representation, and the difference between the modified first speed and the modified third speed maintains a second constant z position difference between the first user interface representation and the third user interface representation, where the first constant z position difference is the same as the second z position difference.
在一些实施例中,在修改的第二速度与修改的第一速度之间的差值等于在修改的第一速度与修改的第三速度之间的差值(1076)。In some embodiments, the difference between the modified second speed and the modified first speed is equal to the difference between the modified first speed and the modified third speed (1076).
在一些实施例中,在修改的第二速度与修改的第一速度之间的比值等于在修改的第一速度与修改的第三速度之间的比值(1078)。In some embodiments, the ratio between the modified second speed and the modified first speed is equal to the ratio between the modified first speed and the modified third speed (1078).
在一些实施例中,在堆中显示至少第一用户界面表示和在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1080)在设备的瞬态应用的激活。例如如图5U-5V中所示,在显示用户界面表示508、 510、526和534时,设备100检测传入电话呼叫,从而激活电话应用。In some embodiments, while displaying at least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation above the first user interface representation in a stack, the device detects (1080) activation of a transient application on the device. For example, as shown in Figures 5U-5V, while displaying user interface representations 508, 510, 526, and 534, device 100 detects an incoming phone call, thereby activating a phone application.
响应于检测到瞬态应用的激活,设备在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间在堆中插入(1082)用于瞬态应用的用户界面表示。例如在图5U-5W中的用户界面表示510与526之间插入与电话应用对应的用户界面556的用户界面表示554。在一些实施例中,为了为显示器上的瞬态应用的用户界面表示腾出空间,第二用户界面表示向右移动,并且瞬态应用的用户界面表示占据第二用户界面表示以前的地方(例如在图5V-5W中,用户界面表示510和508向右移动以腾出空间用于向堆中插入用户表示554)。In response to detecting activation of the transient application, the device inserts (1082) a user interface representation for the transient application in the stack between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation. For example, user interface representation 554 of user interface 556 corresponding to the phone application is inserted between user interface representations 510 and 526 in Figures 5U-5W. In some embodiments, to make room for the user interface representation of the transient application on the display, the second user interface representation moves to the right, and the user interface representation of the transient application takes over the place where the second user interface representation previously was (for example, in Figures 5V-5W, user interface representations 510 and 508 move to the right to make room for inserting user representation 554 into the stack).
在一些实施例中,在堆中显示至少第一用户界面表示和在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1084)涉及第一用户界面表示的删除输入(例如触敏表面上的与第一用户界面表示上的位置对应的位置处的向上拖动手势)。例如在图5X中,设备100 检测拖动手势,该拖动手势包括在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示 510的显示对应的位置处的接触560和移动562。In some embodiments, while displaying at least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation above the first user interface representation in a stack, the device detects (1084) a deletion input involving the first user interface representation (e.g., an upward drag gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location on the first user interface representation). For example, in Figure 5X, device 100 detects a drag gesture that includes contact 560 and movement 562 at a location on touch screen 112 that corresponds to display of user interface representation 510.
响应于检测到涉及第一用户界面表示的删除输入(1086):设备从堆中的第一位置去除(1088)第一用户界面表示(例如从图5X-5Z 中的堆去除用户界面510)。设备还将紧接在第一用户界面表示下方设置的相应用户界面表示移动(1090)到堆中的第一位置中(例如在图5Z-5AA中,用户界面表示526在堆中向上移动以占据用户界面表示510腾空的位置)。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到涉及第一用户界面表示的删除输入,关闭与第一用户界面表示对应的应用。In response to detecting a delete input (1086) involving the first user interface representation: the device removes (1088) the first user interface representation from the first position in the stack (e.g., removing user interface 510 from the stack in Figures 5X-5Z). The device also moves (1090) a corresponding user interface representation that is immediately below the first user interface representation to the first position in the stack (e.g., in Figures 5Z-5AA, user interface representation 526 moves upward in the stack to occupy the position vacated by user interface representation 510). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the delete input involving the first user interface representation, the application corresponding to the first user interface representation is closed.
在一些实施例中,在检测到第一拖动手势终止之后,设备显示 (1091)显示器上的堆中的用户界面表示中的至少两个用户界面表示 (例如图5BB中的用户界面表示508、510和526)。在显示堆中的多个用户界面表示中的至少两个用户界面表示时,设备检测(1092)涉及堆中的至少两个用户界面表示之一的选择输入(例如在触敏表面上的与用户界面表示上的位置对应的位置处的敲击手势)。例如在图 5BB中,设备100检测敲击手势,该敲击手势包括在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置处的接触564。In some embodiments, after detecting termination of the first drag gesture, the device displays (1091) at least two of the user interface representations in the stack on the display (e.g., user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 in Figure 5BB). While displaying at least two of the plurality of user interface representations in the stack, the device detects (1092) a selection input (e.g., a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a location on the user interface representation) involving one of the at least two user interface representations in the stack. For example, in Figure 5BB, device 100 detects a tap gesture that includes contact 564 at a location on touch screen 112 that corresponds to display of user interface representation 510.
响应于检测到选择输入(1093):设备停止显示(1094)堆,并且显示(1095)与至少两个用户界面表示中的选择的一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面。在一些实施例中,显示与选择的用户界面表示对应的用户界面,而未显示与堆中的其它用户界面表示对应的任何用户界面。在一些实施例中,与选择的用户界面表示对应的用户界面的显示替换堆的显示。例如响应于检测到敲击手势,该敲击手势包括在触摸屏112上的与用户界面507的用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置处的接触564,设备110退出用户界面选择模式并且在触摸屏112上显示用户界面507。In response to detecting a selection input (1093): the device ceases displaying (1094) the stack and displays (1095) a user interface corresponding to a selected one of the at least two user interface representations. In some embodiments, the user interface corresponding to the selected user interface representation is displayed without displaying any user interfaces corresponding to other user interface representations in the stack. In some embodiments, the display of the user interface corresponding to the selected user interface representation replaces the display of the stack. For example, in response to detecting a tap gesture that includes contact 564 at a location on touch screen 112 that corresponds to display of user interface representation 510 of user interface 507, device 110 exits user interface selection mode and displays user interface 507 on touch screen 112.
在一些实施例中,在至少第一用户界面表示和在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示在显示器上静止时,设备检测 (1096)通过触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示或者第二用户界面表示之一对应的位置处的第二接触的第一轻打手势。轻打手势在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动。例如设备 100检测轻打手势,该轻打手势包括在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置处的接触556和移动558。In some embodiments, while at least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in a stack are stationary on the display, the device detects (1096) a first tap gesture by a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to one of the first user interface representation or the second user interface representation on the display. The tap gesture moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction that corresponds to the first direction on the display. For example, device 100 detects a tap gesture that includes contact 556 and movement 558 at a location on touch screen 112 that corresponds to the display of user interface representation 510.
响应于检测到通过第二接触的第一轻打手势,设备用模拟惯性移动第二用户界面表示,该模拟惯性基于在触敏表面上的是与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应还是与第二用户界面表示对应的位置检测到第二接触(例如用户界面表示510比移动558的长度行进更远)。在一些实施例中,在轻打手势涉及第二用户界面表示时,第二用户界面表示以比如果轻打手势涉及第一用户界面表示更小的惯性移动。在一些实施例中,在轻打手势涉及第二用户界面表示时,第二用户界面表示以比如果轻打手势涉及第一用户界面表示更大的惯性移动。在一些实施例中,如果顶部卡被向右轻打,则该顶部卡比如果在下的卡被向右轻打(这会间接地向右推动顶部卡)则会发生的更快地飞离屏幕。In response to detecting the first tap gesture by the second contact, the device moves the second user interface representation with simulated inertia based on whether the second contact is detected at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the first user interface representation or the second user interface representation on the display (e.g., user interface representation 510 travels further than the length of movement 558). In some embodiments, when the tap gesture involves the second user interface representation, the second user interface representation moves with less inertia than if the tap gesture involves the first user interface representation. In some embodiments, when the tap gesture involves the second user interface representation, the second user interface representation moves with greater inertia than if the tap gesture involves the first user interface representation. In some embodiments, if the top card is tapped to the right, the top card flies off the screen faster than would occur if the lower card were tapped to the right (which would indirectly push the top card to the right).
应当理解图10AA-10H中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的而未旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1100、 1200、1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节还以类似方式适用于以上关于图10A-10H而描述的方法 1000。例如以上参照方法1000而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、焦点选择器和动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1100、1200、1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、焦点选择器和动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 10AA-10H have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1000 described above with respect to Figures 10A-10H. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 1000 may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图11A-11E图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 1100的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1100,该电子设备具有显示器、触敏表面、和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1100中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法1100中的一些操作,和/或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 11A-11E illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1100 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1100 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1100 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1100提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器(例如图6A中的用户界面502)上显示(1102) 第一用户界面。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是当前打开应用的用户界面。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是应用的当前用户界面,在该当前用户界面之前为通过在用于应用的用户界面上提供的“后退”按钮可访问的用于应用的先前用户界面的序列。The device displays (1102) a first user interface on a display (e.g., user interface 502 in FIG. 6A ). In some embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of a currently open application. In some embodiments, the first user interface is the current user interface of the application, preceded by a sequence of previous user interfaces for the application accessible via a “back” button provided on the user interface for the application.
在显示器上显示第一用户界面时,设备检测(1104)通过触敏表面上的第一接触(例如图6B中的接触602)的输入。在一些实施例中,通过第一接触的输入在触敏显示器上的预定义位置开始,诸如在触敏显示器的左边缘上或者在与触敏显示器的左边缘相邻的预定义区域中。在一些实施例中,通过第一接触的输入触敏表面上的与显示器上的预定义位置对应的位置处开始,诸如在显示器的左边缘上或者在与显示器的左边缘相邻的预定义区域中。在一些实施例中,输入包括用拇指的平坦部分做出的按压输入。While displaying the first user interface on the display, the device detects (1104) input by a first contact (e.g., contact 602 in FIG. 6B ) on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the input by the first contact begins at a predefined location on the touch-sensitive display, such as on a left edge of the touch-sensitive display or in a predefined area adjacent to the left edge of the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, the input by the first contact begins at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the predefined location on the display, such as on a left edge of the display or in a predefined area adjacent to the left edge of the display. In some embodiments, the input comprises a press input made with a flat portion of a thumb.
在检测到通过第一接触的输入时,设备在显示器上显示(1106) 第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示(例如图6C中的用户界面表示508和510)。Upon detecting the input by the first contact, the device displays ( 1106 ) on the display a first user interface representation and at least a second user interface representation (eg, user interface representations 508 and 510 in FIG. 6C ).
在一些实施例中,根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度,设备在显示器上显示(1108)用于第一用户界面的第一用户界面表示和至少用于第二用户界面的第二用户界面表示,其中第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上,并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。例如图6B-6C中在确定接触602的强度未达到深按压强度阈值(ITD)时,在图6C中的用户界面表示510之上显示用户界面表示508。在一些实施例中,在堆中显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示。In some embodiments, based on determining that the first contact has a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input, the device displays (1108) on the display a first user interface representation for the first user interface and at least a second user interface representation for the second user interface, wherein the first user interface representation is displayed above the second user interface representation and partially exposes the second user interface representation. For example, in Figures 6B-6C, upon determining that the intensity of contact 602 does not reach the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ), user interface representation 508 is displayed above user interface representation 510 in Figure 6C. In some embodiments, the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation are displayed in a stack.
在一些实施例中,根据确定第一接触在输入期间达到在预定强度阈值以上的强度,设备进入(1110)用户界面选择模式,并且在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示,该堆包括在第二用户界面表示之上显示的并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示的第一用户界面表示。例如在确定接触608的强度达到图6H中的深按压强度阈值(ITD)时,设备进入用户界面选择模式,包括用户界面表示508、510和526的显示。In some embodiments, based on determining that the first contact reaches an intensity above a predetermined intensity threshold during input, the device enters (1110) a user interface selection mode and displays a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display, the stack including the first user interface representation displayed above and partially exposing a second user interface representation. For example, upon determining that the intensity of contact 608 reaches the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ) in FIG. 6H , the device enters user interface selection mode, including display of user interface representations 508 , 510 , and 526 .
在一些实施例中,堆的显示替换显示器上的第一用户界面的显示。例如图6H中包括堆的用户界面506替换用户界面507的显示。In some embodiments, the display of the stack replaces the display of the first user interface on the display, such as in FIG6H , where user interface 506 including the stack replaces the display of user interface 507 .
在一些实施例中,在输入期间用增加接触强度逐渐地展开用户界面表示的堆。例如随着接触610的强度从图6J到图6K中继续增加,且然后增加到图6L中的最大强度,如通过将用户界面表示510从图 6J中的位置510-a经过图6K中的位置510-b移出到几乎完全地离开触摸屏112的图6L中的位置510-c所示,展开堆中的用户界面表示。In some embodiments, the stack of user interface representations is gradually expanded with increasing contact intensity during input. For example, as the intensity of contact 610 continues to increase from FIG. 6J to FIG. 6K and then increases to a maximum intensity in FIG. 6L , the user interface representations in the stack are expanded, as shown by user interface representation 510 moving from position 510 - a in FIG. 6J through position 510 - b in FIG. 6K to position 510 - c in FIG. 6L , which is almost completely off touch screen 112.
在一些实施例中,在强度达到预定阈值强度之前,在“瞥一眼”模式中显现堆,并且在“瞥一眼”模式期间减少接触强度使得先前扩张的堆收回。在一些实施例中,具有穿过预定阈值强度的强度的快速深按压输入引起堆的立即显示,从而跳过瞥一眼模式。In some embodiments, the stack is revealed in "peek" mode before the intensity reaches a predetermined threshold intensity, and reducing contact intensity during "peek" mode causes the previously expanded stack to retract. In some embodiments, a quick deep press input with an intensity that crosses the predetermined threshold intensity causes the stack to be immediately displayed, thereby skipping the glance mode.
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面对应于(1112)第一打开应用,并且在接收通过第一接触的输入时,第二用户界面是恰在显示第一打开应用之前查看的第二打开应用的用户界面。例如第一和第二用户界面表示对应于在设备上打开的最后两个应用。例如如图6C中所示,第一用户界面表示508是紧接在显示用户界面表示之前在触摸屏112 上显示的第一用户界面502的,并且第二用户界面表示510是紧接在显示第一用户界面502之前在触摸屏112上显示的第二用户界面507 的。In some embodiments, the first user interface corresponds to (1112) a first open application, and when the input via the first contact is received, the second user interface is the user interface of the second open application that was viewed just before the first open application was displayed. For example, the first and second user interface representations correspond to the last two applications opened on the device. For example, as shown in FIG6C , first user interface representation 508 is of first user interface 502 displayed on touch screen 112 immediately before the user interface representation is displayed, and second user interface representation 510 is of second user interface 507 displayed on touch screen 112 immediately before the first user interface 502 is displayed.
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面对应于(614)第一打开应用,并且在接收通过第一接触的输入时,第二用户界面是恰在显示第一打开应用的第一用户界面之前查看的第一打开应用的用户界面。例如第一和第二用户界面表示对应于在瞥一眼之前打开的应用的最后两个用户界面。In some embodiments, the first user interface corresponds to (614) a first open application, and upon receiving the input through the first contact, the second user interface is a user interface of the first open application that was viewed just before the first user interface of the first open application was displayed. For example, the first and second user interfaces represent the last two user interfaces corresponding to the application that was open before the glance.
该方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1116)通过第一接触的输入的终止(例如检测第一接触的抬起或者检测第一接触的强度降至最小强度检测阈值以下、例如检测图6D和6G中的接触602的抬起)。The method also includes the device detecting (1116) termination of input through the first contact (e.g., detecting liftoff of the first contact or detecting a drop in strength of the first contact below a minimum strength detection threshold, such as detecting liftoff of contact 602 in Figures 6D and 6G) while displaying the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation on the display.
响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入的终止(618):根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD)) 以下的特性强度(例如诸如最大强度之类的代表性强度)并且第一接触在输入期间在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动(例如在拖动或者轻扫手势中向右;或者接触移动到触敏表面上的与显示器上的堆中的第二用户界面表示之上的位置对应的位置),设备显示(1120)与第二用户界面表示对应的第二用户界面。例如在图系列6A、6E-6G中,设备100确定接触604的强度未达到预定深按压强度阈值(ITD),并且输入包括接触604向右的移动。因此,在检测到接触604抬起时,设备100如图6G中所示显示与在瞥一眼手势期间的第二用户界面表示510对应的用户界面507。In response to detecting termination of input by the first contact (618): based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity (e.g., a representative intensity such as maximum intensity) below a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )) during the input and the first contact moved in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display (e.g., to the right in a drag or swipe gesture; or the contact moved to a position on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a position above a second user interface representation in the stack on the display) during the input, the device displays (1120) a second user interface corresponding to the second user interface representation. For example, in the series of Figures 6A, 6E-6G, device 100 determines that the intensity of contact 604 did not reach the predetermined deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) and that the input included movement of contact 604 to the right. Therefore, upon detecting liftoff of contact 604, device 100 displays user interface 507 corresponding to second user interface representation 510 during the peek gesture, as shown in Figure 6G.
在一些实施例中,显示第二用户界面,而未显示与堆中的多个用户界面表示对应的其它用户界面。在一些实施例中,第二用户界面的显示替换显示器上的堆的显示。在一些实施例中,跟随轻按压的轻扫手势产生“瞥一眼”,该“瞥一眼”包括在先用户界面的表示的显示,其后是在先用户界面的显示。在一些实施例中,重复跟随轻按压的轻扫手势使得用户能够在当前视图与紧接在先视图之间快速地调换(例如在从第一用户界面502调换到图6G中的第二界面507之后,用户执行图6Q-6S中的相同轻按压输入与移动,以如图6S中所示调换回到第一用户界面502)。In some embodiments, the second user interface is displayed without displaying other user interfaces corresponding to the plurality of user interface representations in the stack. In some embodiments, the display of the second user interface replaces the display of the stack on the display. In some embodiments, a swipe gesture followed by a light press produces a "peek" that includes display of a representation of a prior user interface followed by display of the prior user interface. In some embodiments, repeated swipe gestures followed by a light press enable the user to quickly swap between the current view and the immediately prior view (e.g., after swapping from first user interface 502 to second interface 507 in FIG. 6G , the user performs the same light press input and movement in FIG. 6Q-6S to swap back to first user interface 502 as shown in FIG. 6S ).
该方法还包括根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))以下的特性强度(例如最大强度) 并且第一接触在输入期间未在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动(例如第一接触在输入期间静止或者在输入期间被移动少于阈值量),设备重新显示(1122)第一用户界面。例如在图6A-6D中,设备100确定接触602未达到深按压强度阈值(ITD) 并且静止。因此,在检测到接触602抬起时,设备100如图6D中所示重新显示第一用户界面502。The method also includes, based on determining that the first contact had a characteristic intensity (e.g., a maximum intensity) below a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )) during the input and the first contact did not move in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display during the input (e.g., the first contact was stationary during the input or was moved less than a threshold amount during the input), the device redisplaying (1122) the first user interface. For example, in Figures 6A-6D, device 100 determines that contact 602 did not reach the deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) and was stationary. Therefore, upon detecting lift-off of contact 602, device 100 redisplays first user interface 502 as shown in Figure 6D.
在一些实施例中,显示第一用户界面,而未显示与堆中的多个用户界面表示对应的其它用户界面。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面的显示替换显示器上的堆的显示。在一些实施例中,静止轻按压产生“瞥一眼”,该“瞥一眼”包括在先用户界面的表示的显示,其后是当前用户界面的重新显示。在一些实施例中,在“瞥一眼”期间完全释放强度而未附加移动第一接触,使得显示器返回到示出第一用户界面。In some embodiments, the first user interface is displayed without displaying other user interfaces corresponding to the plurality of user interface representations in the stack. In some embodiments, the display of the first user interface replaces the display of the stack on the display. In some embodiments, a stationary light press produces a "peek" that includes display of a representation of a prior user interface followed by a redisplay of the current user interface. In some embodiments, fully releasing the intensity during the "peek" without additional movement of the first contact causes the display to return to showing the first user interface.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入的终止,根据确定第一接触在输入期间达到在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))以上的强度,设备维持(1124)在用户界面选择模式中并且维持堆的显示。例如在图6H-6I中,设备100确定接触608达到深按压强度阈值(ITD)。因此,在检测到接触608抬起时,设备100 如图6I中所示维持堆的显示。In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of input by the first contact, based on determining that the first contact reached an intensity above a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold (IT D )) during the input, the device maintains ( 1124 ) the user interface selection mode and maintains display of the stack. For example, in Figures 6H-6I , device 100 determines that contact 608 reached the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ). Therefore, upon detecting liftoff of contact 608, device 100 maintains display of the stack as shown in Figure 6I .
在一些实施例中,具有穿过预定阈值强度的强度的深按压产生在深按压输入结束时维持的堆的显示(例如如图6H-6I中所示)。在一些实施例中,堆至少包括所有打开应用的用户界面表示,并且用户可以导航遍历表示并且使用随后输入(例如根据针对方法1000而描述的操作,向左或者向右的拖动手势)来选择期望的应用。In some embodiments, a deep press with an intensity that crosses a predetermined threshold intensity results in display of a stack that is maintained at the end of the deep press input (e.g., as shown in Figures 6H-6I). In some embodiments, the stack includes at least user interface representations of all open applications, and the user can navigate through the representations and select a desired application using subsequent input (e.g., a left or right drag gesture according to the operations described for method 1000).
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示第二用户界面时,设备检测 (1126)通过触敏表面上的第二接触(例如图6Q中的接触626)的第二输入。在检测到通过第二接触的第二输入时,设备在显示器上重新显示(1128)第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示(例如如图6R中所示的,其中现在在用户界面表示508之上显示用户界面表示510)。In some embodiments, while displaying the second user interface on the display, the device detects (1126) a second input via a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., contact 626 in Figure 6Q ). Upon detecting the second input via the second contact, the device redisplays (1128) the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation on the display (e.g., as shown in Figure 6R , where user interface representation 510 is now displayed over user interface representation 508).
在一些实施例中,在显示器上重新显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1130)通过第二接触的第二输入的终止(例如如图6S中所示的接触626抬起)。响应于检测到通过第二接触的第二输入的终止(1132):根据确定第二接触在第二输入期间具有在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))以下的特性强度并且第二接触在第二输入期间在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,设备重新显示(1134)第一用户界面(例如如图6S中所示从第二用户界面调换回到第一用户界面)。In some embodiments, while redisplaying the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation on the display, the device detects (1130) termination of the second input by the second contact (e.g., lift-off of contact 626 as shown in Figure 6S). In response to detecting termination of the second input by the second contact (1132): based on determining that the second contact has a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )) during the second input and the second contact moves in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display during the second input, the device redisplays (1134) the first user interface (e.g., swaps back from the second user interface to the first user interface as shown in Figure 6S).
响应于检测到通过第二接触的第二输入的终止(1132):根据确定第二接触在第二输入期间具有在预定强度阈值(例如深按压强度阈值(ITD))以下的特性强度并且第二接触在第二输入期间未在跨触敏表面的与显示器上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动(例如接触静止),设备重新显示(1136)第二用户界面(例如用户仅往回瞥一眼第一用户界面的表示而未往回调换)。In response to detecting termination of the second input through the second contact (1132): based on determining that the second contact had a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD )) during the second input and the second contact did not move in a direction across the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a predefined direction on the display during the second input (e.g., the contact was stationary), the device redisplays (1136) the second user interface (e.g., the user merely glanced back at the representation of the first user interface and did not switch back).
在一些实施例中,通过第一接触的输入包括在触敏表面上的与在显示器上或者附近的第一预定区域(例如如图6A-6D中所示,例如显示器或者边框的左边缘)对应的位置处的按压输入。在检测到通过第一接触的输入终止之后在显示器上显示第一用户界面时,设备检测 (1138)通过触敏表面上的第二接触的第二输入,其中通过触敏表面上的第二接触的第二输入是在触敏表面上的与在显示器上或者附近的与第一预定区域不同的第二预定区域(例如显示器或者边框的右边缘或者在第一用户界面内某处)对应的位置处的按压输入。In some embodiments, the input by the first contact includes a press input at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a first predetermined area on or near the display (e.g., as shown in Figures 6A-6D, such as a left edge of the display or bezel). While displaying the first user interface on the display after detecting termination of the input by the first contact, the device detects (1138) a second input by a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface, wherein the second input by the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface is a press input at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a second predetermined area on or near the display that is different from the first predetermined area (e.g., a right edge of the display or bezel, or somewhere within the first user interface).
响应于检测到通过触敏表面上的第二接触的第二输入,设备执行 (1140)与第一用户界面的内容关联的依赖于内容的操作(例如依赖于内容的操作是选择或者激活第一用户界面中的项,或者与第一用户界面关联的与用户界面选择模式无关的任何其它特定于内容的操作)。In response to detecting a second input through a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (1140) a content-dependent operation associated with the content of the first user interface (e.g., the content-dependent operation is selecting or activating an item in the first user interface, or any other content-specific operation associated with the first user interface that is unrelated to the user interface selection mode).
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是包括视图分级结构(例如网页历史或者导航分级结构)的第一应用的视图。通过第一接触的输入包括在触敏表面的第一边缘或者附近的按压输入。在重新显示第一用户界面之后,设备检测(1142)从触敏表面的第一边缘始发的边缘轻扫手势。响应于检测到从触敏表面的第一边缘始发的边缘轻扫手势,设备显示(1144)第一应用的视图分级结构中的在第一用户界面之前的视图(例如先前查看的网页)。In some embodiments, the first user interface is a view of the first application that includes a view hierarchy (e.g., a web page history or a navigation hierarchy). The input through the first contact includes a press input at or near a first edge of the touch-sensitive surface. After redisplaying the first user interface, the device detects (1142) an edge swipe gesture originating from the first edge of the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the edge swipe gesture originating from the first edge of the touch-sensitive surface, the device displays (1144) a view in the view hierarchy of the first application that was before the first user interface (e.g., a previously viewed web page).
在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是当前打开应用的用户界面。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是应用的当前用户界面,在该当前用户界面之前是通过在用户界面中的每个用户界面上提供的“后退”按钮可访问的用于应用的先前用户界面的序列。In some embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of the currently open application. In some embodiments, the first user interface is the current user interface of the application, and the current user interface is preceded by a sequence of previous user interfaces for the application accessible by a "back" button provided on each of the user interfaces.
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时,设备检测通过触敏表面上的第一接触的拖动手势。响应于检测到通过第一接触的拖动手势,根据确定通过第一接触的拖动手势出现在触敏表面的与在显示器上或者附近的第一预定义区域对应的区域内,进入应用选择模式。根据确定通过第一接触的拖动手势出现在触敏表面的与在显示器上或者附近的与第一预定义区域不同的第二预定义区域对应的区域内,在显示器上显示第一应用的恰在显示第一应用的第一用户界面之前显示的第二用户界面。In some embodiments, while displaying a first user interface of a first application on the display, the device detects a drag gesture by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the drag gesture by the first contact, based on determining that the drag gesture by the first contact occurs within an area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a first predefined area on or near the display, an application selection mode is entered. Based on determining that the drag gesture by the first contact occurs within an area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a second predefined area on or near the display that is different from the first predefined area, a second user interface of the first application that was displayed immediately before displaying the first user interface of the first application is displayed on the display.
在一些实施例中,第一预定义区域与显示器的底部边缘相邻,并且第二预定义区域是显示器的其余区域的至少一部分,例如在第一预定义区域上方的区域。在一些实施例中,还要求在触敏表面的与第一预定义区域对应的区域内或者在触敏表面的与第二预定义区域对应的区域内出现的通过第一接触的拖动手势,在触敏表面的与显示器的左边缘对应的区域上或者在触敏表面的与显示器的左边缘相邻的预定义区域对应的区域中开始(以便进入应用选择模式或者显示第二用户界面)。In some embodiments, the first predefined area is adjacent to a bottom edge of the display, and the second predefined area is at least a portion of the remaining area of the display, such as an area above the first predefined area. In some embodiments, a drag gesture with the first contact occurring within the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the first predefined area or within the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the second predefined area is further required to begin on the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the left edge of the display or in the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the predefined area adjacent to the left edge of the display (in order to enter application selection mode or display the second user interface).
在一些实施例中,根据确定通过第一接触的拖动手势在触敏表面的与显示器上的第一预定义区域对应的区域中开始,设备在显示器上显示用于对应多个应用的多个用户界面表示,包括与第一应用的第一用户界面对应的第一用户界面表示和与第一应用不同的第二应用的第二用户界面对应的第二用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,堆的显示替换显示器上的第一应用的第一用户界面的显示。在一些实施例中,在堆中显示多个用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。In some embodiments, based on determining that a drag gesture via a first contact begins in an area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a first predefined area on the display, the device displays on the display a plurality of user interface representations for corresponding multiple applications, including a first user interface representation corresponding to a first user interface of a first application and a second user interface representation corresponding to a second user interface of a second application different from the first application. In some embodiments, display of the stack replaces display of the first user interface of the first application on the display. In some embodiments, the plurality of user interface representations are displayed in a stack. In some embodiments, the first user interface representation is displayed over the second user interface representation and partially exposes the second user interface representation.
在一些实施例中,在检测到通过第一接触的输入终止之后,在根据确定第一接触在输入期间达到在预定强度阈值以上的强度而在用户界面选择模式中显示堆(例如如图6H-6I中所示)时,设备检测 (1146)通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置的第二接触的拖动手势,其中拖动手势在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(例如如图5G-5I中所示)。In some embodiments, after detecting termination of input through the first contact, while displaying the stack in user interface selection mode based on determining that the first contact reached an intensity above a predetermined intensity threshold during the input (e.g., as shown in Figures 6H-6I), the device detects (1146) a drag gesture through a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface representation on the display, where the drag gesture moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display (e.g., as shown in Figures 5G-5I).
响应于检测到通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置的第二接触的拖动手势(1148),其中拖动手势在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动,设备基于第二接触的速度以第二速度在第一方向上移动(1150)第二用户界面表示(例如用户界面表示510从图5G中的位置510-a移动到图5I中的位置 510-c);并且设备以比第二速度更大的第一速度在第一方向上移动 (1152)设置在第二用户界面表示上方的第一用户界面表示(例如用户界面表示508从图5G中的位置508-a移动到位置508-b,并且在图 5I中离开屏幕)。在一些实施例中,一旦激活用户界面选择模式,可以根据上面针对方法1000而描述的处理进行导航。In response to detecting a drag gesture (1148) by a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface representation on the display, wherein the drag gesture moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display, the device moves (1150) the second user interface representation in the first direction at a second speed based on the speed of the second contact (e.g., user interface representation 510 moves from location 510-a in Figure 5G to location 510-c in Figure 5I); and the device moves (1152) the first user interface representation disposed above the second user interface representation in the first direction at a first speed greater than the second speed (e.g., user interface representation 508 moves from location 508-a in Figure 5G to location 508-b and off the screen in Figure 5I). In some embodiments, once the user interface selection mode is activated, navigation can be performed according to the processing described above for method 1000.
应当理解图11A-11E中的操作被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,且不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1200、 1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图11A-11E而描述的方法1100。例如以上参照方法1100而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画可选地具有关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1200、1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 11A-11E are described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations can be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that the details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1100 described above with respect to Figures 11A-11E. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 1100 may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图12A-12E图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 1200的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1200,该电子设备具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1200中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法1200中的一些操作,和/ 或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 12A-12E illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1200 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1200 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1200 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1200 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1200提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(1202)第一用户界面(例如图7A中的用户界面502)。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是当前打开应用的用户界面。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是应用的当前用户界面,并且在第一用户界面的显示之前是应用的先前用户界面(例如先前web页面)的序列显示。在一些实施例中,先前用户界面通过激活在应用的用户界面上提供的“后退”按钮(例如图7A中的后退按钮614)而可访问。The device displays (1202) a first user interface (e.g., user interface 502 in FIG. 7A ) on a display. In some embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of a currently open application. In some embodiments, the first user interface is the current user interface of the application, and the display of the first user interface is preceded by a sequence of displays of previous user interfaces (e.g., previous web pages) of the application. In some embodiments, the previous user interfaces are accessible by activating a “back” button provided on the user interface of the application (e.g., back button 614 in FIG. 7A ).
在显示器上显示第一用户界面时,设备在触敏表面上检测(1204) 通过第一接触的输入,该第一接触包括第一接触的增加强度的时段 (例如图7B-7E中的具有增加强度的接触702)。在一些实施例中,用拇指的平坦部分做出通过第一接触的输入。While displaying the first user interface on the display, the device detects (1204) input on the touch-sensitive surface by a first contact, the first contact including a period of increasing intensity of the first contact (e.g., contact 702 with increasing intensity in Figures 7B-7E). In some embodiments, the input by the first contact is made with a flat portion of a thumb.
响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入(该第一接触包括第一接触的增加强度的时段)(例如接触702),设备在显示器上显示(1206) 用于第一用户界面的第一用户界面表示和用于第二用户界面(例如恰在当前应用的第一用户界面之前显示的第二应用的用户界面)的第二用户界面表示,其中第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上,并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示(例如图7C中的用户界面表示508和510)。In response to detecting input through a first contact (the first contact including a period of increasing intensity of the first contact) (e.g., contact 702), the device displays (1206) on the display a first user interface representation for a first user interface and a second user interface representation for a second user interface (e.g., a user interface of a second application that is displayed immediately before the first user interface of the current application), wherein the first user interface representation is displayed over the second user interface representation and partially exposes the second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representations 508 and 510 in Figure 7C).
在一些实施例中,在堆中显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,堆的显示替换显示器上的第一用户界面的显示。In some embodiments, the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation are displayed in a stack. In some embodiments, display of the stack replaces display of the first user interface on the display.
在一些实施例中,用户界面响应于轻按压而进入“瞥一眼”模式,并且随着接触强度在激活“瞥一眼”模式之后增加或者减少,从当前应用的用户界面的表示下面显现用于先前显示的应用的用户界面表示的变化量(例如,随着接触702的强度从图7C增加到图7D,从用户界面表示508下面更多显现用户界面表示510)。In some embodiments, the user interface enters "glance" mode in response to a light press, and as the intensity of contact increases or decreases after activating "glance" mode, changing amounts of the user interface representation for the previously displayed application appear from beneath the representation of the user interface of the current application (e.g., as the intensity of contact 702 increases from Figure 7C to Figure 7D, more of user interface representation 510 appears from beneath user interface representation 508).
在一些实施例中,在第一接触的增加强度的时段之前,第一接触具有包括上升和下降强度两者的变化强度的时段(例如,接触704的强度从图7G增加到图7H、从图7H下降到图7I、且然后从图7I再次增加到图7J)。根据第一接触的强度在变化强度的时段期间的的上升和下降,设备动态地改变(1208)从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积(例如在接触704的强度从图7G增加到图 7H时,更多显现用户界面表示508;在接触704的强度从图7H下降到图7I时,更少显现用户界面表示508,且然后在接触704的强度从图7I上升到图7J时,再次更多显现用户界面表示708)。In some embodiments, the period of increasing intensity of the first contact is preceded by a period of varying intensity of the first contact that includes both rising and falling intensity (e.g., the intensity of contact 704 increases from FIG. 7G to FIG. 7H , falls from FIG. 7H to FIG. 7I , and then increases again from FIG. 7I to FIG. 7J ). Based on the rise and fall in the intensity of the first contact during the period of varying intensity, the device dynamically changes ( 1208 ) the area of the second user interface representation that is revealed behind the first user interface representation (e.g., more of the second user interface representation 508 is revealed as the intensity of contact 704 increases from FIG. 7G to FIG. 7H ; less of the second user interface representation 508 is revealed as the intensity of contact 704 falls from FIG. 7H to FIG. 7I , and then more of the second user interface representation 708 is revealed again as the intensity of contact 704 rises from FIG. 7I to FIG. 7J ).
方法还包括在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1210)在第一接触的增加强度的时段期间,第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(例如第一接触的强度如图7E中所示在诸如深按压强度阈值(ITD)之类的预定阈值强度或者预定阈值强度以上)。The method also includes, while displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display, the device detecting (1210) that during a period of increasing intensity of the first contact, the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity of the first contact is at or above a predetermined threshold intensity such as a deep press intensity threshold (IT D ) as shown in FIG. 7E ).
在一些实施例中,在第一接触的增加接触强度的时段期间,并且在第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准之前,根据第一接触的强度增加,设备增加(1212)从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积。例如随着接触702的强度从图7C增加到图 7D,从用户界面表示508下面更多显现用户界面表示510。在一些实施例中,响应于接触的增加强度,更大显示第二用户界面(例如,如同从显示器的平面后方朝着用户而来)。In some embodiments, during the period of increasing contact intensity of the first contact, and before the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria, in response to the increasing intensity of the first contact, the device increases (1212) the area of the second user interface representation that is revealed from behind the first user interface representation. For example, as the intensity of contact 702 increases from Figure 7C to Figure 7D, user interface representation 510 is revealed further from below user interface representation 508. In some embodiments, in response to the increasing intensity of the contact, the second user interface is displayed larger (e.g., as if coming toward the user from behind the plane of the display).
在一些实施例中,根据第一接触的强度增加来增加从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积包括显示(1214)动画,该动画基于第一接触的强度随时间的改变来动态地改变从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积量。In some embodiments, increasing the area of the second user interface representation that appears from behind the first user interface representation based on an increase in the intensity of the first contact includes displaying (1214) an animation that dynamically changes the amount of area of the second user interface representation that appears from behind the first user interface representation based on a change in the intensity of the first contact over time.
在一些实施例中,动态地改变面积量包括一秒多次(例如每秒10、 20、30或者60次)地更新第二用户界面的面积量,而可选地未考虑接触是否满足一个或者多个预定强度标准。在一些实施例中,动画是随着第一接触的强度改变而更新的流体动画,以便向用户提供关于设备检测到的强度量的反馈(例如关于用户应用的力的量的反馈)。在一些实施例中,平滑地且快速地更新动画以便为用户产生如下外观:用户界面实时对向触敏表面应用的力的改变做出响应(例如动画对于用户而言在感知上瞬时,以便向用户提供立即反馈,并且使得用户能够更好地调制他们向触敏表面应用的力,以与对具有不同或者改变的强度的接触做出响应的用户界面对象高效地交互)。In some embodiments, dynamically changing the amount of area includes updating the amount of area of the second user interface multiple times a second (e.g., 10, 20, 30, or 60 times per second), optionally without regard to whether the contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria. In some embodiments, the animation is a fluid animation that updates as the intensity of the first contact changes, so as to provide feedback to the user about the amount of intensity detected by the device (e.g., feedback about the amount of force applied by the user). In some embodiments, the animation is updated smoothly and quickly to create the appearance to the user that the user interface is responding to changes in the force applied to the touch-sensitive surface in real time (e.g., the animation is perceptually instantaneous to the user, so as to provide immediate feedback to the user and enable the user to better modulate the force they apply to the touch-sensitive surface to efficiently interact with user interface objects that respond to contacts of different or changing intensities).
在一些实施例中,根据第一接触的强度增加来增加从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积包括在第一方向上移动 (1216)第一用户界面表示,以增加显示器上的在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向位置偏移。例如随着接触704的强度从图7G增加到图7H,用户界面表示510从图7G中的位置510-a到图7H中的位置510-b向右滑动,从而更多显现用户界面表示508。在一些实施例中,随着手指接触在与显示器的左边缘对应的位置或者与显示器的左边缘相邻的预定义区域在触敏表面上更用力按压,第一用户界面表示向左移动以更多显现第二用户界面表示。In some embodiments, increasing the area of the second user interface representation that is revealed behind the first user interface representation based on the increasing intensity of the first contact includes moving (1216) the first user interface representation in a first direction to increase the lateral position offset on the display between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation. For example, as the intensity of contact 704 increases from Figure 7G to Figure 7H, user interface representation 510 slides to the right from position 510-a in Figure 7G to position 510-b in Figure 7H, thereby revealing more of user interface representation 508. In some embodiments, as the finger contact presses harder on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the left edge of the display or in a predefined area adjacent to the left edge of the display, the first user interface representation moves to the left to reveal more of the second user interface representation.
在一些实施例中,根据第一接触的强度增加来增加从第一用户界面表示后方显现的第二用户界面表示的面积包括在第一方向上移动第一用户界面表示以增加显示器上的在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向位置偏移时,在与第一方向垂直的第二方向上朝着彼此移动(718)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示(例如随着接触702的强度从图7C增加到图7D,第一用户界面表示508表现为从触摸屏112的表面移开,并且第二用户界面表示510表现为朝着触摸屏的表面移动)。在一些实施例中,与第一方向垂直的第二方向是与显示器的表面垂直的z方向。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示按z层顺序朝着相同层移动。In some embodiments, increasing the area of the second user interface representation that appears behind the first user interface representation in accordance with increasing intensity of the first contact includes moving (718) the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation toward each other in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction while moving the first user interface representation in the first direction to increase the lateral position offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display (e.g., as the intensity of contact 702 increases from FIG. 7C to FIG. 7D , first user interface representation 508 appears to move away from the surface of touch screen 112 and second user interface representation 510 appears to move toward the surface of the touch screen). In some embodiments, the second direction perpendicular to the first direction is a z-direction perpendicular to the surface of the display. In some embodiments, the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation move toward the same layer in a z-layer order.
在一些实施例中,设备检测(1220)第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(例如如图7E中所示的深按压强度阈值(ITD))。响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准,设备显示(1222)动画,该动画示出第一用户界面表示在第二用户界面表示后方后退,并且第二用户界面表示移入前景中并且转变为第二用户界面(例如用户界面表示510如图7E中所示从用户界面表示508后方弹出,并且然后动画将显示转变成图7F中的用户界面507)。In some embodiments, the device detects (1220) that the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) as shown in FIG. 7E ). In response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact meets the one or more predetermined intensity criteria, the device displays (1222) an animation showing the first user interface representation receding behind the second user interface representation, and the second user interface representation moving into the foreground and transitioning to the second user interface (e.g., user interface representation 510 pops up from behind user interface representation 508 as shown in FIG. 7E , and then the animation shows the transition to user interface 507 in FIG. 7F ).
在一些实施例中,设备改变(1224)在动画期间向第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示中的至少一个用户界面表示应用的模糊效果水平。例如如系列图7C-7E中所示,在动画期间,第一用户界面表示变得更模糊,和/或第二用户界面表示变得较不模糊,其中用户界面表示510在图7C中开始模糊,并且随着它表现为朝着触摸屏112的表面移动而变成焦点。对照而言,用户界面508在图7C中开始处于焦点,并且随着它表现为从触摸屏112的表面移开而变得模糊。In some embodiments, the device changes (1224) the level of blur effect applied to at least one of the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation during the animation. For example, as shown in the series of Figures 7C-7E, during the animation, the first user interface representation becomes blurrier and/or the second user interface representation becomes less blurrier, where user interface representation 510 begins blurry in Figure 7C and comes into focus as it appears to move toward the surface of touch screen 112. In contrast, user interface 508 begins in focus in Figure 7C and becomes blurrier as it appears to move away from the surface of touch screen 112.
方法还包括响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(1226):设备停止在显示器上显示(1228)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示;并且设备在显示器上显示(1230)第二用户界面(例如而未显示第一用户界面)。在一些实施例中,在接触强度达到或者超过预定深按压阈值强度时,在“瞥一眼”之后是显示第二用户界面的“弹出”。例如在接触702、704和706的强度分别达到图7F、7J和7O中的深按压强度阈值(ITD)时,第二用户界面表示“弹出”,并且显示器显示对应用户界面。The method also includes, in response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (1226), the device ceasing to display (1228) the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display; and the device displaying (1230) the second user interface on the display (e.g., without displaying the first user interface). In some embodiments, when the intensity of the contact reaches or exceeds a predetermined deep press threshold intensity, the "peek" is followed by a "pop-up" displaying the second user interface. For example, when the intensity of contacts 702, 704, and 706 reaches the deep press intensity threshold (IT D ) in Figures 7F, 7J, and 7O, respectively, the second user interface representation "pops up" and the display displays the corresponding user interface.
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示第二用户界面时,设备在触敏表面上检测(1232)通过第二接触的输入,该第二接触包括第二接触的增加强度的时段(例如图7L至7O中的具有增加强度的接触706)。In some embodiments, while displaying the second user interface on the display, the device detects (1232) input on the touch-sensitive surface through a second contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the second contact (e.g., contact 706 with increasing intensity in Figures 7L to 7O).
响应于检测到通过第二接触的输入(该第二接触包括第二接触的增加强度的时段),设备在显示器上显示(1234)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示,其中第二用户界面表示被显示在第一用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示(例如图7M中的用户界面表示508和510的显示)。In response to detecting input through a second contact (the second contact including a period of increased intensity of the second contact), the device displays (1234) a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation on the display, wherein the second user interface representation is displayed over the first user interface representation and partially exposes the first user interface representation (e.g., the display of user interface representations 508 and 510 in Figure 7M).
在一些实施例中,在第二堆中显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,第二堆的显示替换显示器上的第二用户界面的显示。In some embodiments, the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation are displayed in a second stack. In some embodiments, display of the second stack replaces display of the second user interface on the display.
在一些实施例中,用户界面响应于轻按压进入“瞥一眼”模式,并且随着接触强度在激活“瞥一眼”模式之后增加或者减少,从当前应用的用户界面的表示下面显现用于先前显示的应用的用户界面表示的变化量。例如响应于检测到图7M-7N中的接触706增加强度,从用户界面表示510后方更多显现用户界面表示508。In some embodiments, the user interface enters a "peek" mode in response to a light press, and as the intensity of the contact increases or decreases after activating the "peek" mode, varying amounts of the user interface representation for the previously displayed application are revealed from beneath the representation of the user interface of the current application. For example, in response to detecting increasing intensity of contact 706 in Figures 7M-7N, more of user interface representation 508 is revealed from behind user interface representation 510.
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1236)在第二接触的增加强度的时段期间,第二接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准。In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display, the device detects (1236) that during the period of increasing intensity of the second contact, the intensity of the second contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria.
响应于检测到第二接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准 (1238),设备停止在显示器上显示(1240)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示;并且设备在显示器上显示(1242)第一用户界面(例如而未显示第二用户界面)。例如设备100检测接触706的强度超过深按压强度阈值(ITD),并且作为响应用图7O中的第一用户界面 508替换用户界面506的显示。在一些实施例中,在接触强度达到或者超过预定深按压阈值强度时,在“瞥一眼”之后是显示第一用户界面的“弹出”。In response to detecting that the intensity of the second contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (1238), the device ceases displaying (1240) the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display; and the device displays (1242) the first user interface on the display (e.g., without displaying the second user interface). For example, device 100 detects that the intensity of contact 706 exceeds a deep press intensity threshold (IT D ) and, in response, replaces display of user interface 506 with first user interface 508 in FIG. 7O . In some embodiments, the "peek" is followed by a "pop" displaying the first user interface when the intensity of the contact reaches or exceeds the predetermined deep press threshold intensity.
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示第二用户界面时,设备在触敏表面上检测(1244)通过第二接触的输入,该第二接触包括第二接触的增加强度的时段(例如图7G-7H中的具有增加强度的接触704)。In some embodiments, while displaying the second user interface on the display, the device detects (1244) input on the touch-sensitive surface through a second contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the second contact (e.g., contact 704 with increasing intensity in Figures 7G-7H).
响应于检测到通过第二接触的输入(该第二接触包括第二接触的增加强度的时段),设备在显示器上显示(1246)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示,其中第二用户界面表示被显示在第一用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示(例如图7M中的用户界面表示508和510的显示)。In response to detecting input through a second contact (the second contact including a period of increased intensity of the second contact), the device displays (1246) a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation on the display, wherein the second user interface representation is displayed over the first user interface representation and partially exposes the first user interface representation (e.g., the display of user interface representations 508 and 510 in Figure 7M).
在一些实施例中,在第二堆中显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,第二堆的显示替换显示器上的第二用户界面的显示。In some embodiments, the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation are displayed in a second stack. In some embodiments, display of the second stack replaces display of the second user interface on the display.
在一些实施例中,用户界面响应于轻按压而进入“瞥一眼”模式,并且随着接触强度在激活“瞥一眼”模式之后增加或者减少,从当前应用的用户界面的表示下面显现用于先前显示的应用的用户界面表示的变化量。例如响应于检测到图7G-7H中的接触704增加强度,从用户界面表示510后方更多显现用户界面表示508。In some embodiments, the user interface enters a "peek" mode in response to a light press, and as the intensity of the contact increases or decreases after activating the "peek" mode, varying amounts of the user interface representation for the previously displayed application are revealed from beneath the representation of the user interface of the current application. For example, in response to detecting increasing intensity of contact 704 in Figures 7G-7H, more of user interface representation 508 is revealed from behind user interface representation 510.
在显示器上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,设备检测(1248)通过第二接触的输入的终止(例如检测第二接触的抬起 (例如如图7K中那样),或者检测第二接触的强度降至最小强度检测阈值以下(例如如图7J中那样)),而第二接触的强度未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准。While displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display, the device detects (1248) termination of input by the second contact (e.g., detecting lift-off of the second contact (e.g., as in FIG. 7K ), or detecting a drop in strength of the second contact below a minimum strength detection threshold (e.g., as in FIG. 7J )), without the strength of the second contact meeting one or more predetermined strength criteria.
响应于检测到通过第二接触的输入的终止而第二接触的强度未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(1250):设备停止在显示器上显示 (1252)第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示;并且设备在显示器上显示(1254)第二用户界面(例如而未显示第一用户界面)。例如设备100检测接触704的强度降至最小强度检测阈值(IT0)以下,并且作为响应用图7J中的第二用户界面510替换用户界面506的显示。在一些实施例中,在输入终止而接触强度未达到预定深按压阈值强度时,“瞥一眼”停止并且重新显示第二用户界面。In response to detecting termination of input through the second contact without the intensity of the second contact meeting one or more predetermined intensity criteria (1250): the device ceases displaying (1252) the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display; and the device displays (1254) the second user interface on the display (e.g., without displaying the first user interface). For example, device 100 detects that the intensity of contact 704 drops below a minimum intensity detection threshold (IT 0 ) and, in response, replaces display of user interface 506 with second user interface 510 in FIG. 7J . In some embodiments, when the input terminates without the intensity of the contact reaching a predetermined deep press threshold intensity, the “glance” ceases and the second user interface is redisplayed.
应当理解图12A-12E中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、 1100、1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图12A-12E而描述的方法 1200。例如以上参照方法1200而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1300、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 12A-12E have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1200 described above with respect to Figures 12A-12E. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with respect to method 1200 may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图13A-13D图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 1300的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1300,该电子设备具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1300中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法1300中的一些操作,和/ 或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 13A-13D illustrate a flow diagram of a method 1300 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1300 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1300 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1300 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1300提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1300 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上在堆中显示(1302)多个用户界面表示(例如在用户界面选择模式中,显示表示打开应用的用户界面的按z层顺序的卡(或者其它对象)、表示单个应用的当前和先前查看的用户界面的卡、表示电子邮件链中的消息的卡等的堆)。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器上可见。第一用户界面表示(例如图8A中的用户界面表示508)在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。第二用户界面表示(例如图8A中的用户界面表示510)在第一方向上从第三用户界面表示(例如图8A中的用户界面表示526)横向地偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且部分地暴露第三用户界面表示。例如在一些实施例中,如图8A 中所示,在显示器在用户界面选择模式中时显示堆。The device displays (1302) on a display a plurality of user interface representations in a stack (e.g., in user interface selection mode, a stack of cards (or other objects) representing user interfaces of open applications in z-order, cards representing currently and previously viewed user interfaces of a single application, cards representing messages in an email chain, etc.). At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display. The first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in FIG. 8A ) is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., laterally offset to the right on the display) and partially exposes the second user interface representation. The second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510 in FIG. 8A ) is laterally offset from the third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in FIG. 8A ) in a first direction (e.g., laterally offset to the right on the display) and partially exposes the third user interface representation. For example, in some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8A , the stack is displayed when the display is in user interface selection mode.
在一些实施例中,在显示器上显示堆之前(1304):设备在显示器上显示(1306)与第一用户界面表示对应的第一用户界面(例如如图7A中所示web浏览应用的用户界面502)。在显示第一用户界面时,设备检测(1308)预定输入。在一些实施例中,预定输入例如是在设备上的“主页”按钮上的双敲击或者双按压;或者对于包括用于检测与触敏显示器的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的电子设备:在第一用户界面的预定区域(例如左上角)上的深按压;在第一用户界面上任何处用拇指的平坦部分的深按压;或者在设备的预定区域上的深按压,诸如在触敏显示器的左边缘上、在与触敏显示器的左边缘相邻的预定义区域中、在触敏显示器的底部边缘上、或者在与触敏显示器的底部边缘相邻的预定义区域中。In some embodiments, before displaying the stack on the display (1304): the device displays (1306) on the display a first user interface corresponding to a first user interface representation (e.g., user interface 502 of a web browsing application as shown in FIG. 7A ). While displaying the first user interface, the device detects (1308) a predetermined input. In some embodiments, the predetermined input is, for example, a double tap or double press on a “home” button on the device; or, for an electronic device that includes one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contact with a touch-sensitive display: a deep press on a predetermined area of the first user interface (e.g., the upper left corner); a deep press with the flat portion of the thumb anywhere on the first user interface; or a deep press on a predetermined area of the device, such as on the left edge of the touch-sensitive display, in a predefined area adjacent to the left edge of the touch-sensitive display, on the bottom edge of the touch-sensitive display, or in a predefined area adjacent to the bottom edge of the touch-sensitive display.
响应于检测到预定输入(1310):设备进入(1313)用户界面选择模式;并且设备显示(1312)包括多个用户界面表示的堆(例如用户界面选择模式的用户界面506的显示,包括图9A中的堆的显示)。In response to detecting a predetermined input (1310): the device enters (1313) a user interface selection mode; and the device displays (1312) a stack comprising a plurality of user interface representations (e.g., a display of user interface 506 in user interface selection mode, including the display of the stack in Figure 9A).
在一些实施例中,响应于在第一接触在触敏表面上的与除了第二用户界面表示之外的屏上位置对应的第一位置(例如在未与图8J-8K 中的触摸屏112上的用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置806-a处检测到接触806)时检测到通过第一接触的输入(例如具有在预定义阈值以上的强度的按压输入),来显示(1316)堆。在检测到第一接触的强度增加之前,第一接触在触敏表面上从第一位置移动到与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置(例如接触806-a在图8K-8L中从位置806-a移动到位置806-b)。例如从显示第二用户界面表示的时间之前开始,至少直至显示从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的增加面积的时间为止,在设备上连续地检测第一接触。In some embodiments, in response to detecting input by the first contact (e.g., a press input having an intensity above a predefined threshold) while the first contact is at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to an on-screen location other than the second user interface representation (e.g., contact 806 is detected at location 806-a that does not correspond to display of user interface representation 510 on touch screen 112 in Figures 8J-8K), the stack is displayed (1316). Before detecting an increase in intensity of the first contact, the first contact moves from the first location on the touch-sensitive surface to a location corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display (e.g., contact 806-a moves from location 806-a to location 806-b in Figures 8K-8L). The first contact is detected continuously on the device, for example, starting before the second user interface representation is displayed and at least until an increasing area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation is displayed.
方法还包括设备检测(1318)通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触(例如在与图8A中的触摸屏112上的用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置处的接触802)的输入。在一些实施例中,设备检测通过在触敏表面上的与堆中的用户界面表示对应的位置处的手指接触的按压,并且设备检测手指接触的变化强度(例如接触802的强度从图8A增加到图8B、从图8B减少到图8C、且然后从图8C再次增加到图8D)。The method also includes the device detecting (1318) an input by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface representation on the display (e.g., contact 802 at a location corresponding to the display of user interface representation 510 on touch screen 112 in Figure 8A). In some embodiments, the device detects a press by a finger contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a user interface representation in the stack, and the device detects a changing intensity of the finger contact (e.g., the intensity of contact 802 increases from Figure 8A to Figure 8B, decreases from Figure 8B to Figure 8C, and then increases again from Figure 8C to Figure 8D).
在一些实施例中,通过第一接触的输入包括在第一接触的增加强度的时段之后的第一接触的减少强度的时段。在第一接触的减少强度的时段期间,设备通过减少在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移,来减少(1320)从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积。例如响应于接触802从图8B到图8C的减少的强度,用户界面表示508开始在用户界面表示510之上往回滑动,从而从图8B中的位置508-b移动到图8C中的位置508-c。In some embodiments, the input by the first contact includes a period of decreasing intensity of the first contact following the period of increasing intensity of the first contact. During the period of decreasing intensity of the first contact, the device reduces (1320) the area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation by reducing the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation. For example, in response to the decreasing intensity of contact 802 from Figure 8B to Figure 8C, user interface representation 508 begins to slide back over user interface representation 510, thereby moving from position 508-b in Figure 8B to position 508-c in Figure 8C.
在一些实施例中,在响应于检测到接触强度增加而更多显现第二用户界面表示之后,设备响应于检测到接触强度减少而更少显现第二用户界面表示(例如响应于接触802的强度从图8A增加到图8B,用户界面表示508向用户界面表示510右方滑动,从而从图8A中的位置508-a移动到图8B中的位置508-b)。在一些实施例中,显示动画以示出第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示以动态地对第一接触的强度的小改变做出响应的方式的移动(例如图8A-8C中的用户界面表示508的移动直接地由用户增加或者减少接触802的强度来操纵)。In some embodiments, after revealing more of the second user interface representation in response to detecting an increase in contact intensity, the device reveals less of the second user interface representation in response to detecting a decrease in contact intensity (e.g., in response to the intensity of contact 802 increasing from FIG. 8A to FIG. 8B , user interface representation 508 slides to the right of user interface representation 510, thereby moving from position 508 - a in FIG. 8A to position 508 - b in FIG. 8B ). In some embodiments, an animation is displayed to illustrate movement of the first and second user interface representations in a manner that dynamically responds to small changes in the intensity of the first contact (e.g., the movement of user interface representation 508 in FIG. 8A-8C is directly manipulated by the user increasing or decreasing the intensity of contact 802).
方法还包括根据检测到触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加,设备通过增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移来增加(1322)从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积(例如响应于接触802的强度从图8A增加到图8B,用户界面表示508向用户界面表示510右方滑动,从而从图8A中的位置508-a移动到图8B中的位置508-b并且更多显现用户界面表示810)。The method also includes, in response to detecting an increase in intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display, the device increasing (1322) an area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation by increasing a lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation (e.g., in response to the intensity of contact 802 increasing from FIG. 8A to FIG. 8B , user interface representation 508 slides to the right of user interface representation 510, thereby moving from position 508-a in FIG. 8A to position 508-b in FIG. 8B and revealing more of user interface representation 810).
在一些实施例中,第二用户界面表示(例如图8A-8C中的用户界面表示510)按z层顺序被定位在第一用户界面表示(例如图8A-8C 中的用户界面表示508)下方和第三用户界面表示(例如图8A-8C中的用户界面表示526)上方,并且通过在触敏表面上的与第二用户界面表示的暴露部分对应的位置处的接触的按压更多显现第二用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,为了更多显现第二用户界面表示,响应于检测到在触敏表面上的与第二用户界面表示的暴露部分对应的位置处的接触的强度增加,第一用户界面表示向右移动,由此更多地“瞥一眼”第二用户界面表示(例如用户界面508响应于接触802的强度增加而从图8A中的位置508-a到图8B中的位置508-b的移动更多显现用户界面表示510)In some embodiments, a second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510 in Figures 8A-8C) is positioned below a first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in Figures 8A-8C) and above a third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in Figures 8A-8C) in a z-layer order, and the second user interface representation is revealed more by a depression of a contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to an exposed portion of the second user interface representation. In some embodiments, to reveal more of the second user interface representation, in response to detecting an increase in intensity of the contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the exposed portion of the second user interface representation, the first user interface representation moves to the right, thereby "glimpsing" more of the second user interface representation (e.g., user interface 508 moves from location 508-a in Figure 8A to location 508-b in Figure 8B in response to the increase in intensity of contact 802, revealing more of user interface representation 510).
在一些实施例中,增加从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积包括在第一方向上移动(1324)第一用户界面表示(例如,向右移动第一用户界面表示以增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移)。例如用户界面表示508向右移动以更多显现图8A-8B中的用户界面表示510。In some embodiments, increasing the area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation includes moving (1324) the first user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., moving the first user interface representation to the right to increase the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation). For example, user interface representation 508 is moved to the right to reveal more of user interface representation 510 in Figures 8A-8B.
在一些实施例中,增加从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积包括在与第一方向相反的第二方向上移动(1326)第二用户界面表示(例如向左移动第二用户界面表示(在第一用户界面表示同时向右移动或者不同时向右移动的情况下),以增加显示器上的第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移)。例如用户界面表示510向左移动以更多显现图8G-8H中的表示。In some embodiments, increasing the area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation includes moving (1326) the second user interface representation in a second direction opposite to the first direction (e.g., moving the second user interface representation to the left (with or without the first user interface representation simultaneously moving to the right) to increase the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display). For example, user interface representation 510 is moved to the left to reveal more of the representation in Figures 8G-8H.
在一些实施例中,在显示堆时,设备检测(1328)通过第二接触的拖动手势,第二接触在触敏表面上在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处,并且在与显示器上的第一方向相反的第二方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动(例如检测触敏表面上的在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的向左拖动)。In some embodiments, while the stack is displayed, the device detects (1328) a drag gesture by a second contact that is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the second user interface representation and that moves across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction that corresponds to a second direction that is opposite to the first direction on the display (e.g., detecting a left drag on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the second user interface representation).
响应于检测到通过触敏表面上的在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第二接触的、在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第二方向对应的方向上的拖动手势(1330),设备:基于触敏表面上的第二接触的速度在显示器以第二速度在第二方向上移动(1332)第二用户界面表示;以比第二速度更大的第一速度在第二方向上移动(1334)第一用户界面表示;以比第二速度更小的第三速度在第二方向上移动(1336)第三用户界面表示;以及以比第二速度更大的第四速度在第二方向上移动(1338)第四用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,第四速度大于第一速度。在一些实施例中,第四用户界面表示在堆中被设置在第一用户界面表示的顶部上。In response to detecting a drag gesture (1330) in a direction on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to a second direction on the display by a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface representation, the device: moves (1332) the second user interface representation on the display in a second direction at a second speed based on a speed of the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface; moves (1334) the first user interface representation in the second direction at a first speed that is greater than the second speed; moves (1336) the third user interface representation in the second direction at a third speed that is less than the second speed; and moves (1338) the fourth user interface representation in the second direction at a fourth speed that is greater than the second speed. In some embodiments, the fourth speed is greater than the first speed. In some embodiments, the fourth user interface representation is disposed on top of the first user interface representation in the stack.
在一些实施例中,响应于向右的在先拖动手势,第四用户界面表示向右移出显示器。向左的随后拖动手势使得第四用户界面表示从右方来到显示器上的视图中(例如拖动手势使得用户界面表示508从右方回到显示器上的视图中,该拖动手势包括接触546和从图5L中的位置546-c经过图5M中的位置546-e到图5N中的位置546-f的移动 548)。在一些实施例中,第四用户界面表示的速度快于在相对z位置中在它下方的任何用户界面表示。In some embodiments, in response to a prior drag gesture to the right, the fourth user interface representation moves to the right, off the display. A subsequent drag gesture to the left causes the fourth user interface representation to come into view on the display from the right (e.g., a drag gesture including contact 546 and movement 548 from position 546-c in Figure 5L to position 546-e in Figure 5M to position 546-f in Figure 5N causes user interface representation 508 to come back into view on the display from the right). In some embodiments, the fourth user interface representation moves faster than any user interface representation below it in relative z-position.
在一些实施例中,设备检测(1340)触敏表面上的在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(例如第一接触的强度如图8D中所示在诸如深按压强度阈值之类的预定阈值强度或者预定阈值强度以上)In some embodiments, the device detects (1340) that an intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the second user interface representation meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity of the first contact is at or above a predetermined threshold intensity, such as a deep press intensity threshold, as shown in FIG. 8D ).
响应于检测到触敏表面上的在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(1342),设备:停止显示(1344)堆;以及显示(1348)与第二用户界面表示对应的第二用户界面。例如响应于检测到接触802的强度在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示的显示对应的位置时超过深按压强度阈值(ITD),设备100用图8C-8D中的用户界面507(对应于用户界面表示510) 的显示替换用户界面506(对应于用户界面选择模式)的显示。在一些实施例中,显示第二用户界面,而未显示与堆中的其它用户界面表示对应的任何用户界面。在一些实施例中,第二用户界面的显示替换堆的显示。In response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the second user interface representation satisfies one or more predetermined intensity criteria (1342), the device: ceases displaying (1344) the stack; and displays (1348) a second user interface corresponding to the second user interface representation. For example, in response to detecting that the intensity of contact 802 exceeds a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to the display of the user interface representations, device 100 replaces display of user interface 506 (corresponding to user interface selection mode) with display of user interface 507 (corresponding to user interface representation 510) in Figures 8C-8D. In some embodiments, the second user interface is displayed without displaying any user interfaces corresponding to other user interface representations in the stack. In some embodiments, the display of the second user interface replaces display of the stack.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到触敏表面上的在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准,设备显示第二用户界面表示向第二用户界面转变的动画。例如响应于检测到接触802的强度在触摸屏112上的与用户界面表示的显示对应的位置时超过深按压强度阈值(ITD),设备100显示如下动画,其中如系列图8C、8E和8F中所示,随着设备转变成用户界面507 的显示,第一用户界面表示508向右完全地滑离第二用户界面表示 510,第二用户界面510表现为从堆被提升(例如通过图8E中的位置510-b到图8F中的位置510-c),并且第一用户界面表示508在第二用户界面表示510下方被混洗回到堆中。In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the second user interface representation meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria, the device displays an animation of the second user interface representation transitioning to the second user interface. For example, in response to detecting that the intensity of contact 802 exceeds a deep press intensity threshold ( ITD ) at a location on touch screen 112 corresponding to the display of the user interface representation, device 100 displays the following animation in which, as shown in the series of Figures 8C, 8E, and 8F, as the device transitions to display of user interface 507, first user interface representation 508 slides completely to the right away from second user interface representation 510, second user interface 510 appears to be lifted from the stack (e.g., through position 510-b in Figure 8E to position 510-c in Figure 8F), and first user interface representation 508 is shuffled back into the stack below second user interface representation 510.
在一些实施例中,设备检测(1350)第一接触从触敏表面上的与第二用户界面表示对应的位置移动到触敏表面上的与显示器上的第三用户界面表示对应的位置,其中第一接触的强度在第一接触移动期间小于在触敏表面上的与第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加期间检测到的特性强度(例如设备100检测接触806从与用户界面表示510的显示对应的图8N中的位置806-b移动808到与用户界面表示526的显示对应的图8O中的位置806-c)。In some embodiments, the device detects (1350) a first contact moving from a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the second user interface representation to a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a third user interface representation on the display, where an intensity of the first contact during the movement of the first contact is less than a characteristic intensity detected during an increase in intensity of the first contact at the location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the second user interface representation (e.g., device 100 detects contact 806 moving 808 from position 806-b in Figure 8N corresponding to the display of user interface representation 510 to position 806-c in Figure 8O corresponding to the display of user interface representation 526).
根据检测到触敏表面上的在与显示器上的第三用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加,设备通过增加在第二用户界面表示与第三用户界面表示之间的横向偏移,来增加(1352)从第二用户界面表示后方暴露的第三用户界面表示的面积(例如设备100检测接触806的强度从图8O增加到图8P,并且作为响应向右移动用户界面表示510和508,分别从图8O中的位置510-a和508-a到图8P中的位置510-h和508-h,以更多显现用户界面526)。在一些实施例中,仅直接地在选择的用户界面表示上方的用户界面表示(例如,不是在选择的用户界面表示上方的所有用户界面表示)移动让路,以更多显现选择的用户界面表示。例如将在图8O中仅移动用户界面表示510 以更多显现用户界面表示526(例如通过在用户界面表示508之下进一步滑动)。In response to detecting an increase in the intensity of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the third user interface representation on the display, the device increases (1352) the area of the third user interface representation exposed from behind the second user interface representation by increasing the lateral offset between the second user interface representation and the third user interface representation (e.g., device 100 detects an increase in the intensity of contact 806 from FIG. 8O to FIG. 8P , and in response moves user interface representations 510 and 508 rightward, from positions 510-a and 508-a in FIG. 8O to positions 510-h and 508-h in FIG. 8P , respectively, to reveal more of user interface 526). In some embodiments, only the user interface representations directly above the selected user interface representation (e.g., not all user interface representations above the selected user interface representation) are moved out of the way to reveal more of the selected user interface representation. For example, only user interface representation 510 would be moved in FIG. 8O to reveal more of user interface representation 526 (e.g., by sliding further below user interface representation 508).
在一些实施例中,随着用户在堆中的不同表示之上拖动它们的手指,堆展开以更多显现在用户的手指之下的表示。在一些实施例中,用户可以增加接触的强度以瞥一眼一个表示、减少强度(而未抬起)、移动到下一表示、增加强度以瞥一眼下一表示、减少强度(而未抬起)、移动到另一表示等。In some embodiments, as the user drags their finger over different representations in the stack, the stack expands to reveal more of the representations beneath the user's finger. In some embodiments, the user can increase the intensity of the contact to peek at one representation, decrease the intensity (without lifting), move to the next representation, increase the intensity to peek at the next representation, decrease the intensity (without lifting), move to another representation, etc.
应当理解图13A-13D中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、 1100、1200、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图13A-13D而描述的方法 1300。例如以上参照方法1300而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1200、1400、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 13A-13D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1300 described above with respect to Figures 13A-13D. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with respect to method 1300 may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1400, 1500, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图14A-14C图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 1400的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1400,该电子设备具有显示器、触敏表面和可选地用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1400中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法1400中的一些操作,和/或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 14A-14C illustrate a flow diagram of method 1400 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1400 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1400 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1400 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1400提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1400 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上在堆中显示(1402)多个用户界面表示(例如在用户界面选择模式中,显示表示打开应用的用户界面的按z层顺序的卡(或者其它对象)、表示单个应用的当前和先前查看的用户界面的卡、表示电子邮件链中的消息的卡等的堆)。至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器上可见(例如如图 9A中所示,显示用户界面表示508、510和526的堆)。第二用户界面表示(例如图9A中的用户界面表示510)在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示横向地偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示(例如图9A中的用户界面表示526)。第三用户界面表示(例如图9A中的用户界面表示508)在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示。The device displays (1402) a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on a display (e.g., in a user interface selection mode, a stack of cards (or other objects) representing user interfaces of open applications in z-order, cards representing currently and previously viewed user interfaces of a single application, cards representing messages in an email chain, etc.). At least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display (e.g., as shown in FIG. 9A , a stack of user interface representations 508, 510, and 526 is displayed). The second user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 510 in FIG. 9A ) is laterally offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., laterally offset to the right on the display) and partially exposes the first user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 526 in FIG. 9A ). The third user interface representation (e.g., user interface representation 508 in FIG. 9A ) is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in the first direction (e.g., laterally offset to the right on the display) and partially exposes the second user interface representation.
设备检测(1404)通过跨触敏表面移动的第一接触的拖动手势,其中通过第一接触的拖动手势的移动对应于跨堆中的多个用户界面表示中的一个或者多个用户界面表示的移动。例如拖动手势包括图9B 中的接触902和移动904。The device detects (1404) a drag gesture by a first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface, wherein the movement of the drag gesture by the first contact corresponds to movement across one or more of the plurality of user interface representations in the stack. For example, the drag gesture includes contact 902 and movement 904 in FIG. 9B .
在拖动手势期间,在第一接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上移动时,设备在显示器上从第二用户界面表示后方更多显现(1406)第一用户界面表示。例如随着接触902 在用户界面表示526之上移动,用户界面表示510和508向右移动以更多显现图9B中的用户界面表示526。During the drag gesture, as the first contact moves over a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to the first user interface representation on the display, the device reveals 1406 more of the first user interface representation on the display from behind the second user interface representation. For example, as contact 902 moves over user interface representation 526, user interface representations 510 and 508 move to the right to reveal more of user interface representation 526 in FIG. 9B .
在一些实施例中,从第二用户界面表示后方更多显现第一用户界面表示包括在第一方向上移动(1408)第二用户界面表示(例如向右移动第二用户界面表示以增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移)。In some embodiments, revealing more of the first user interface representation from behind the second user interface representation includes moving (1408) the second user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., moving the second user interface representation to the right to increase the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation).
在一些实施例中,从第二用户界面表示后方显现第一用户界面表示的更多面积包括在与第一方向相反的第二方向上移动(1410)第一用户界面表示(例如向左移动第一用户界面表示(在第二用户界面表示同时向右移动或者不同时向右移动的情况下),以增加显示器上的第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移)。In some embodiments, revealing more area of the first user interface representation from behind the second user interface representation includes moving (1410) the first user interface representation in a second direction opposite to the first direction (e.g., moving the first user interface representation to the left (with or without the second user interface representation simultaneously moving to the right) to increase the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display).
在一些实施例中,在拖动手势期间,在第一接触从触敏表面上的与第一用户界面表示对应的第一位置移动(1412)到触敏表面上的与第二用户界面表示对应的第二位置(例如接触902从与图9B中的用户界面表示526的显示对应的位置902-a移动到与图9C中的用户界面表示510的显示对应的位置904)时:设备从显示器上的第三用户界面表示后方更多显现(1414)第二用户界面表示,并且从显示器上的第二用户界面表示后方更少显现(1416)第一用户界面表示(例如在图9D中,用户表示510向左移动,从而更多显现它的用户界面表示并且更多覆盖用户界面表示526)。In some embodiments, during a drag gesture, when the first contact moves (1412) from a first position on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the first user interface representation to a second position on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the second user interface representation (e.g., contact 902 moves from position 902-a corresponding to the display of user interface representation 526 in Figure 9B to position 904 corresponding to the display of user interface representation 510 in Figure 9C): the device reveals (1414) more of the second user interface representation from behind a third user interface representation on the display, and reveals (1416) less of the first user interface representation from behind the second user interface representation on the display (e.g., in Figure 9D, user representation 510 moves to the left, thereby revealing more of its user interface representation and covering more of user interface representation 526).
在一些实施例中,在第一接触在触敏表面上的与堆中的多个用户界面表示中的一个用户界面表示对应的位置时,设备检测(1418)第一接触的抬起(例如设备100检测图9E中的接触902的抬起)。响应于检测到第一接触的抬起(1420):设备停止显示(1422)堆;并且设备显示(1424)与多个用户界面表示中的所述一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面(例如设备100用图9F中的用户界面507的显示替换图9E中的用户界面506的显示)。In some embodiments, the device detects (1418) a liftoff of the first contact while the first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to one of the plurality of user interface representations in the stack (e.g., device 100 detects liftoff of contact 902 in Figure 9E ). In response to detecting liftoff of the first contact (1420): the device stops displaying (1422) the stack; and the device displays (1424) a user interface that corresponds to the one of the plurality of user interface representations (e.g., device 100 replaces display of user interface 506 in Figure 9E with display of user interface 507 in Figure 9F ).
例如如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上时抬起,则显示第一用户界面。如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置之上时抬起,则显示第二用户界面。更一般地,如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与相应用户界面表示对应的位置之上时抬起,则显示对应用户界面。在一些实施例中,与多个用户界面表示中的所述一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面的显示替换堆的显示。For example, if the first contact in a drag gesture is lifted while over a location corresponding to a first user interface representation, the first user interface is displayed. If the first contact in a drag gesture is lifted while over a location corresponding to a second user interface representation, the second user interface is displayed. More generally, if the first contact in a drag gesture is lifted while over a location corresponding to a corresponding user interface representation, the corresponding user interface is displayed. In some embodiments, the display of the user interface corresponding to the one of the plurality of user interface representations replaces the display of the stack.
在其中设备具有用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器的一些实施例中,在第一接触在触敏表面上的与堆中的多个用户界面表示中的一个用户界面表示对应的位置时,设备检测 (1426)第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(例如第一接触的强度如图9G中所示在诸如深按压强度阈值之类的预定阈值强度或者预定阈值强度以上)。In some embodiments where the device has one or more sensors for detecting intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, when the first contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface that corresponds to one of the multiple user interface representations in the stack, the device detects (1426) that the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity of the first contact is at or above a predetermined threshold intensity such as a deep press intensity threshold as shown in FIG. 9G ).
响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准 (1428):设备停止显示(1430)堆;并且设备显示(1432)与多个用户界面表示中的所述一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面(例如设备 100用图9H中的用户界面907的显示替换图9G中的用户界面506的显示)。In response to detecting that the intensity of the first contact meets one or more predetermined intensity criteria (1428): the device stops displaying (1430) the stack; and the device displays (1432) a user interface corresponding to the one of the multiple user interface representations (e.g., device 100 replaces display of user interface 506 in Figure 9G with display of user interface 907 in Figure 9H).
例如如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上时做出深按压,则显示第一用户界面。如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与第二用户界面表示对应的位置之上时做出深按压,则显示第二用户界面。更一般地,如果拖动手势中的第一接触在与相应用户界面表示对应的位置之上时做出深按压,则显示对应用户界面。在一些实施例中,与多个用户界面表示中的所述一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面的显示替换堆的显示。For example, if the first contact in a drag gesture makes a deep press while over a location corresponding to a first user interface representation, the first user interface is displayed. If the first contact in a drag gesture makes a deep press while over a location corresponding to a second user interface representation, the second user interface is displayed. More generally, if the first contact in a drag gesture makes a deep press while over a location corresponding to a respective user interface representation, the respective user interface is displayed. In some embodiments, the display of the user interface corresponding to the one of the plurality of user interface representations replaces the display of the stack.
应当理解图1400中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、 1200、1300、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图14A-14C而描述的方法1400。例如以上参照方法1400而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1200、1300、1500、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器和动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figure 1400 have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1500, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1400 described above with respect to Figures 14A-14C. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to method 1400 may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1500, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图15图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的方法 1500的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法1500,该电子设备具有显示器、触敏表面和用于检测与触敏表面的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法1500中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法1500中的一些操作,和/ 或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figure 15 illustrates a flow diagram of a method 1500 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1500 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 1500 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 1500 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法1500提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 1500 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(1502)第一应用的第一用户界面。第一用户界面包括后退导航控件(例如包括后退导航控制图标614的用户界面6M)。在一些实施例中,后退导航控件是在被激活(例如通过敲击手势)时使得设备用应用中的显示的在先用户界面的显示替换应用中的当前用户界面的显示的向后按钮或者其它图标。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是应用的当前用户界面,在该当前用户界面的显示之前是应用的先前用户界面序列的显示。在一些实施例中,通过激活在用户界面上提供的后退导航控件,按相反时间顺序导航应用的先前用户界面序列。The device displays (1502) a first user interface of a first application on a display. The first user interface includes a back navigation control (e.g., user interface 654 including a back navigation control icon 614). In some embodiments, the back navigation control is a back button or other icon that, when activated (e.g., by a tap gesture), causes the device to replace the display of a current user interface in the application with the display of a previous user interface displayed in the application. In some embodiments, the first user interface is the current user interface of the application, and the display of the current user interface was preceded by the display of a previous sequence of user interfaces of the application. In some embodiments, by activating the back navigation control provided on the user interface, the previous sequence of user interfaces of the application is navigated in reverse chronological order.
在一些实施例中,在分级结构中布置用于应用的用户界面,并且后退导航控件是在被激活(例如通过敲击手势)时使得设备用在分级结构中的第二级的在先用户界面的显示替换在分级结构的第一级的当前用户界面的显示的向后按钮或者其它图标,其中第二级在分级结构中与第一级相邻且高于第一级。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面是应用的当前用户界面,在该当前用户界面的显示之前是分级结构中的先前用户界面序列的显示。在一些实施例中,通过激活后退导航控件,按相反分级结构顺序导航用于应用的用户界面的分级结构序列。例如通过激活在用户界面上提供的后退导航控件,按相反分级结构顺序导航电子邮件应用中的分级结构序列(包括邮箱和收件箱的多个级)。In some embodiments, user interfaces for applications are arranged in a hierarchical structure, and a back navigation control is a back button or other icon that, when activated (e.g., by a tap gesture), causes the device to replace display of a current user interface at a first level of the hierarchy with display of a previous user interface at a second level in the hierarchy, where the second level is adjacent to and higher than the first level in the hierarchy. In some embodiments, the first user interface is a current user interface for the application, and display of the current user interface was preceded by display of a previous sequence of user interfaces in the hierarchy. In some embodiments, the hierarchical sequence of user interfaces for the application is navigated in reverse hierarchical order by activating the back navigation control. For example, a hierarchical sequence (including multiple levels of mailboxes and inboxes) in an email application is navigated in reverse hierarchical order by activating a back navigation control provided on the user interface.
在显示器上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时,设备检测(1504) 通过触敏表面上的在与显示器上的后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势(例如包括图6M中的接触612的敲击手势或者包括图 6O中的接触624的敲击手势)。While displaying a first user interface of a first application on the display, the device detects (1504) a gesture of a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a back navigation control on the display (e.g., a tap gesture including contact 612 in FIG. 6M or a tap gesture including contact 624 in FIG. 6O ).
响应于检测到通过触敏表面上的在与后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势(1506):根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势(例如静止深按压手势)(例如在手势期间的第一接触的强度满足或者超过诸如深按压强度阈值之类的预定阈值强度),设备用第一应用的多个用户界面的表示——包括第一用户界面的表示和第二用户界面的表示——的显示替换(1508)第一应用的第一用户界面的显示。例如如图 6M-6N中所示,设备100确定接触612包括满足深按压强度阈值的强度,并且作为响应,分别显示先前显示的web浏览用户界面502、616 和620的用户界面表示508、618和622。In response to detecting a gesture (1506) by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a back navigation control: in accordance with determining that the gesture by the first contact is a gesture (e.g., a stationary deep press gesture) having an intensity of the first contact that satisfies one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity of the first contact during the gesture meets or exceeds a predetermined threshold intensity, such as a deep press intensity threshold), the device replaces (1508) display of a first user interface of the first application with a display of representations of multiple user interfaces of the first application, including a representation of the first user interface and a representation of the second user interface. For example, as shown in Figures 6M-6N, device 100 determines that contact 612 includes an intensity that satisfies the deep press intensity threshold and, in response, displays user interface representations 508, 618, and 622 of previously displayed web browsing user interfaces 502, 616, and 620, respectively.
在一些实施例中,不是要求深按压手势在后退导航控件上,在触敏表面的与显示器的左边缘对应的区域上或者在触敏表面的与显示器的左边缘相邻的区域对应的区域中做出深按压手势。在一些实施例中,不是要求深按压手势在触敏表面的与后退导航控件对应的区域上,在触敏表面上的任何处做出深按压手势。在一些实施例中,用拇指的平坦部分做出通过第一接触的手势。In some embodiments, the deep press gesture is not required to be made on the back navigation control, on the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the left edge of the display, or in an area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the left edge of the display. In some embodiments, the deep press gesture is not required to be made on the area of the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the back navigation control, but anywhere on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the gesture with the flat portion of the thumb is made with the first contact.
响应于检测到通过触敏表面上的在与后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势(1506):根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势(例如敲击手势)(例如在手势期间的第一接触的强度保持在预定阈值强度以下),设备用第一应用的第二用户界面的显示替换(1510)第一应用的第一用户界面的显示(例如而未显示第一应用中的除第二用户界面外的其它用户界面)。例如如图6O-6P中所示,设备100确定接触 624未包括满足深按压强度阈值的强度,并且作为响应,显示与在显示web浏览用户界面502之前显示的web浏览用户界面对应的用户界面616。In response to detecting a gesture (1506) by a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a back navigation control: based on determining that the gesture by the first contact is a gesture (e.g., a tap gesture) with an intensity of the first contact that does not meet one or more predetermined intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity of the first contact remains below a predetermined threshold intensity during the gesture), the device replaces (1510) display of the first user interface of the first application with display of the second user interface of the first application (e.g., without displaying other user interfaces in the first application other than the second user interface). For example, as shown in Figures 6O-6P, device 100 determines that contact 624 does not include an intensity that meets the deep press intensity threshold, and in response, displays user interface 616 corresponding to the web browsing user interface that was displayed before displaying web browsing user interface 502.
在一些实施例中,第二用户界面表示对应(1512)于第一应用中的恰在显示第一应用的第一用户界面之前显示的用户界面。In some embodiments, the second user interface representation corresponds ( 1512 ) to a user interface in the first application that was displayed immediately before the first user interface of the first application was displayed.
在一些实施例中,在分级结构中布置第一应用中的用户界面,并且第二用户界面对应(1514)于分级结构中的与第一用户界面相邻并且高于第一用户界面的用户界面。In some embodiments, the user interfaces in the first application are arranged in a hierarchical structure, and the second user interface corresponds ( 1514 ) to a user interface adjacent to and higher than the first user interface in the hierarchical structure.
应当理解图15中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、 1200、1300、1400、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图15而描述的方法1500。例如以上参照方法而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1200、1300、1400、2400和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIG. 15 have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 2400, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 1500 described above with respect to FIG. 15 . For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to the methods may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 2400, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图24A-24F图示根据一些实施例的在用户界面之间导航的方法 2400的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法2400,该电子设备具有显示器和触敏表面。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法2400中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法2400中的一些操作,和/或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 24A-24F illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2400 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2400 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touchscreen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 2400 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 2400 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法2400提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 2400 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(2402)用于应用的用户界面。设备检测 (2404)边缘输入,包括检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度的改变。响应于检测到边缘输入:根据确定边缘输入满足系统手势标准,设备执行(2406)独立于应用的操作(例如对系统手势标准的检测超越对应用手势标准的检测;例如即使在同时满足应用手势标准时仍然执行独立于应用的操作)。系统手势标准包括强度标准。在一些实施例中,在接触的特性强度在第一强度阈值(例如轻按压“ITL”阈值)以上时满足强度标准。系统手势标准包括在接触(的预定部分) 在相对于触敏表面的第一区域(例如可以包括或者可以未包括触敏表面的一部分的区域)内时满足用于接触的强度标准时满足的位置标准。基于接触的一个或者多个特性确定相对于触敏表面的第一区域。The device displays (2402) a user interface for an application on a display. The device detects (2404) an edge input, including detecting a change in a characteristic intensity of a contact adjacent to an edge of a touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the edge input: based on determining that the edge input meets system gesture criteria, the device performs (2406) an application-independent operation (e.g., detection of the system gesture criteria overrides detection of the application gesture criteria; e.g., performing the application-independent operation even when the application gesture criteria are also met). The system gesture criteria include an intensity criterion. In some embodiments, the intensity criterion is met when a characteristic intensity of the contact is above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a light press "IT L " threshold). The system gesture criteria include a location criterion that is met when the intensity criterion for the contact is met when (a predetermined portion of) the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., an area that may or may not include a portion of the touch-sensitive surface). The first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface is determined based on one or more characteristics of the contact.
在一些实施例中,在与应用中的相应操作对应的位置处检测 (2408)与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度的改变。In some embodiments, a change in a characteristic intensity of a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface is detected (2408) at a location corresponding to a corresponding operation in the application.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到边缘输入:根据确定边缘输入满足应用手势标准而未满足系统手势标准,设备执行(2410)应用中的相应操作,而不是执行独立于应用的操作。在一些实施例中,根据确定边缘输入未满足系统手势标准并且未满足应用手势标准,设备放弃执行独立于应用的操作和应用中的相应操作。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the edge input: based on determining that the edge input satisfies the application gesture criteria but does not satisfy the system gesture criteria, the device performs (2410) a corresponding operation in the application instead of performing the application-independent operation. In some embodiments, based on determining that the edge input does not satisfy the system gesture criteria and does not satisfy the application gesture criteria, the device forgoes performing the application-independent operation and the corresponding operation in the application.
在一些实施例中,在以下各项时满足(2412)强度标准:与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的(检测到的)特性强度在第一强度阈值以上;以及与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的(检测到的)特性强度在第二强度阈值以下。在一些实施例中,检测输入的特性强度增加至在第二强度阈值以上调用多任务UI,而不要求接触的移动。In some embodiments, the intensity criterion (2412) is met when: a (detected) characteristic intensity of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface is above a first intensity threshold; and a (detected) characteristic intensity of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface is below a second intensity threshold. In some embodiments, detecting an increase in the characteristic intensity of the input above the second intensity threshold invokes a multitasking UI without requiring movement of the contact.
在一些实施例中,相对于触敏表面的第一区域在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第一空间性质(例如,为平坦手指输入的大的长圆形接触特性)时具有(2414)第一边界(例如第一尺寸和位置),并且在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第二空间性质(例如,为指尖输入的小的圆形接触特性)时具有与第一边界不同的第二边界(例如第二尺寸和/或位置)。在一些实施例中,区域的尺寸和/或位置随着接触的尺寸动态地改变。在一些实施例中,接触被分类,并且基于接触的类别选择不同尺寸和/或形状的多个区域之一。In some embodiments, a first region relative to the touch-sensitive surface has (2414) a first boundary (e.g., a first size and position) when a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a first spatial property (e.g., a large, oblong contact characteristic of a flat finger input), and has a second boundary (e.g., a second size and/or position) different from the first boundary when the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a second spatial property (e.g., a small, circular contact characteristic of a fingertip input). In some embodiments, the size and/or position of the region changes dynamically with the size of the contact. In some embodiments, the contact is classified, and one of a plurality of regions of different sizes and/or shapes is selected based on the classification of the contact.
在一些实施例中,检测边缘输入包括(2416):检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的在触敏表面上的接触的第一部分;并且基于接触的第一部分推测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的第二部分,该第二部分延伸超出触敏表面的边缘,其中至少部分基于推测的接触的第二部分确定用于满足位置标准目的的接触的位置(例如基于接触的第二部分的位置的投射,确定具有距触敏表面的边缘的最大距离的、与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的第二部分的位置)(例如接触向左投射,并且位置确定基于接触的最左部分)。In some embodiments, detecting an edge input includes (2416): detecting a first portion of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface; and inferring a second portion of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface based on the first portion of the contact, the second portion extending beyond the edge of the touch-sensitive surface, wherein a position of the contact for purposes of satisfying the position criteria is determined at least in part based on the inferred second portion of the contact (e.g., a position of the second portion of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface having a maximum distance from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface based on a projection of the position of the second portion of the contact) (e.g., the contact is projected to the left, and the position determination is based on the leftmost portion of the contact).
在一些实施例中,根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第一空间性质,相对于触敏表面的第一区域被定位为(2418)完全地离开触敏表面(例如位于在触敏表面以外开始并且从第一接触的第一部分被检测到的触敏表面的边缘延伸开的区域中,从而对接触是否在第一区域内的确定基于延伸超出触敏表面的边缘的推测的接触的第二部分);以及根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第二空间性质,相对于触敏表面的第一区域包括与触敏表面的边缘邻近的位于触敏表面上的第一部分和从触敏表面的边缘延伸开的位置离开触敏表面的第二部分(例如位于在触敏表面内开始、但是从第一接触的第一部分被检测到的触敏表面的边缘远离而延伸离开触敏表面的区域中,从而对接触是否在第一区域内的确定可以基于延伸超出触敏表面的边缘的推测的接触的第二部分,或者基于在触敏表面上检测到的接触的部分(例如如果完全地在触敏表面上检测到接触))。In some embodiments, based on determining that the contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a first spatial property, a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface is positioned (2418) completely off the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in an area that begins outside the touch-sensitive surface and extends away from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface where the first portion of the first contact is detected, such that the determination of whether the contact is within the first area is based on a second portion of the contact extending beyond the presumed edge of the touch-sensitive surface); and based on determining that the contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a second spatial property, the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface includes a first portion on the touch-sensitive surface adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface and a second portion extending away from the touch-sensitive surface from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in an area that begins within the touch-sensitive surface but extends away from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface away from the first portion of the first contact, such that the determination of whether the contact is within the first area can be based on the second portion of the contact extending beyond the presumed edge of the touch-sensitive surface or based on the portion of the contact detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., if the contact is detected entirely on the touch-sensitive surface)).
在一些实施例中,根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第一空间性质,相对于触敏表面的第一区域被定位为(2420)完全地离开触敏表面,从而从第一边界延伸开,该第一边界位于距触敏表面的边缘的固定距离处(例如位于在触敏表面以外开始并且从第一接触的第一部分被检测到的触敏表面的边缘延伸开的区域中,从而对接触是否在第一区域内的确定基于延伸超出触敏表面的边缘的推测的接触的第二部分);以及根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第二空间性质,相对于触敏表面的第一区域被定位为完全地离开触敏表面,从而从第二边界延伸开,该第二边界位于距触敏表面的边缘的第二固定距离处,其中第二固定距离比第一固定距离更短(例如与平坦手指输入对应的边界比与指尖输入对应的边界更接近触敏表面的边缘)。In some embodiments, based on determining that the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a first spatial property, the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface is positioned (2420) completely off the touch-sensitive surface so as to extend away from a first boundary that is located at a fixed distance from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in an area that begins outside the touch-sensitive surface and extends away from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface where the first portion of the first contact is detected, such that the determination of whether the contact is within the first area is based on a second portion of the contact that extends beyond the edge of the touch-sensitive surface); and based on determining that the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a second spatial property, the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface is positioned completely off the touch-sensitive surface so as to extend away from a second boundary that is located at a second fixed distance from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface, where the second fixed distance is shorter than the first fixed distance (e.g., a boundary corresponding to a flat finger input is closer to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface than a boundary corresponding to a fingertip input).
在一些实施例中,根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的一部分(例如第二部分)延伸超出触敏表面的边缘,基于延伸超出触敏表面的边缘的接触的(第二)部分的位置的投射,接触的位置是(2422) 从触敏表面的边缘最远的延伸超出触敏表面的边缘的接触的(第二) 部分的位置(例如在接触延伸超出触敏表面时,接触的位置限定为距边缘最远的点);以及根据确定与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的部分没有延伸超出触敏表面的边缘,接触的位置是与触敏表面的边缘最近的接触的位置(例如在接触完全地在触敏表面上时,接触的位置限定为与边缘最近的点。在一些实施例中,接触的位置限定为接触的前导 (例如左)边缘上的多个点的平均位置)。在一些实施例中,接触的位置限定为接触的质心。In some embodiments, based on determining that a portion (e.g., a second portion) of the contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface extends beyond the edge of the touch-sensitive surface, based on a projection of the position of the (second) portion of the contact that extends beyond the edge of the touch-sensitive surface, the position of the contact is (2422) the position of the (second) portion of the contact that extends farthest from the edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., when the contact extends beyond the touch-sensitive surface, the position of the contact is defined as the point farthest from the edge); and based on determining that the portion of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface does not extend beyond the edge of the touch-sensitive surface, the position of the contact is the position of the contact closest to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., when the contact is entirely on the touch-sensitive surface, the position of the contact is defined as the point closest to the edge. In some embodiments, the position of the contact is defined as the average position of multiple points on the leading (e.g., left) edge of the contact). In some embodiments, the position of the contact is defined as the center of mass of the contact.
在一些实施例中,相对于触敏表面的第一区域所基于的一个或者多个特性包括(2424)与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的尺寸(例如指尖输入的接触形状特性调用比平坦手指输入的接触形状特性更严格的激活区域)。In some embodiments, the one or more characteristics relative to the first area of the touch-sensitive surface are based on include (2424) the size of the contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., contact shape characteristics for a fingertip input invoke a more restrictive activation area than contact shape characteristics for a flat finger input).
在一些实施例中,与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的尺寸是(2426) 基于以下各项中的一个或者多个:接触的电容的测量、接触的形状和接触的面积(例如平坦拇指由以下各项指示:更大信号总计,其是接触的电容的规范化求和(例如多么坚实地与触敏表面产生接触);更大几何平均值(geomean)半径√((长轴)2+(短轴)2)(例如,其指示接触的面积并且对于更加长圆形的接触而言更大);和更大短半径(例如,其指示手指是否平躺在触敏表面上))。In some embodiments, the size of a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface is (2426) based on one or more of: a measurement of the capacitance of the contact, the shape of the contact, and the area of the contact (e.g., a flat thumb is indicated by: a larger Signal Total, which is a normalized sum of the capacitance of the contact (e.g., how firmly contact is made with the touch-sensitive surface); a larger geomean (geomean) radius √((major axis)2 + (minor axis)2) (e.g., which indicates the area of the contact and is larger for more oblong contacts); and a larger minor radius (e.g., which indicates whether the finger is lying flat on the touch-sensitive surface)).
在一些实施例中,第一区域的第一边界和第一区域的第二边界的差异(2428)在触敏表面的边缘的中心部分附近更大,并且在触敏表面的边缘的远端部分附近更小(例如在第一区域的边界与第二区域的边界之间的距离朝着触敏表面的拐角减少)。在一些实施例中,第一区域的第一边界和第一区域的第二边界在距触敏表面的拐角的预定距离内重合。在一些实施例中,在与屏幕的边缘邻近的接触具有第二空间性质时:根据确定接触的位置与触敏表面的拐角邻近,第一区域具有与第一尺寸相同的第二尺寸(例如扩张的激活区域在触敏表面的拐角处不可用,以避免用户的手掌在跨设备触及时的意外激活);以及根据确定接触的位置未与触敏表面的拐角邻近,第一区域具有比第一尺寸更大的第二尺寸。In some embodiments, the difference (2428) between the first boundary of the first area and the second boundary of the first area is greater near a central portion of the edge of the touch-sensitive surface and is smaller near a distal portion of the edge of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the distance between the boundary of the first area and the boundary of the second area decreases toward a corner of the touch-sensitive surface). In some embodiments, the first boundary of the first area and the second boundary of the first area coincide within a predetermined distance from a corner of the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, when a contact adjacent to an edge of the screen has a second spatial property: based on determining that the location of the contact is adjacent to a corner of the touch-sensitive surface, the first area has a second size that is the same as the first size (e.g., an expanded activation area is not available at a corner of the touch-sensitive surface to avoid accidental activation by a user's palm when reaching across the device); and based on determining that the location of the contact is not adjacent to a corner of the touch-sensitive surface, the first area has a second size that is larger than the first size.
在一些实施例中,相对于触敏表面的第一区域在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触以第一速度阈值以上的速度移动时具有(2430)第一或者第二尺寸(例如依赖于接触的尺寸)(例如在给定的阈值以上检测到的输入参数包括在给定的阈值检测到的输入参数(例如,“在……以上”意指“在……或者以上”)),并且在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触以第一速度阈值以下的速度移动时具有第三尺寸。在一些实施例中,触摸必须在第一区域(例如5mm)内开始,并且必须在接触在速度阈值以上移动且在第二区域(例如20mm)内时检测特性强度增加至强度阈值以上。在一些实施例中(例如其中应用关联位置与边缘轻扫操作),如果接触未满足系统手势标准,则设备执行特定于应用的操作(例如在应用内导航)。In some embodiments, a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface has (2430) a first or second size (e.g., depending on the size of the contact) when a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface moves at a speed above a first speed threshold (e.g., input parameters detected above a given threshold include input parameters detected at a given threshold (e.g., "above" means "at or above"), and has a third size when the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface moves at a speed below the first speed threshold. In some embodiments, the touch must initiate within the first area (e.g., 5 mm), and a characteristic intensity must be detected increasing above an intensity threshold while the contact moves above the speed threshold and within a second area (e.g., 20 mm). In some embodiments (e.g., where an application associates location with an edge swipe operation), if the contact does not meet the system gesture criteria, the device performs an application-specific operation (e.g., navigating within the application).
在一些实施例中,系统手势标准还包括(2432)指定触敏表面上的运动的预定方向的方向标准,其中在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触在触敏表面上的预定方向上移动(例如比水平移动更竖直的移动)时满足方向标准。In some embodiments, the system gesture criteria also include (2432) directional criteria that specify a predetermined direction of movement on the touch-sensitive surface, wherein the directional criteria is satisfied when a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface moves in a predetermined direction on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a movement that is more vertical than horizontal).
在一些实施例中,在发起执行独立于应用的操作之后:设备检测 (2434)与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触在触敏表面上的移动。响应于检测到接触的移动:根据确定接触的移动在预定方向上,设备继续执行独立于应用的操作;以及根据确定接触的移动在与预定方向不同的方向上,设备终止执行独立于应用的操作。In some embodiments, after initiating performance of the application-independent operation: the device detects (2434) movement of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the movement of the contact: based on determining that the movement of the contact is in a predetermined direction, the device continues to perform the application-independent operation; and based on determining that the movement of the contact is in a direction different from the predetermined direction, the device terminates performance of the application-independent operation.
在一些实施例中,系统手势标准还包括(2436)失败条件,该失败条件防止在满足系统手势标准之前与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触在相对于触敏表面(例如在触敏表面上)的第二区域(例如从边缘离开多于20mm)以外移动时满足系统手势标准(例如即使接触移回至区域内仍然不能满足系统手势标准)。例如在发起执行独立于应用的操作之前:设备检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触在触敏表面上的移动;以及响应于检测到接触的移动,根据确定接触在相对于触敏表面的第二区域以外移动,设备防止满足系统手势标准(例如设备防止执行独立于应用的操作)。在防止满足系统手势标准时,设备检测输入的终止(例如包括与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的抬起);以及响应于检测到输入的终止,设备停止防止满足系统手势标准。In some embodiments, the system gesture criteria also include (2436) a failure condition that prevents a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface from satisfying the system gesture criteria when the contact moves outside a second region relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., on the touch-sensitive surface) (e.g., more than 20 mm from the edge) before the system gesture criteria are satisfied (e.g., the system gesture criteria is still not satisfied even if the contact moves back into the region). For example, before initiating performance of an application-independent operation: the device detects movement of a contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface on the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to detecting movement of the contact, based on determining that the contact moves outside the second region relative to the touch-sensitive surface, the device prevents satisfaction of the system gesture criteria (e.g., the device prevents performance of the application-independent operation). While preventing satisfaction of the system gesture criteria, the device detects termination of the input (e.g., including lift-off of the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface); and in response to detecting termination of the input, the device ceases preventing satisfaction of the system gesture criteria.
在一些实施例中,系统手势标准包括(2438)要求(例如附加要求)与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域内时从在强度阈值以下的强度增加至在强度阈值或者强度阈值以上的强度(例如在接触在第一区域以外时接触的特性强度增加至强度阈值以上,并且然后接触移入第一区域中而未减少接触的特性强度至强度阈值以下时,未满足系统手势标准)。In some embodiments, the system gesture criteria include (2438) a requirement (e.g., an additional requirement) that a characteristic intensity of a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface increases from an intensity below an intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the intensity threshold while the contact is within a first region relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the system gesture criteria is not met if the characteristic intensity of the contact increases above the intensity threshold while the contact is outside the first region and then the contact moves into the first region without decreasing the characteristic intensity of the contact to below the intensity threshold).
在一些实施例中,强度标准基于时间而变化(2440)(例如相对于第一次检测到与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触或者检测到接触的强度改变;例如对于在向下触摸之后的前100ms,向强度阈值添加 150g)。In some embodiments, the intensity criterion varies based on time (2440) (e.g., relative to the first detection of contact proximate to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface or the detection of a change in intensity of the contact; e.g., adding 150g to the intensity threshold for the first 100ms after a touch down).
在一些实施例中,独立于应用的操作(例如系统操作)是(2442) 用于在电子设备的应用之间导航的操作(例如多任务操作;例如切换到不同/在先应用或者进入多任务用户界面)。In some embodiments, the application-independent operation (eg, system operation) is ( 2442 ) an operation for navigating between applications of the electronic device (eg, a multitasking operation; eg, switching to a different/previous application or entering a multitasking user interface).
在一些实施例中,应用中的相应操作是(2444)键按压操作(例如,用于键盘的字符插入操作,或者键盘切换操作,或者换档键(shift key)激活选项)。In some embodiments, the corresponding operation in the application is (2444) a key press operation (eg, a character insertion operation for a keyboard, or a keyboard switching operation, or a shift key activating an option).
在一些实施例中,应用中的相应操作是(2446)页面切换操作(例如下一页、前一页等)。In some embodiments, the corresponding operation in the application is (2446) a page switching operation (eg, next page, previous page, etc.).
在一些实施例中,应用中的相应操作(2448)用于在与应用关联的分级结构内(例如在应用的级(例如歌曲比对播放列表)或者应用的历史(例如在web浏览历史内的后退和前进)之间)导航。In some embodiments, the corresponding operation (2448) in the application is used to navigate within a hierarchical structure associated with the application, such as between levels of the application (e.g., songs compared to a playlist) or the history of the application (e.g., back and forward within a web browsing history).
在一些实施例中,应用中的相应操作是(2450)预览操作(例如瞥一眼和弹出列表中的链接或者行)。In some embodiments, the corresponding operation in the application is ( 2450 ) a preview operation (eg, peek and pop a link or row in a list).
在一些实施例中,应用中的相应操作是(2452)菜单显示操作(例如快速动作或者接触菜单)。In some embodiments, the corresponding operation in the application is ( 2452 ) a menu display operation (eg, a quick action or a touch menu).
应当理解图24A-24F中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、 1100、1200、1300、1400、1500和2500)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图24A-24F而描述的方法 2400。例如以上参照方法而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1200、1300、1400、1500和2500)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 24A-24F have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 2500) also apply in a similar manner to method 2400 described above with respect to Figures 24A-24F. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to the methods may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 2500). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
图25A-25H图示根据一些实施例的用于在用户界面之间导航的方法2500的流程图。在电子设备(例如图3的设备300或者图1A的便携式多功能设备100)执行方法2500,该电子设备具有显示器和触敏表面。在一些实施例中,显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在显示器上或者与显示器集成。在一些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面分离。在一些实施例中,触敏表面是跟踪板或者遥控设备的与显示器分离的部分。在一些实施例中,方法2500中的操作由被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉文件的电子设备执行,该电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。可选地组合方法2500中的一些操作,和/或可选地改变一些操作的顺序。Figures 25A-25H illustrate a flow diagram of a method 2500 for navigating between user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2500 is performed on an electronic device (e.g., device 300 of Figure 3 or portable multifunction device 100 of Figure 1A) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch screen display, and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface is a portion of a trackpad or remote control device that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the operations in method 2500 are performed by an electronic device configured to manage, play back, and/or stream (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual files that communicates with a remote control and display (e.g., an Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). Some operations in method 2500 may optionally be combined, and/or the order of some operations may optionally be changed.
如以下描述的那样,方法2500提供用于在用户界面之间导航的直观方式。该方法减少用户在用户界面之间导航时的认知负担,由此创建更高效的人机界面。对于电池操作的电子设备,使得用户能够在用户界面之间更快地和更高效地导航节约功率并且增加在电池充电之间的时间。As described below, method 2500 provides an intuitive way to navigate between user interfaces. The method reduces the cognitive burden on users when navigating between user interfaces, thereby creating a more efficient human-computer interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling users to navigate between user interfaces faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
设备在显示器上显示(2502)第一应用的第一视图。在显示第一视图时,设备检测(2504)第一输入的第一部分,包括检测触敏表面上的第一接触。响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足应用切换标准(例如包括强度标准(例如“瞥一眼”强度)和位置标准(例如与触敏表面的边缘邻近)或者诸如以上参照方法2400而描述的基于强度的边缘轻扫试探),设备在显示器上同时显示(2506)包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的部分(以及可选地停止显示第一应用视图的另一部分(例如通过滑动第一应用视图的一部分离开显示器))。在同时显示多个应用视图的部分时,设备检测(2508)包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分。响应于检测到包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分:根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足第一视图显示标准,设备在显示器上停止(2510)显示第二应用视图的部分,并且显示(整个)第一应用视图,其中第一视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的第一区域(例如与触敏表面的左边缘邻近的部分)中检测到第一接触抬起时满足的标准;以及根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足多视图显示标准,在检测到第一接触的抬起之后,设备在显示器上维持第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分的同时显示,其中多视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的与触敏表面的第一区域不同的第二区域(例如触敏表面的中间部分)中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准。The device displays (2502) a first view of a first application on a display. While displaying the first view, the device detects (2504) a first portion of a first input, including detecting a first contact on a touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the first portion of the first input, based on a determination that the first portion of the first input meets application switching criteria (e.g., including intensity criteria (e.g., "glance" intensity) and location criteria (e.g., proximity to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface) or an intensity-based edge swipe heuristic such as described above with reference to method 2400), the device simultaneously displays (2506) portions of multiple application views on the display including the first application view and a second application view (and optionally stops displaying another portion of the first application view (e.g., by sliding the portion of the first application view off the display)). While simultaneously displaying the portions of the multiple application views, the device detects (2508) a second portion of the first input including liftoff of the first contact. In response to detecting a second portion of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact: based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies first view display criteria, the device stops (2510) displaying a portion of the second application view on the display and displays the (entire) first application view, wherein the first view display criteria include criteria that are satisfied when lift-off of the first contact is detected in a first area of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a portion adjacent to a left edge of the touch-sensitive surface); and based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies multi-view display criteria, after detecting lift-off of the first contact, the device maintains simultaneous display of at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view on the display, wherein the multi-view display criteria include criteria that are satisfied when lift-off of the first contact is detected in a second area of the touch-sensitive surface that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a middle portion of the touch-sensitive surface).
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分:根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足第二视图显示标准,设备在显示器上停止(2512)显示第一应用视图并且显示(整个)第二应用视图,其中第二视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的与触敏表面的第一区域和触敏表面的第二区域不同的第三区域(例如与触敏表面的右边缘邻近的部分)中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准。In some embodiments, in response to detecting a second portion of the first input that includes a lift-off of the first contact: based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies second view display criteria, the device stops (2512) displaying the first application view on the display and displays the (entire) second application view, where the second view display criteria include criteria that are met when the lift-off of the first contact is detected in a third area of the touch-sensitive surface that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface and the second area of the touch-sensitive surface (for example, a portion adjacent to the right edge of the touch-sensitive surface).
在一些实施例中,在包括检测触敏表面上的第一接触的检测第一输入的第一部分之后,以及在检测包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分之前:设备检测(2514)第一接触在触敏表面上的移动。响应于检测到第一接触的移动,根据确定第一接触移入触敏表面的第二区域中,设备减少包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的相应尺寸。在一些实施例中,随着接触跨触敏表面的第二区域的继续移动,动态地减少应用视图的尺寸(例如存在在接触已经跨第二区域行进多远与应用视图的尺寸之间的相关性)。在一些实施例中,在接触在触敏表面的第二区域中时减少应用视图的尺寸向用户指示第二区域中的接触的抬起将调用多任务用户界面。在一些实施例中,第二应用视图的部分收缩并且在第二区域中的接触的移动的方向上移动(例如模拟应用“卡”远离“堆”的动态收缩和滑动)。在一些实施例中,在应用视图中的两个或者更多应用视图之间的距离根据第一接触的移动而改变(例如除了随着第一接触跨显示器移动而尺寸减少之外,除了顶部应用视图之外的应用视图还移动分开)。In some embodiments, after detecting a first portion of the first input including detecting a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface, and before detecting a second portion of the first input including a lift-off of the first contact: the device detects (2514) movement of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the movement of the first contact, based on determining that the first contact has moved into a second area of the touch-sensitive surface, the device reduces respective sizes of a plurality of application views including a first application view and a second application view. In some embodiments, as the contact continues to move across the second area of the touch-sensitive surface, the sizes of the application views are dynamically reduced (e.g., there is a correlation between how far the contact has traveled across the second area and the sizes of the application views). In some embodiments, reducing the size of the application views while the contact is in the second area of the touch-sensitive surface indicates to the user that the lift-off of the contact in the second area will invoke a multitasking user interface. In some embodiments, a portion of the second application view shrinks and moves in the direction of the movement of the contact in the second area (e.g., simulating a dynamic shrinking and sliding of an application "card" away from a "stack"). In some embodiments, a distance between two or more application views in the application view changes based on the movement of the first contact (e.g., in addition to reducing in size as the first contact moves across the display, application views other than the top application view move apart).
在一些实施例中,在减少包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的相应尺寸时:设备检测(2516)第一接触在触敏表面上的继续移动。响应于检测到第一接触的继续移动,根据确定第一接触移入触敏表面的第三区域中,设备增加包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的相应尺寸。在一些实施例中,随着接触跨触敏表面的第三区域的继续移动,动态地增加应用视图的尺寸(例如存在在接触已经跨第三区域行进多远与应用视图的尺寸之间的相关性)。在一些实施例中,在接触在触敏表面的第三区域中时增加应用视图的尺寸向用户指示第三区域中的接触的抬起将激活与第二应用视图关联的应用(例如切换到先前应用)。在一些实施例中,第二应用视图的部分扩张并且在与第三区域中的接触的移动相反的方向上移动(例如模拟第二应用视图动态扩张为用于第二用户的用户界面)。在一些实施例中,在应用视图中的两个或者更多应用视图之间的距离根据第一接触的移动而改变(例如除了随着第一接触继续跨显示器移动而尺寸增加之外,除了顶部应用视图之外的应用视图还一起移动)。In some embodiments, while reducing the respective sizes of the plurality of application views including the first application view and the second application view: the device detects (2516) continued movement of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the continued movement of the first contact, based on determining that the first contact has moved into a third area of the touch-sensitive surface, the device increases the respective sizes of the plurality of application views including the first application view and the second application view. In some embodiments, the sizes of the application views are dynamically increased as the contact continues to move across the third area of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., there is a correlation between how far the contact has traveled across the third area and the sizes of the application views). In some embodiments, increasing the size of the application views while the contact is in the third area of the touch-sensitive surface indicates to the user that lifting off the contact in the third area will activate the application associated with the second application view (e.g., switching to the previous application). In some embodiments, a portion of the second application view expands and moves in a direction opposite to the movement of the contact in the third area (e.g., simulating the second application view dynamically expanding into a user interface for a second user). In some embodiments, the distance between two or more application views in the application view changes based on the movement of the first contact (e.g., in addition to increasing in size as the first contact continues to move across the display, application views other than the top application view also move together).
在一些实施例中,在包括检测触敏表面上的第一接触的检测第一输入的第一部分之后,并且在检测包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分之前:设备检测(2518)触敏表面上的第一接触的移动。响应于检测到第一接触的移动,根据确定第一接触穿过在触敏表面上的两个相应区域之间的边界,设备提供触觉输出。在一些实施例中,在接触从触敏表面的第二区域移入触敏表面的第三区域时,但不是在接触从第三区域移回到第二区域时,设备提供触感反馈。In some embodiments, after detecting a first portion of the first input including detecting a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface and before detecting a second portion of the first input including lift-off of the first contact: the device detects (2518) movement of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In response to detecting the movement of the first contact, the device provides a tactile output based on determining that the first contact crosses a boundary between two corresponding areas on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the device provides tactile feedback when the contact moves from the second area of the touch-sensitive surface into the third area of the touch-sensitive surface, but not when the contact moves from the third area back to the second area.
在一些实施例中,多个应用视图的相应部分的显示(2520)部分地重叠,包括第一应用视图的显示部分与第二应用视图的显示部分部分地重叠。In some embodiments, the display of respective portions of the multiple application views (2520) partially overlaps, including a displayed portion of a first application view partially overlapping a displayed portion of a second application view.
在一些实施例中,第一应用视图和第二应用视图是(2522)同一应用的视图(例如web页面标签)。In some embodiments, the first application view and the second application view are (2522) views of the same application (eg, web page tabs).
在一些实施例中,第一应用视图是(2524)第一应用的视图,并且第二应用视图是与第一应用不同的第二应用的视图。In some embodiments, the first application view is ( 2524 ) a view of a first application, and the second application view is a view of a second application different from the first application.
在一些实施例中,根据确定第一输入的第二部分满足多视图显示标准(其中多视图显示标准包括在触敏表面的与触敏表面的第一区域不同的第二区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准),维持第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用的至少一部分在显示器上的同时显示包括(2526):进入用户界面选择模式;以及在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示,包括第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分,其中:与第二应用视图的至少一部分对应的至少第一用户界面表示和与第一应用视图的至少一部分对应并且在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的至少第二用户界面表示在显示器上可见,第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,在显示器上的一个方向上(例如如图5P和22C中所示向右)部分地展开堆中的表示。在一些实施例中,在给定的时间,用于堆中的预定数目的表示(例如2、3、4或者5个表示)的信息(例如用于对应用户界面的图标、标题和内容) 可见,而堆中的其余表示在屏幕外或者在包括可见信息的表示下面。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示被如此近地堆叠在一起,使得对于这些表示未显示信息。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示是样式表示,诸如如图5P中所示只是通用边缘503。In some embodiments, based on determining that the second portion of the first input satisfies multi-view display criteria (wherein the multi-view display criteria include criteria that are satisfied when lift-off of the first contact is detected in a second area of the touch-sensitive surface that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface), maintaining simultaneous display of at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application on the display includes (2526): entering a user interface selection mode; and displaying a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display, including at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view, wherein: at least a first user interface representation corresponding to at least a portion of the second application view and at least a second user interface representation corresponding to at least a portion of the first application view and disposed above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display, the second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., offset laterally to the right on the display), and the second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation. In some embodiments, the representations in the stack are partially expanded in one direction on the display (e.g., to the right as shown in Figures 5P and 22C). In some embodiments, at a given time, information (e.g., icons, titles, and content for corresponding user interfaces) for a predetermined number of representations in the stack (e.g., 2, 3, 4, or 5 representations) is visible, while the remaining representations in the stack are off-screen or below the representations that include visible information. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are stacked so closely together that no information is displayed for those representations. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are style representations, such as just a generic edge 503 as shown in FIG. 5P .
在一些实施例中,在用户界面选择模式中时:设备检测(2528) 第二输入,该第二输入包括通过在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处的第二接触的拖动手势,第二接触在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动;以及在第二接触在触敏表面上的与显示器上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处并且在与显示器上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面移动时:设备根据触敏表面上的第二接触的速度以第一速度在显示器上的第一方向上移动第一用户界面表示;并且设备以比第一速度更大的第二速度在第一方向上移动设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示。例如关于移动第一用户界面表示,在触敏显示器上,在手指接触之下的卡或者其它表示以与手指接触相同的速度移动;以及在耦合到跟踪板的显示器上,在与接触的位置对应的位置处的卡或者其它表示以与跟踪板上的手指接触的速度对应(或者基于该速度)的屏上速度移动。在一些实施例中,在显示器上示出焦点选择器以指示与触敏表面上的接触的位置对应的屏上位置。在一些实施例中,焦点选择器可以由光标、可移动图标或者视觉区别符表示,视觉区别符将屏上对象(例如用户界面表示)与它的没有焦点的对等对象分离。在另一示例中,关于移动第二用户界面表示,在一些实施例中,第一方向是向右。在一些实施例中,第一速度是与接触的当前速度相同的速度。在一些实施例中,第一用户界面表示的移动产生手指接触正在夺取和拖动第一用户界面表示的视觉效果。同时,第二用户界面表示正在比第一用户界面表示更快地移动。第二用户界面表示的这一更快移动产生如下视觉效果:随着第二用户界面表示在第一方向上朝着显示器的边缘移动,从第二用户界面表示下面显现第一用户界面表示的越来越大的部分。组合而言,这两个同时移动使得用户能够在决定是否选择和显示对应第一用户界面之前更多看见第一用户界面表示。In some embodiments, while in user interface selection mode: the device detects (2528) a second input comprising a drag gesture via a second contact at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a location of a first user interface representation on the display, the second contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to a first direction on the display; and while the second contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the location of the first user interface representation on the display and moving across the touch-sensitive surface in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display: the device moves the first user interface representation in the first direction on the display at a first speed according to a speed of the second contact on the touch-sensitive surface; and the device moves a second user interface representation disposed above the first user interface representation in the first direction at a second speed greater than the first speed. For example, with respect to moving the first user interface representation, on the touch-sensitive display, a card or other representation below the finger contact moves at the same speed as the finger contact; and on a display coupled to a track pad, a card or other representation at a location corresponding to the location of the contact moves at an on-screen speed corresponding to (or based on) the speed of the finger contact on the track pad. In some embodiments, a focus selector is shown on the display to indicate an on-screen location corresponding to the location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the focus selector can be represented by a cursor, a movable icon, or a visual distinguisher that separates an on-screen object (e.g., a user interface representation) from its non-focus counterpart. In another example, with respect to moving the second user interface representation, in some embodiments, the first direction is to the right. In some embodiments, the first speed is the same speed as the current speed of the contact. In some embodiments, the movement of the first user interface representation creates a visual effect that the finger contact is grabbing and dragging the first user interface representation. At the same time, the second user interface representation is moving faster than the first user interface representation. This faster movement of the second user interface representation creates the following visual effect: as the second user interface representation moves in the first direction toward the edge of the display, a larger and larger portion of the first user interface representation appears from under the second user interface representation. In combination, these two simultaneous movements enable the user to see more of the first user interface representation before deciding whether to select and display the corresponding first user interface.
在一些实施例中,在用户界面选择模式——包括显示堆中的多个用户界面表示中的至少两个用户界面表示——中时,设备检测(2530) 涉及堆中的至少两个用户界面表示中的一个用户界面表示的选择输入(例如在用户界面表示上的与用户界面表示上的位置对应的位置处的敲击手势)。响应于检测到选择输入:设备停止显示堆,并且显示与至少两个用户界面表示中的选择的一个用户界面表示对应的用户界面。在一些实施例中,显示与选择的用户界面表示对应的用户界面,而未显示与堆中的其它用户界面表示对应的任何用户界面。在一些实施例中,与选择的用户界面表示对应的用户界面的显示替换堆的显示。In some embodiments, while in a user interface selection mode comprising displaying at least two user interface representations from a plurality of user interface representations in a stack, the device detects (2530) a selection input (e.g., a tap gesture at a location on the user interface representation corresponding to a location on the user interface representation) relating to one of the at least two user interface representations in the stack. In response to detecting the selection input: the device stops displaying the stack and displays a user interface corresponding to the selected one of the at least two user interface representations. In some embodiments, the user interface corresponding to the selected user interface representation is displayed without displaying any user interfaces corresponding to other user interface representations in the stack. In some embodiments, the display of the user interface corresponding to the selected user interface representation replaces display of the stack.
在一些实施例中,在堆中显示至少第一用户界面表示和在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示时:设备检测(2532)涉及第一用户界面表示的删除输入(例如在触敏表面上的与第一用户界面表示上的位置对应的位置处的向上拖动手势)。响应于检测到涉及第一用户界面表示的删除输入:设备从堆中的第一位置去除第一用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,在轻扫以关闭时,相邻应用视图在z空间中一起移动(例如在正被操纵的应用视图后方的应用视图朝着当前应用视图移动)。如果移动是在相反方向上,则相邻应用视图在z空间中从彼此移开(例如在正被操纵的应用视图后方的应用视图从当前应用视图移开)。In some embodiments, while displaying at least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation above the first user interface representation in a stack: the device detects (2532) a deletion input involving the first user interface representation (e.g., an upward drag gesture on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a location on the first user interface representation). In response to detecting the deletion input involving the first user interface representation: the device removes the first user interface representation from the first location in the stack. In some embodiments, upon swiping to close, adjacent application views move together in z-space (e.g., an application view behind the application view being manipulated moves toward the current application view). If the movement is in opposite directions, the adjacent application views move away from each other in z-space (e.g., the application view behind the application view being manipulated moves away from the current application view).
在一些实施例中,进入用户界面选择模式包括(2534):在转变成第二用户界面表示时动画呈现第一应用视图的尺寸减少;以及在转变成第一用户界面表示时动画呈现第二应用视图的尺寸减少。例如在“瞥一眼”阶段中,UI卡称为应用视图,且在“弹出”阶段(例如多任务用户界面)中,UI卡称为用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,设备通过减少应用视图(例如,其变成用户界面表示)的尺寸来向用户指示设备已经进入多任务用户界面。In some embodiments, entering the user interface selection mode includes (2534): animating a reduction in size of the first application view upon transitioning to the second user interface representation; and animating a reduction in size of the second application view upon transitioning to the first user interface representation. For example, in the "peek" stage, the UI card is referred to as the application view, and in the "pop-up" stage (e.g., the multitasking user interface), the UI card is referred to as the user interface representation. In some embodiments, the device indicates to the user that the device has entered the multitasking user interface by reducing the size of the application view (e.g., it becomes the user interface representation).
在一些实施例中,应用切换标准包括(2536)强度标准。在一些实施例中,在接触的特性强度在第一强度阈值以上时满足强度标准。在一些实施例中,系统手势标准包括在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域(例如可以包括或者可以未包括触敏表面的一部分的区域,诸如以上参照方法2400而描述的那些区域)内时满足用于接触的强度标准时满足的位置标准。In some embodiments, the application switching criteria include (2536) an intensity criterion. In some embodiments, the intensity criterion is satisfied when a characteristic intensity of the contact is above a first intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the system gesture criteria include a location criterion that is satisfied when the intensity criterion for the contact is satisfied when the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., an area that may or may not include a portion of the touch-sensitive surface, such as those described above with reference to method 2400).
在一些实施例中,基于接触的一个或者多个特性确定(2538)相对于触敏表面的第一区域的尺寸。在一些实施例中,相对于触敏表面的第一区域在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第一空间性质(例如,为平坦手指输入的大的长圆形接触特性)时具有第一尺寸,并且在与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触具有第二空间性质(例如,为指尖输入的小的圆形接触特性)时具有第二尺寸。在一些实施例中,区域的尺寸随着接触的尺寸动态地改变。在一些实施例中,接触被分类,并且选择多个离散地设定尺寸的区域之一。In some embodiments, a size of a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface is determined (2538) based on one or more characteristics of the contact. In some embodiments, the first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface has a first size when the contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a first spatial property (e.g., a large, oblong contact characteristic of a flat finger input) and has a second size when the contact adjacent to the edge of the touch-sensitive surface has a second spatial property (e.g., a small, circular contact characteristic of a fingertip input). In some embodiments, the size of the area changes dynamically with the size of the contact. In some embodiments, the contact is categorized and one of a plurality of discretely sized areas is selected.
在一些实施例中,在以下各项时满足(2540)应用切换标准的强度标准:第一接触的(检测到的)特性强度在第一强度阈值(例如瞥一眼/预览强度阈值)以上;以及第二接触的(检测到的)特性强度在第二强度阈值(例如弹出/交付强度阈值)以下。In some embodiments, the intensity criteria for applying the switching criteria are satisfied (2540) when: the (detected) characteristic intensity of the first contact is above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a glance/preview intensity threshold); and the (detected) characteristic intensity of the second contact is below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a pop-up/delivery intensity threshold).
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足应用切换标准,设备提供(2542)触觉输出。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, the device provides (2542) a tactile output based on determining that the first portion of the first input satisfies application switching criteria.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足预览标准:设备移动(2544)第一应用的第一视图部分地离开显示器(例如向右滑动活跃用户界面,而减少或者未减少用户界面的尺寸),并且在显示器的从其位移第一应用的第一视图的位置处显示第二应用视图的一部分(例如活跃用户界面滑过,从而从当前活跃用户界面之下显现先前活跃用户界面的边缘)。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, based on determining that the first portion of the first input meets the preview criteria: the device moves (2544) the first view of the first application partially off the display (e.g., sliding the active user interface to the right with or without reducing the size of the user interface), and displays a portion of the second application view on the display at a location from which the first view of the first application was displaced (e.g., the active user interface slides over, thereby revealing the edge of the previously active user interface from under the currently active user interface).
在一些实施例中,预览标准包括(2546):在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域内时满足的位置标准,以及在接触的特性强度在预览强度阈值(例如“提示”强度)以上且在应用切换强度阈值(例如“瞥一眼”强度/第一强度阈值)以下时满足的强度标准。In some embodiments, the preview criteria include (2546): a location criterion that is satisfied when the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface, and an intensity criterion that is satisfied when a characteristic intensity of the contact is above a preview intensity threshold (e.g., a "hint" intensity) and below an apply-switch intensity threshold (e.g., a "glance" intensity/first intensity threshold).
在一些实施例中,应用切换标准包括(2548)在第一接触的强度增加至第一强度阈值(例如瞥一眼/预览强度阈值)以上时满足的标准;在检测到第一接触的抬起之后维持第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分在显示器上的同时显示包括显示多任务用户界面;以及响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足多任务标准,设备显示多任务用户界面,该多任务标准包括在第一接触的强度增加至比第一强度阈值更大的第二强度阈值以上时满足的标准。例如多任务用户界面可以通过以下来显示:通过满足应用切换标准(其可以用具有在第一强度阈值以上和在第二强度阈值以下的强度的接触来满足),并且然后跨触敏表面将接触移动到与显示器的中间部分对应的位置;或者通过满足多任务标准,其可以用具有在第二强度阈值以上的强度的接触来满足。In some embodiments, the application switching criteria include (2548) criteria that are satisfied when the intensity of the first contact increases to above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a peek/preview intensity threshold); maintaining simultaneous display of at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view on the display after detecting liftoff of the first contact includes displaying a multitasking user interface; and in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, based on determining that the first portion of the first input satisfies the multitasking criteria, the device displays the multitasking user interface, the multitasking criteria including criteria that are satisfied when the intensity of the first contact increases to above a second intensity threshold that is greater than the first intensity threshold. For example, the multitasking user interface can be displayed by satisfying the application switching criteria (which can be satisfied with a contact having an intensity above the first intensity threshold and below the second intensity threshold) and then moving the contact across the touch-sensitive surface to a position corresponding to a middle portion of the display; or by satisfying the multitasking criteria, which can be satisfied with a contact having an intensity above the second intensity threshold.
在一些实施例中,响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定第一输入的第一部分满足多任务标准(例如包括高强度标准(例如“弹出”强度)和可选地位置标准(例如与触敏表面的边缘邻近、在第一区域中或者在第二区域中)):设备进入(2250)用户界面选择模式,并且在显示器上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示,包括第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分。在一些实施例中,与第二应用视图的至少一部分对应的至少第一用户界面表示和与第一应用视图的至少一部分对应并且在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的至少第二用户界面表示在显示器上可见,第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移(例如在显示器上横向地向右偏移),并且第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示。在一些实施例中,在显示器上的一个方向上(例如如图5P和23G中所示向右)部分地展开堆中的表示。在一些实施例中,在给定的时间,用于堆中的预定数目的表示(例如2、3、4或者5个表示)的信息(例如用于对应用户界面的图标、标题和内容)可见,而堆中的其余表示在屏幕外或者在包括可见信息的表示下面。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示被如此近地堆叠在一起,使得对于这些表示未显示信息。在一些实施例中,在包括可见信息的表示下面的表示是样式表示,诸如如图5E中所示只是通用边缘503。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, in accordance with determining that the first portion of the first input meets multitasking criteria (e.g., including a high intensity criterion (e.g., "pop-up" intensity) and, optionally, a position criterion (e.g., adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface, in the first region, or in the second region)): the device enters (2250) a user interface selection mode and displays a plurality of user interface representations in a stack on the display, including at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view. In some embodiments, at least a first user interface representation corresponding to at least a portion of the second application view and at least a second user interface representation corresponding to at least a portion of the first application view and disposed above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display, the second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction (e.g., offset laterally to the right on the display), and the second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation. In some embodiments, the representations in the stack are partially expanded in one direction on the display (e.g., to the right as shown in Figures 5P and 23G). In some embodiments, at a given time, information (e.g., icons, titles, and content for a corresponding user interface) for a predetermined number of representations in the stack (e.g., 2, 3, 4, or 5 representations) is visible, while the remaining representations in the stack are off-screen or below the representations that include visible information. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are stacked so closely together that no information is displayed for those representations. In some embodiments, the representations below the representations that include visible information are style representations, such as just a generic edge 503 as shown in FIG. 5E .
在一些实施例中,多任务标准包括(2552)在第一接触的(检测到的)特性强度在第二强度阈值以上时满足的强度标准。In some embodiments, the multitasking criteria include ( 2552 ) an intensity criterion that is met when a (detected) characteristic intensity of the first contact is above a second intensity threshold.
在一些实施例中,多任务标准包括(2554)在接触在触敏表面的第一区域内时满足多任务强度标准时满足的位置标准。In some embodiments, the multitasking criteria include ( 2554 ) a location criterion that is satisfied when the multitasking intensity criterion is satisfied when the contact is within the first area of the touch-sensitive surface.
应当理解图25A-25H中的操作已经被描述的特定顺序仅为示例性的,而不旨在于指示描述的顺序是操作可以被执行的仅有顺序。本领域普通技术人员将认识用于对本文中描述的操作重新排序的各种方式。附加地,应当注意关于本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、 1100、1200、1300、1400、1500和2400)而在本文中描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于以上关于图25A-25H而描述的方法 2500。例如以上参照方法而描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画可选地具有参照本文中描述的其它方法(例如方法1000、1100、1200、1300、1400、1500和2400)而在本文中描述的接触、手势、用户界面对象、强度阈值、焦点选择器、动画的特性中的一个或者多个特性。为了简洁,这里未重复这些细节。It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 25A-25H have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations may be performed. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 2400) also apply in a similar manner to method 2500 described above with respect to Figures 25A-25H. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described above with reference to the methods may optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 2400). For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated here.
根据一些实施例,图16示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备1600的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图16中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 16 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1600 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 16 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitations of the functional blocks described herein.
如图16中所示,电子设备1600包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元1602;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元1604;可选地包括配置为检测与触敏表面单元1604的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元1606;以及与显示器单元1602、触敏表面单元1604和可选一个或者多个传感器单元1606耦合的处理单元1608。在一些实施例中,处理单元1608包括:显示实现单元1610、检测单元1612、移动单元 1614、进入单元1616、显现单元1618、确定单元1620、应用单元1622、插入单元1624和去除单元1626。As shown in FIG16 , electronic device 1600 includes a display unit 1602 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1604 configured to receive contacts; optionally, one or more sensor units 1606 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1604; and a processing unit 1608 coupled to display unit 1602, touch-sensitive surface unit 1604, and the optional one or more sensor units 1606. In some embodiments, processing unit 1608 includes a display implementation unit 1610, a detection unit 1612, a movement unit 1614, an entry unit 1616, a presentation unit 1618, a determination unit 1620, an application unit 1622, an insertion unit 1624, and a removal unit 1626.
处理单元1610被配置为:实现在显示器单元1602上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元1610),其中:至少第一用户界面表示和在堆中设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示在显示器单元1602上可见,第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示偏移,并且第二用户界面表示部分地暴露第一用户界面表示;检测通过在触敏表面单元1604上的与显示器单元1602上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处的第一接触的第一拖动手势(例如用检测单元1612),第一接触在与显示器单元1602上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面单元1604移动;以及在第一接触在触敏表面单元1604上的与显示器单元1602上的第一用户界面表示的位置对应的位置处并且在与显示器单元上的第一方向对应的方向上跨触敏表面单元1604移动时:根据触敏表面单元1604上的第一接触的速度以第一速度在显示器单元1602上的第一方向上移动第一用户界面表示(例如用移动单元1614);以及以比第一速度更大的第二速度在第一方向上移动设置在第一用户界面表示上方的第二用户界面表示(例如用移动单元1614)。The processing unit 1610 is configured to: implement displaying multiple user interface representations in a stack on the display unit 1602 (for example, using the display implementation unit 1610), wherein: at least a first user interface representation and a second user interface representation arranged above the first user interface representation in the stack are visible on the display unit 1602, the second user interface representation is offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction, and the second user interface representation partially exposes the first user interface representation; detect a first drag gesture by a first contact at a position on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1604 corresponding to the position of the first user interface representation on the display unit 1602 (for example, using the detection unit 1612), the first contact being at a position corresponding to the position of the first user interface representation on the display unit 1602; and when the first contact is at a position on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1604 corresponding to the position of the first user interface representation on the display unit 1602 and moves across the touch-sensitive surface unit 1604 in a direction corresponding to the first direction on the display unit: moving the first user interface representation in the first direction on the display unit 1602 at a first speed according to the speed of the first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1604 (for example, using moving unit 1614); and moving a second user interface representation that is disposed above the first user interface representation in the first direction at a second speed that is greater than the first speed (for example, using moving unit 1614).
根据一些实施例,图17示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备1700的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图17中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块。以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 17 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1700 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 17 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks. To implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitations of the functional blocks described herein.
如图17中所示,电子设备1700包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元1702;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元1704;配置为检测与触敏表面单元1704的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元 1706;以及与显示器单元1702、触敏表面单元1704和一个或者多个传感器单元1706耦合的处理单元1708。在一些实施例中,处理单元 1708包括:显示实现单元1710、检测单元1712、移动单元1714、进入单元1716和操作执行单元1718。As shown in FIG17 , electronic device 1700 includes a display unit 1702 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units 1706 configured to detect the intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1704; and a processing unit 1708 coupled to display unit 1702, touch-sensitive surface unit 1704, and one or more sensor units 1706. In some embodiments, processing unit 1708 includes a display implementation unit 1710, a detection unit 1712, a movement unit 1714, an entry unit 1716, and an operation execution unit 1718.
处理单元1710被配置为:实现在显示器单元1702上显示第一用户界面(例如用显示实现单元1710);在显示器单元1702上显示第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面单元1704上的第一接触的输入(例如用检测单元1702);在检测到通过第一接触的输入时,实现在显示器单元1702上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元1710);在显示器单元1702上显示第一用户界面表示和至少第二用户界面表示时,检测通过第一接触的输入的终止 (例如用检测单元1712);以及响应于检测到通过第一接触的输入的终止:根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间在跨触敏表面1704的与显示器1702上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,实现显示与第二用户界面表示对应的第二用户界面(例如用显示实现单元1710);以及根据确定第一接触在输入期间具有在预定强度阈值以下的特性强度并且第一接触在输入期间未在跨触敏表面单元1704的与显示器单元1702上的预定义方向对应的方向上移动,实现重新显示第一用户界面(例如用显示实现单元1710)。The processing unit 1710 is configured to: implement displaying a first user interface on the display unit 1702 (e.g., using the display implementation unit 1710); while the first user interface is displayed on the display unit 1702, detect input through a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 (e.g., using the detection unit 1702); upon detecting input through the first contact, implement displaying a first user interface representation and at least a second user interface representation on the display unit 1702 (e.g., using the display implementation unit 1710); while the first user interface representation and at least the second user interface representation are displayed on the display unit 1702, detect termination of input through the first contact (e.g., using detection unit 1712); and in response to detecting termination of input through the first contact: based on determining that the first contact has a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input and the first contact moves in a direction corresponding to a predefined direction on the display 1702 across the touch-sensitive surface 1704 during the input, enabling display of a second user interface corresponding to the second user interface representation (e.g., using display implementation unit 1710); and based on determining that the first contact has a characteristic intensity below a predetermined intensity threshold during the input and the first contact does not move in a direction corresponding to a predefined direction on the display unit 1702 across the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 during the input, enabling redisplay of the first user interface (e.g., using display implementation unit 1710).
根据一些实施例,图18示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备1800的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图18中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 18 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1800 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional block of the device is optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional block described in Figure 18 is optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional block described herein.
如图18中所示,电子设备1800包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元1802;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元1804;配置为检测与触敏表面单元1804的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元 1806;以及与显示器单元1802、触敏表面单元1804和一个或者多个传感器单元1806耦合的处理单元1808。在一些实施例中,处理单元 1808包括:显示实现单元1810、检测单元1812、移动单元1814、增加单元1816、改变单元1818和变化单元1820。As shown in FIG18 , electronic device 1800 includes: a display unit 1802 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units 1806 configured to detect the intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1804; and a processing unit 1808 coupled to display unit 1802, touch-sensitive surface unit 1804, and one or more sensor units 1806. In some embodiments, processing unit 1808 includes a display implementation unit 1810, a detection unit 1812, a movement unit 1814, an addition unit 1816, a change unit 1818, and a variation unit 1820.
处理单元1810被配置为:实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面(例如用显示实现单元1810);在实现在显示器单元上显示第一用户界面时,在触敏表面单元1804上检测通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入(例如用检测单元1812);响应于检测到通过包括第一接触的增加强度的时段的第一接触的输入:实现在显示器单元1802上显示用于第一用户界面的第一用户界面表示和用于第二用户界面的第二用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元1810),其中第一用户界面表示被显示在第二用户界面表示之上并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示;在实现在显示器单元1802上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示时,检测在第一接触的增加强度的时段期间,第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准(例如用检测单元1812);响应于检测到第一接触的强度满足一个或者多个预定强度标准:停止实现在显示器单元1802上显示第一用户界面表示和第二用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元1810);以及实现在显示器单元 1802上显示第二用户界面(例如用显示实现单元1810)。Processing unit 1810 is configured to: enable display of a first user interface on the display unit (e.g., using display enabling unit 1810); while enabling display of the first user interface on the display unit, detect, on touch-sensitive surface unit 1804, an input of a first contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact (e.g., using detection unit 1812); in response to detecting the input of the first contact that includes a period of increasing intensity of the first contact: enable display of a first user interface representation for the first user interface and a second user interface representation for the second user interface on display unit 1802 (e.g., using display enabling unit 1810), wherein the first user interface representation is displayed above the second user interface representation and partially exposes the second user interface representation; when displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display unit 1802, detecting that the strength of the first contact meets one or more predetermined strength standards during a period of increasing strength of the first contact (for example, using the detection unit 1812); in response to detecting that the strength of the first contact meets one or more predetermined strength standards: stopping displaying the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation on the display unit 1802 (for example, using the display implementation unit 1810); and implementing display of the second user interface on the display unit 1802 (for example, using the display implementation unit 1810).
根据一些实施例,图19示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备1900的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图19中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 19 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1900 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 19 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional blocks described herein.
如图19中所示,电子设备1900包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元1902;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元1904;配置为检测与触敏表面单元1904的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元 1906;以及与显示器单元1902、触敏表面单元1904和一个或者多个传感器单元1906耦合的处理单元1908。在一些实施例中,处理单元 1908包括:显示实现单元1910、检测单元1912、移动单元1914、增加单元1916、减少单元1918和进入单元1920。19 , electronic device 1900 includes a display unit 1902 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units 1906 configured to detect the intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1904; and a processing unit 1908 coupled to display unit 1902, touch-sensitive surface unit 1904, and one or more sensor units 1906. In some embodiments, processing unit 1908 includes a display implementation unit 1910, a detection unit 1912, a movement unit 1914, an increase unit 1916, a decrease unit 1918, and an entry unit 1920.
处理单元1910被配置为:实现在显示器单元1902上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元1910),其中:至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器单元 1902上可见,第一用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示,并且第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第三用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第三用户界面表示;检测通过触敏表面单元1904上的在与显示器单元 1902上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的输入(例如用检测单元1922);以及根据检测到在触敏表面单元1904上的在与显示器单元1902上的第二用户界面表示对应的位置处的第一接触的强度增加(例如用检测单元1912),通过增加在第一用户界面表示与第二用户界面表示之间的横向偏移,来增加从第一用户界面表示后方暴露的第二用户界面表示的面积(例如用增加单元1916)。The processing unit 1910 is configured to: implement display of multiple user interface representations in a stack on the display unit 1902 (for example, using the display implementation unit 1910), wherein: at least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display unit 1902, the first user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation, and the second user interface representation is laterally offset from the third user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the third user interface representation; detect input through a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 at a position corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display unit 1902 (for example, using the detection unit 1922); and increase the area of the second user interface representation exposed from behind the first user interface representation by increasing the lateral offset between the first user interface representation and the second user interface representation (for example, using the increase unit 1916) based on an increase in the intensity of the first contact detected on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 at a position corresponding to the second user interface representation on the display unit 1902 (for example, using the detection unit 1912).
根据一些实施例,图20示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备2000的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图20中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 20 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2000 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional block of the device is optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional block described in Figure 20 is optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional block described herein.
如图20中所示,电子设备2000包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元2002;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元2004;可选地包括配置为检测与触敏表面单元2004的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元2006;以及与显示器单元2002、触敏表面单元2004和可选的一个或者多个传感器单元2006耦合的处理单元2008。在一些实施例中,处理单元2008包括:显示实现单元2010、检测单元2012、移动单元2014和显现单元2016。As shown in Figure 20, electronic device 2000 includes: a display unit 2002 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 configured to receive contacts; optionally includes one or more sensor units 2006 configured to detect the intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2004; and a processing unit 2008 coupled to display unit 2002, touch-sensitive surface unit 2004, and the optional one or more sensor units 2006. In some embodiments, processing unit 2008 includes: a display implementation unit 2010, a detection unit 2012, a movement unit 2014, and a presentation unit 2016.
处理单元2010被配置为:实现在显示器单元2002上在堆中显示多个用户界面表示(例如用显示实现单元2010),其中:至少第一用户界面表示、第二用户界面表示和第三用户界面表示在显示器单元 2002上可见,第二用户界面表示在第一方向上从第一用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第一用户界面表示,并且第三用户界面表示在第一方向上从第二用户界面表示横向地偏移并且部分地暴露第二用户界面表示;检测通过跨触敏表面单元2004移动的第一接触的拖动手势(例如用检测单元2012),其中通过第一接触的拖动手势的移动对应于跨堆中的多个用户界面表示中的一个或者多个用户界面表示的移动;以及在拖动手势期间,在第一接触在触敏表面单元2004 上的与显示器单元2002上的第一用户界面表示对应的位置之上移动时,从显示器单元上的第二用户界面表示后方更多显现第一用户界面表示(例如用显现单元2016)。The processing unit 2010 is configured to: implement display of multiple user interface representations in a stack on the display unit 2002 (for example, using the display implementation unit 2010), wherein: at least a first user interface representation, a second user interface representation, and a third user interface representation are visible on the display unit 2002, the second user interface representation is laterally offset from the first user interface representation in a first direction and partially exposes the first user interface representation, and the third user interface representation is laterally offset from the second user interface representation in the first direction and partially exposes the second user interface representation; detect a drag gesture of a first contact moving across the touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 (for example, using the detection unit 2012), wherein the movement of the drag gesture by the first contact corresponds to the movement of one or more user interface representations across the multiple user interface representations in the stack; and during the drag gesture, when the first contact moves over a position on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 corresponding to the first user interface representation on the display unit 2002, more of the first user interface representation is revealed from behind the second user interface representation on the display unit (for example, using the revealing unit 2016).
根据一些实施例,图21示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备2100的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图21中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 21 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2100 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 21 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional blocks described herein.
如图21中所示,电子设备210包括:配置为显示用户界面的显示器单元1602;配置为接收接触的触敏表面单元2104;配置为检测与触敏表面单元2104的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元 2106;以及与显示器单元2102、触敏表面单元2104和一个或者多个传感器单元2106耦合的处理单元2108。在一些实施例中,处理单元 2108包括:显示实现单元2110和检测单元2112。As shown in FIG21 , the electronic device 210 includes: a display unit 1602 configured to display a user interface; a touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units 2106 configured to detect the intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 2104; and a processing unit 2108 coupled to the display unit 2102, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2104, and the one or more sensor units 2106. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2108 includes a display implementation unit 2110 and a detection unit 2112.
处理单元2110被配置为:实现在显示器单元2102上显示第一应用的第一用户界面(例如用显示实现单元2110),第一用户界面包括后退导航控件;在显示器单元2102上显示第一应用的第一用户界面时,检测通过触敏表面单元2104上的在与显示器单元2102上的后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势(例如用检测单元2112);响应于检测到通过触敏表面单元2104上的在与后退导航控件对应的位置处的第一接触的手势:根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的多个用户界面表示(包括第一用户界面的表示和第二用户界面的表示)的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示(例如用显示实现单元2110);以及根据确定通过第一接触的手势是具有未满足一个或者多个预定强度标准的第一接触的强度的手势,用第一应用的第二用户界面的显示替换第一应用的第一用户界面的显示(例如使用显示实现单元2110)。The processing unit 2110 is configured to: implement displaying a first user interface of a first application on the display unit 2102 (for example, using the display implementation unit 2110), the first user interface including a back navigation control; when displaying the first user interface of the first application on the display unit 2102, detect a gesture of a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 at a position corresponding to the back navigation control on the display unit 2102 (for example, using the detection unit 2112); in response to detecting a gesture of a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 at a position corresponding to the back navigation control: based on determining that the gesture through the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that meets one or more predetermined intensity standards, replace the display of the first user interface of the first application with a display of multiple user interface representations of the first application (including an indication of the first user interface and an indication of the second user interface) (for example, using the display implementation unit 2110); and based on determining that the gesture through the first contact is a gesture with an intensity of the first contact that does not meet one or more predetermined intensity standards, replace the display of the first user interface of the first application with a display of the second user interface of the first application (for example, using the display implementation unit 2110).
根据一些实施例,图26示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备2600的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图26中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 26 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2600 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional block of the device is optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional block described in Figure 26 is optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional block described herein.
如图26中所示,电子设备包括:配置为显示内容项的显示器单元2602;配置为接收用户输入的触敏表面单元2604;配置为检测与触敏表面单元2604的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元2606;以及与显示器单元2602、触敏表面单元2604和一个或者多个传感器单元2606耦合的处理单元2608。在一些实施例中,处理单元2608 包括显示实现单元2610、检测单元2612和确定单元2614。在一些实施例中,处理单元2608被配置为:实现在显示器单元(例如显示器单元2602)上显示(例如用显示实现单元2610)用于应用的用户界面;检测(例如用检测单元2612)边缘输入,包括检测与触敏表面的边缘邻近的接触的特性强度的改变;以及响应于检测到边缘输入:根据确定(例如用确定单元2614)边缘输入满足系统手势标准,执行独立于应用的操作,其中:系统手势标准包括强度标准;系统手势标准包括在接触在相对于触敏表面的第一区域内时满足用于接触的强度标准时满足的位置标准;以及基于接触的一个或者多个特性确定相对于触敏表面单元2604的第一区域。26 , the electronic device includes: a display unit 2602 configured to display a content item; a touch-sensitive surface unit 2604 configured to receive user input; one or more sensor units 2606 configured to detect intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface unit 2604; and a processing unit 2608 coupled to the display unit 2602, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2604, and the one or more sensor units 2606. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2608 includes a display enabling unit 2610, a detecting unit 2612, and a determining unit 2614. In some embodiments, processing unit 2608 is configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit 2610) of a user interface for an application on a display unit (e.g., display unit 2602); detect (e.g., with detection unit 2612) edge input, including detecting a change in characteristic intensity of a contact adjacent to an edge of the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to detecting the edge input: perform an application-independent operation based on determining (e.g., with determination unit 2614) that the edge input satisfies system gesture criteria, wherein: the system gesture criteria include intensity criteria; the system gesture criteria include location criteria that are satisfied when the intensity criteria for the contact are satisfied when the contact is within a first area relative to the touch-sensitive surface; and determining the first area relative to touch-sensitive surface unit 2604 based on one or more characteristics of the contact.
根据一些实施例,图27示出根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备2700的功能框图。设备的功能块可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合实施,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员理解,图27中描述的功能块被可选地组合或者分离成子块,以实施各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文中的描述可选地支持本文中描述的功能块的任何可能组合或者分离或者其它限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 27 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2700 configured according to the principle of the various described embodiments. The functional block of the device is optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional block described in Figure 27 is optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principle of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or other limitation of the functional block described herein.
如图27中所示,电子设备包括:配置为显示内容项的显示器单元2702;配置为接收用户输入的触敏表面单元2704;配置为检测与触敏表面单元2704的接触的强度的一个或者多个传感器单元2706;以及耦合到显示器单元2702、触敏表面单元2704和一个或者多个传感器单元2706的处理单元2708。在一些实施例中,处理单元2708 包括显示实现单元2710、检测单元2712和确定单元2714。在一些实施例中,处理单元2708被配置为:实现在显示器单元(例如显示器单元2702)上显示(例如用显示实现单元2710)第一应用的第一视图;在实现显示第一视图时,检测(例如用检测单元2712)第一输入的第一部分,包括检测触敏表面单元2704上的第一接触;响应于检测到第一输入的第一部分,根据确定(例如用确定单元2714)第一输入的第一部分满足应用切换标准,实现在显示器单元上同时显示(例如用显示实现单元2710)包括第一应用视图和第二应用视图的多个应用视图的部分;在实现同时显示多个应用视图的部分时,检测(例如用检测单元2712)包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分;以及响应于检测到包括第一接触的抬起的第一输入的第二部分:根据确定 (例如用确定单元2714)第一输入的第二部分满足第一视图显示标准,在显示器单元上停止实现显示(例如用显示实现单元2710)第二应用视图的部分并且实现显示(例如用显示实现单元2710)第一应用视图,其中第一视图显示标准包括在触敏表面单元2704的第一区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准;以及根据确定(例如用确定单元2714)第一输入的第二部分满足多视图显示标准,在检测到第一接触的抬起之后,维持在显示器上同时显示(例如用显示实现单元 2710)第一应用视图的至少一部分和第二应用视图的至少一部分,其中多视图显示标准包括在触敏表面单元2704的与触敏表面单元2704 的第一区域不同的第二区域中检测到第一接触的抬起时满足的标准。27 , the electronic device includes a display unit 2702 configured to display a content item; a touch-sensitive surface unit 2704 configured to receive user input; one or more sensor units 2706 configured to detect intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704; and a processing unit 2708 coupled to the display unit 2702, the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704, and the one or more sensor units 2706. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2708 includes a display enabling unit 2710, a detecting unit 2712, and a determining unit 2714. In some embodiments, the processing unit 2708 is configured to: implement display (e.g., using the display implementation unit 2710) of a first view of a first application on a display unit (e.g., the display unit 2702); when implementing the display of the first view, detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2712) a first portion of the first input, including detecting a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704; in response to detecting the first portion of the first input, based on determining (e.g., using the determination unit 2714) that the first portion of the first input meets the application switching criteria, implement displaying (e.g., using the display implementation unit 2710) a portion of multiple application views including the first application view and the second application view on the display unit simultaneously; when implementing the simultaneous display of the portion of multiple application views, detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2712) a second portion of the first input including the lifting of the first contact; and in response to detecting the second portion of the first input including the lifting of the first contact: based on determining (For example, using determination unit 2714) that the second portion of the first input satisfies the first view display criteria, stopping displaying (for example, using display implementation unit 2710) the portion of the second application view on the display unit and implementing displaying (for example, using display implementation unit 2710) the first application view, wherein the first view display criteria include criteria that are satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in the first area of the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704; and based on determining (for example, using determination unit 2714) that the second portion of the first input satisfies the multi-view display criteria, after detecting the lift-off of the first contact, maintaining simultaneous display (for example, using display implementation unit 2710) of at least a portion of the first application view and at least a portion of the second application view on the display, wherein the multi-view display criteria include criteria that are satisfied when a lift-off of the first contact is detected in a second area of the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704 that is different from the first area of the touch-sensitive surface unit 2704.
以上描述的信息处理方法中的操作可选地通过在诸如(例如,如以上关于图1A和3而描述的)通用处理器或者专用芯片之类的信息处理装置中运行一个或者多个功能模块来实施。The operations in the information processing method described above may optionally be implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing device such as a general-purpose processor or a dedicated chip (eg, as described above with respect to FIG. 1A and 3 ).
以上参照图10A-10H、11A-11E、12A-12E、13A-13D、14A-14C 和15而描述的操作可选地由图1A-1B或者图16-21中描绘的部件实施。例如用户界面进入操作1006、1110和1312、视觉效果应用操作 1018、1024、1048、1208、1212、1224、1320、1322、1350、1408、 1410、1414和1416、检测操作1030、1052、1062、1080、1084、1091、 1092、1096、1104、1116、1126、1130、1138、1142、1146、1204、 1210、1220、1232、1236、1244、1248、1308、1318、1328、1340、 1346、1350、1404、1418、1426和1504、用户界面表示插入操作1082、用户界面表示去除操作1088、用户界面表示移动操作1034、1036、 1050、1056、1058、1060、1068、1070、1072、1098、1150、1152、 1324、1326、1332、1334、1336和1338以及依赖于内容的执行操作 1140可选地由事件分类器170、事件识别器180和事件处理器190实施。事件分类器170中的事件监视器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触,并且事件分配器模块174向应用136-1递送事件信息。应用136-1的相应事件识别器180比较事件信息与相应事件定义186,并且确定在触敏表面上的第一位置处的第一接触是否(或者设备的旋转是否) 对应于预定义事件或者子事件,诸如选择用户界面上的对象,或者将设备从一个定向旋转成另一定向。在检测到相应预定义事件或者子事件时,事件识别器180激活与事件或者子事件的检测关联的事件处理器190。事件处理器190可选地使用或者调用数据更新器176或者对象更新器177,以更新应用内部状态192。在一些实施例中,事件处理器192访问相应GUI更新器178,以更新应用所显示的内容。相似地,本领域普通技术人将清楚,可以如何基于图1A-1B中描绘的部件实施其它处理。The operations described above with reference to Figures 10A-10H, 11A-11E, 12A-12E, 13A-13D, 14A-14C, and 15 may alternatively be implemented by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figures 16-21. For example, user interface entry operations 1006, 1110, and 1312, visual effect application operations 1018, 1024, 1048, 1208, 1212, 1224, 1320, 1322, 1350, 1408, 1410, 1414, and 1416, detection operations 1030, 1052, 1062, 1080, 1084, 1091, 1092, 1096, 1104, 1116, 1126, 1130, 1138, 1142, 1146, 1204, 1210, 1220, 1232, 1236, 1244, 1248, 1308, 1318, 1328, 1340, 1346, 1350, 1404, 1418, 1426, and 1504, user interface representation insertion operation 1082, user interface representation removal operation 1088, user interface representation move operations 1034, 1036, 1050, 1056, 1058, 1060, 1068, 1070, 1072, 1098, 1150, 1152, 1324, 1326, 1332, 1334, 1336, and 1338, and content-dependent execution operation 1140 are optionally implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects contacts on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to application 136-1. The corresponding event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information with the corresponding event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first position on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether the rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selecting an object on the user interface, or rotating the device from one orientation to another. Upon detecting the corresponding predefined event or sub-event, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 192 accesses the corresponding GUI updater 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be clear to a person of ordinary skill in the art how other processing can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.
已经出于说明的目的而参照具体实施例描述前文描述。然而,以上说明性讨论未旨在于穷举性的或者使本发明限于公开的精确形式。许多修改和变化按照以上教导是可能的。例如本文中描述的方法还以类似方式适用于被配置用于管理、回放和/或流式传输(例如从外部服务器)音频和/或视觉内容的电子设备,这些电子设备与遥控器和显示器通信(例如来自加利福尼亚州的库比蒂诺的苹果公司的Apple TV)。对于这样的设备,可选地接收与遥控器的触敏表面上的手势、向遥控器的语音输入和/或遥控器上的按钮的激活对应的输入,而不是在设备本身上具有触敏表面、音频输入设备(例如麦克风)和/或按钮。对于这样的设备,可选地向显示器提供数据,而不是由设备本身显示。选择和描述实施例以便最好地说明本发明的原理及其实际应用,以由此使得本领域技术人员能够最好地使用本发明和各种描述的实施例和与设想的特定使用相适的各种修改。The foregoing description has been described with reference to specific embodiments for illustrative purposes. However, the above illustrative discussion is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in accordance with the above teachings. For example, the methods described herein are also applicable in a similar manner to electronic devices configured for managing, playing back and/or streaming (e.g., from an external server) audio and/or visual content, which communicate with a remote control and a display (e.g., Apple TV from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). For such devices, input corresponding to gestures on a touch-sensitive surface of a remote control, voice input to the remote control, and/or activation of buttons on the remote control is optionally received, rather than having a touch-sensitive surface, an audio input device (e.g., a microphone), and/or buttons on the device itself. For such devices, data is optionally provided to a display, rather than being displayed by the device itself. The embodiments are selected and described in order to best illustrate the principles of the invention and its practical application, so as to enable those skilled in the art to best use the invention and the various described embodiments and various modifications suitable for the specific use envisioned.
Claims (69)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US62/172,226 | 2015-06-07 | ||
| US62/213,606 | 2015-09-02 | ||
| US62/215,696 | 2015-09-08 | ||
| US14/866,511 | 2015-09-25 | ||
| US14/866,987 | 2015-09-27 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1235878A1 HK1235878A1 (en) | 2018-03-16 |
| HK1235878B true HK1235878B (en) | 2021-02-05 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7432993B2 (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| CN106445370B (en) | Apparatus and method for navigating between user interfaces | |
| AU2016100652A4 (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| AU2017201079B2 (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| HK1235878B (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| HK1240669B (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| HK1240669A1 (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces | |
| HK1235878A1 (en) | Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces |